BHeiney
Mon, 08/07/2023 - 18:44
Edited Text
Undergraduate Bulletin 1969-70

BEOOMSBURG
STATE

COLLEGE

1869-1969 One Hundred Years
Of Teacher Education

BLOOMSBURG
STATE COLLEGE
UNDERGRADUATE
BULLETIN
1969-1970
Serving the

Commonwealth

of Pennsylvania
for

130 years

ACCREDITED BY
The Middle

States Association of Colleges

The Pennsylvania
The National Council

and Secondary Schools

State

Board of Education

for the Accreditation of Teacher Education

The College welcomes

qualified

and
religious,

ethnic,

students,

staff

from

all

faculty,
racial,

and socio-economic backgrounds.

Published March, 1969

Second Class Postage paid

at

Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815

.

CONTENTS
Academic Calendar

4

General Information
Admissions

7

17

Fees and Financial Aid

Student Life

35

Academic Regulations
Course Descriptions

Curriculums

23

49
61

145

Administration and Faculty

Index

220

202

11

CALENDAR FOR ACADEMIC YEAR
1969-1970
Summer

Sessions

1969

PRE SESSION
Classes Begin

Monday, June 9

Session Ends

Friday, June 27

MAIN SESSION
Monday, June 30

Classes Begin

Session

Ends

Friday, August 8

POST SESSION
Monday, August

Classes Begin

Session

Ends

1

Friday, August 29

First Semester

1969
Monday, September

Registration

Tuesday, September 9

Registration

Registration



Tuesday, September 9

Evening Students

Classes Begin at 8:00
Registration

A.M.

— Graduate

Wednesday, September 10

Students

Wednesday, September 10

_

Classes Begin for Graduate Students

Thursday, September

Thanksgiving Recess Ends
Christmas Recess Begins
Christmas Recess Ends
Final Examination

Commencement

at

Week

at 8:00

A.M.

Monday, December

12:00

Noon

Friday,

at

Begins

at

8:00

A.M.

Week Ends

Semester Ends

at

12:00

at 12:00

Noon

Noon

16

Saturday, January 17

for both Graduate Saturday, January

and Undergraduate Students

5

Monday, January 12
Friday, January

.

Final Examination

....

1

December 19

Monday. January

A.M.

8:00

1

Tuesday, November 25

Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class

First

8

17

Second Semester

1970
Registration

Monday, January 26

Classes Begin

Tuesday, January 27

Registration



Evening Students and Graduate Students Monday, January 26

Registration

Tuesday, January 27

Classes begin for Graduate Students

Tuesday, January 27

Noon

Wednesday, March 25

Easter Recess Begins at 12:00
Easter Recess Ends at 8:00

A.M.

Week Begins
Examination Week Ends

Final Examination
Final

Classes

End

for

at 8:00

Graduate Students

A.M.

at

...

Friday,

Saturday,
at

12:00

Noon

Noon
and Commencement

Second Semester Ends
Baccalaureate

Wednesday, April

Saturday,

12:00

Summer

Saturday,

Sunday,

May
May
May
May
May

1

15

23
23

23

24

Sessions

1970

PRE SESSION
Monday, June

Classes Begin
Session

Ends

8

Friday, June 26

MAIN SESSION
Classes Begin

Monday, June 29

Session Ends

Friday, August 7

POST SESSION
Classes Begin
Session Ends

Monday, August

10

Friday, August 28

GENERAL INFORMATION
Academy,

Literary Institute, State

College, and then State College

ment

Normal School,

State Teachers

— such has been

the develop-

Bloomsburg since its inception in 1839. Seventeen years
old, the Academy became the Bloomsburg Literary Institute in 1856.
The institution was recognized as a State Normal School in 1869
but remained privately owned until 1916 when it was purchased by
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
Transition from Normal
School to State Teachers College came in 1927 when the authority
to confer the Bachelor of Science degree in Education was granted.
Finally, in I960, the institution became Bloomsburg State College.
of

Undergraduate degrees are

now

offered in Education, Business,

and the Social Sciences. The Graduate
both Master of Arts and Master of Education degrees.

the Humanities, the Natural

Program

offers

Today, Bloomsburg State College has more than 3700 undergraduates and is growing rapidly.
The construction of new buildings is one sign of this growth.
A sixty-eight acre new campus will
are the

more than double
investigations of new

expanding curricula, and participation

in vigorous efforts to

soon be rising adjacent to the present one;
existing facilities.
ideas,

More important

it

will

improve education.

Bloomsburg has a faculty excellently qualified in terms of academic training and teaching experience. More than 30% hold doctor's degrees.
Bloomsburg is, moreover, a school where the possibilities of fruitful student-faculty contact are dependent upon the
student's interests and not on the scheduling difficulties of an overworked professor.

8

A BRIEF HISTORY OF
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
Bloomsburg State College began in 1839 when a private academy was opened in Bloomsburg. During the next two years, under the leadership of C. P. Waller, a graduate of Williams College,
it

became a

ler

left

in

until 1856,

successful and well-established school.

After Mr. Wal-

1841, the academy continued through varied fortunes

when

burg Literary

it

was chartered and incorporated

as the

Blooms-

Institute.

The following decade was

a period of struggle for the Institute,

but in 1866 the election of Professor Henry Carver as principal

Under

brought a change.

his strong leadership

new

policies

were

300 students was erected. This
building, the present Carver Hall, was dedicated with gala observance by the townspeople and students on April 4, 1867. Memestablished and a building to instruct

bers of the

first class at

the

new

school



including D.



J.

Waller,

George E. Elwell, and Charles Unangst
by popular subscription raised $1,200 in a single week for a bell which called the stu-

Jr.,

dents to classes.

In the autumn of the same year, a view of the
the

hill

new

school on

"ablaze with lights" suggested to John P. Wickersham, State

Superintendent of Public Instruction, that the location would be ideal
for a State

Normal School whose establishment

was then pending.

in the Sixth District

After necessary negotiations, official action, and

new dormitory, the school became the BloomsInstitute and State Normal School on February 19,

the construction of a

burg Literary
1869.

The next

eight years were trying ones that included the resig-

nation of Professor Carver, two interim principalships, a
totally destroyed the dormitory,

In Dr. Griswold's administration

the school began paying expenses and constructed a
the original part of the present Waller Hall.
J.

Waller,

Jr.,

in

1877

that

and the short-term principalship of

Dr. T. L. Griswold (1873-1877).

Dr. D.

fire

The

new

dormitory,

installation of

as principal, brought thirteen years

of stability and growing prosperity to the school.

Dr. Judson P. Welsh became principal in 1890,
ler

resigned to

become

when Dr. Wal-

State Superintendent of Public Instruction.

Additions to the four-story dormitory and to the gymnasium were

built

under Dr. Welsh, and Science Hall was opened

in 1906, short-

ly after his resignation.

Dr. Waller returned as principal in 1906.

In 1916 the Blooms-

burg Literary Institute and State Normal School was purchased by

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania becoming the Bloomsburg State
Normal School. In 1920, at the age of 74, Dr. Waller retired.
the

The emphasis
by

its

Normal School was changed

of instruction at the

next principal,

Dr.

Charles H.

Fisher

(1920-1923), from

secondary and college preparatory work for special teachers to
time education of teachers.
er as principal

Under

Dr. G. C. L. Riemer followed Dr. Fish-

and remained

a State Teachers College in

full-

in office until the institution

became

May, 1927.
Haas (1927program of teacher

the administration of President Francis B.

1939), the college

made

great advances in the

Eighteen acres of land were

education and in the physical plant.

added to the college plant; several buildings were constructed, including a laundry, the elementary training school, the gymnasium,
the junior high school, and the shop and maintenance building; and

other construction
gust, 1939, to

work was completed.

Dr. Haas resigned in

Au-

assume, for the second time, the duties of State Super-

intendent of Public Instruction for Pennsylvania.

Dr. Harvey A. Andruss,

who had

organized and directed the

Department of Business Education and had served as Dean of Instruction from 1937-1939, was appointed to succeed Dr. Haas as
president.
During the next two decades the campus was enlarged,
new buildings were added, and the number of students and faculty
quadrupled.

Early in 1960, Bloomsburg became a State College.

same year

the college received approval

In the

from the State Council of

Education to inaugurate a program of graduate studies leading to
the Master of Education degree.

The 1968-69

college

year marks the

100th year of teacher

education at Bloomsburg, the 130th anniversary of the founding of
the college, and the 30th anniversary of the administration of Presi-

dent Andruss.

At

the present time the college

rapid but controlled expansion.

A

is

passing through a period of

long range campus plan for

building and development, originally prepared in 1957 but since re-

10

campus and construction of
On the lower campus this has

vised, calls for renovation of the lower

an entirely new upper campus.
meant, in approximately the

last ten years, the

construction of three

women's dormitories, two men's dormitories, two science and classroom buildings, the college Commons, the Haas Auditorium, and
the Andruss Library.
In the near future the lower campus will also
have a second Dining Hall, another classroom building, another

women's dormitory, a new Student Center, and additional parking
areas.
The upper campus, formerly the Bloomsburg Golf Course,
will have new athletic facilities, more dormitories, more classrooms,
and more parking areas. Within less than a decade these facilities
(both campi) will accommodate some six thousand students.

COLLEGE BUILDINGS
The lower campus, which

and FACILITIES

currently contains

all

facilities

for

and recreation, consists of approximately 60 acres
and is bound by Penn Street, Second Street, and Light Street Road.
A recently purchased tract of 68 acres of land, which was formerly
the Bloomsburg Country Club, is located north of Light Street Road,
a short distance from the lower campus.
This area, the upper
campus, has a magnificent view and will eventually provide sites
living, learning,

for

all

varsity intercollegiate athletic activities,

as well as parking

and related facilities. The
Bloomsburg State College campus overlooks the town of Bloomsburg and the picturesque Susquehanna River.
The many new
buildings intermingle with the older buildings, reflecting the growth
areas, dormitories, classroom buildings,

of the institution.

CARVER HALL,

named

for

Henry Carver,

stands at the entrance to the college campus.
the oldest of the college buildings.

Its

the

first

Built in 1867,

it

is

white bell tower and pillared

The
number

entrance are an attractive introduction to the campus.
ing contains an auditorium

principal,

which seats 900 and a

build-

of ad-

ministrative offices including those of the President, the Assistant
to the President, the Registrar, the Director of Financial Aid,

the Business

and

Manager.

WALLER HALL,

was named

for Dr. D. J. Waller, Jr., prin-

cipal of the college for twenty-seven years.

It

is

four stories high

with a frontage of 165 feet and a wing span enclosing a patio and

11

fountain, which are fronted by

mark and gathering

Long Porch,

a familiar

campus land-

The ground

place over the years.

floor con-

tains a lobby, the guest suite, the College Store, Duplicating

and

offices for the

Dean

of Instruction, the

Dean

Room,

of Students, the

Director of Secondary Education, the Comptroller of

Community

Alumni Association, and the Superintendent of Buildand Grounds. The spacious lobby, with its comfortable furni-

Activities, the

ings

ture, is a favorite
hibits.

meeting place and

frequently used for art ex-

is

Faculty and student mailboxes and the central telephone

exchange are also located

The second

in this building.

floor provides office space for faculty offices,

many

student organizations, and the Infirmary which has registered nurses
in attendance.

The Alumni Room,
is

located on the

furnished as a reception

room

embroidered with the college

The Faculty Lounge,
Waller Hall,
It

is

floor of Waller Hall,

and faculty. College
well as two beautiful tapes-

for alumni

trophies are displayed in this room, as
tries

first

seal.

situated adjacent to the

Alumni

Room

in

an attractively furnished room reserved for faculty.

contains lounge chairs, sofas, and an apartment-style kitchen unit.

Faculty committees frequently meet in this room.

The Husky Lounge,

gymnasium, adjoins Waller Hall
on the northwest side. In addition to the Snack Bar, tables, and
booths, there is a battery of vending machines which provide a wide
selection of food and beverages for students.
"Husky" is one of
the most popular meeting places on campus.
The offices of the
College Community Government Association and the Director of
Student Activities are located near its main entrance. An extension
of

Husky

is

a former

an attractive television lounge.

SCIENCE HALL,
rooms, faculty

offices,

built in

1906, contains classrooms, lecture

and the Day Men's Lounge.

Originally built

been used more recently as a
general classroom building.
In the basement is the Day Men's
Lounge which is furnished and equipped to supply a restful atmosphere for the commuting men students. This building will be defor science classes, the building has

molished

in

1970

to furnish a site for a recreation area.

BENJAMIN FRANKLIN,
and faculty

offices, also

which

is

used for college classes

houses the offices of the Director of Ad-

missions, the Director of

Development and Public Relations, the

12

Director of the Elementary Division, the Director of Placement,

and the Director and Supervisors of Student Teaching. The Day
Women's Lounge and classrooms occupy large areas of the basement.

NAVY HALL
for

its

V-12

was made

Officer Training

available to the United State

Program during World War

contains eleven classrooms as well as faculty offices.

Navy

II.

It

In 1961 the

ground floor was completely remodeled to provide facilities for the
Department of Special Education. This area includes clinics for
Speech and Hearing therapy, reading improvement, and psychological services.

A

large area designed for group activities

and

clini-

augments the more specialized functions of the department. The offices of the Director of Graduate Studies, and two
language laboratories are located on the first floor along with an
cal observation

Arts and Crafts Center.

HARTLINE SCIENCE CENTER, named

for Professor Daniel

"Old Guard" faculty member, his wife (also on
the faculty), and their son, Dr. H. Keffer Hartline, the 1968 Nobel
Prize laureate and recipient of the B.S.C. Alumni Distinguished
Service Award.
This air-conditioned building completed in 1968
S.

Hartline, former

contains laboratories, classrooms, seminar rooms, several large lec-

Data Processing Center,
for study and research in

ture rooms, faculty offices, facilities for the

an exhibit area, and special

facilities

science.

COLLEGE COMMONS,

a dining hall built in 1956,

accom-

modates 800 students who dine at tables with places for eight; a
continuous glass wall on the south side of the building creates a
light and airy atmosphere for its attractively decorated interior.
A
partially underground passage connects the lobby of Waller Hall
with the Commons.
The latest facilities in cooking and refrigeration are used to provide a tasteful selection of food prepared by a
national catering service.

NORTH HALL,
1960, has complete

room

is

facilities for

200 men.

A

large lounge

and

in

TV

located on each floor with food vending machines in the

ground floor lounge.
laundry

a three story men's residence completed

Coin-operated

machines provide complete

facilities.

SOUTH HALL,
to the College

300 women adjacent
September, 1967. The

a four story residence for

Commons, was completed

in

13
structure has lounge

and recreation areas, post

office boxes,

an

in-

ter-communication system, storage areas, study rooms, administrative offices,

and an apartment for a resident counselor.

EAST HALL

and WEST HALL, two residence halls with ac500 women, were occupied for the first time in

commodations for
1964. Each hall, divided

into four wings,

recreation rooms, lounge areas

four stories high with

Special features include large

automatic hydraulic elevators.

fully

is

on each

floor, post office boxes, in-

ter-communication systems, storage areas for luggage, and well-furnished study rooms.

ELWELL HALL,

named

after

Judge William Elwell and

his

son George E. Elwell, both former trustees of the college and the
judge's grandson, G.
a

men's residence

Edward

Elwell, a former French instructor,

hall facing East

Second

Street.

is

This nine story

accommodations for 690
men, an apartment for a member of the Dean of Men's staff, two
apartments for resident advisors, and has recreation rooms, lounges,
a TV room, guest rooms, study rooms, two automatic elevators,
laundry rooms, a mail room, and storage areas.

structure,

completed

1968,

in

provides

CENTENNIAL GYMNASIUM

Second
Street at the top of the hill.
This building contains a large main
gymnasium seating 1,200 to 2,000, two auxiliary gymnasiums, locker rooms, swimming pool, athletic offices, and complete office and
classroom facilities for the Department of Health and Physical Edulocated

is

on

East

The Director of Athletics and the nine varsity athletic
teams at Bloomsburg State College will continue to use Centennial
Gymnasium as their headquarters until the new gymnasium-field

cation.

house

is

completed on the upper campus.

SUTLIFF HALL, named
Dean

of Instruction,

fourteen

is

for

William Boyd

Sutliff,

a former

Gymnasium and has
The first floor houses

adjacent to Centennial

classrooms plus faculty offices.

classrooms and laboratories for the teaching of science courses and
eight specialized classrooms are located

struction in business education.

Business Education Division

ANDRUSS LIBRARY,
Navy Hall and

is

The

on the second

floor for in-

office of the Director of the

located on the second floor.

completed

in

August, 1966,

is

located

Benjamin Franklin building. The library
includes seating for 750 readers, shelving for 200,000 volumes, two
general classrooms, a seminar room, a curriculum materials center,
near

the

14

and special

facilities

for audio-visual education.

cost in excess of $1,000,000, the

library

is

Constructed

at

a

completely air-condi-

tioned.

HAAS AUDITORIUM
near
it

Navy Hall and

is

is

located at the end of Spruce Street

air-conditioned.

Completed

in

August. 1967,

has a main floor and balcony seating 2,000 people, a projection

room, classrooms and specialized work and practice rooms for
music, debating, and drama groups, lounges, areas for exhibits and
display purposes, and offices for faculty.

PRESIDENT'S RESIDENCE,

located on Light

Road
home of

Street

end of the main campus, was originally the
U. S. Senator Buckalew from 1863-1869. The surrounding area is
attractively landscaped to further enhance the architectural structure.
at the northeast

HEATING PLANT,

on the northwest corner of the
lower campus, has been recently enlarged and fully modernized to
take care of the increased needs of the present and proposed building additions on the lower campus.

LAUNDRY,
vides the best

situated

located between East Hall and North Hall, pro-

modern equipment

for handling the

laundry needs

of the college.

MAINTENANCE BUILDING
jacent to the laundry and

is

is

a

modern brick building

ad-

used for maintenance and storage pur-

poses.

PURCHASING AND RECEIVING DEPARTMENT
north side of Light Street

DILLON HOUSE,
for faculty offices.

Road

is

on the

opposite the Heating Plant.

opposite the President's Residence,

is

used

ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
Bloomsburg

State

College

seeks

students

character and intelligence that will
fields of teaching, business,

who

fit

with the

them

qualities

of

for leadership in the

science and the liberal arts.

Students

seek admission to the college must meet the following require-

ments.

Applicants must be graduates of approved secondary schools
or must have
Credentials

made

equivalent preparation as determined by the

Evaluation Division of the

Pennsylvania Department

of Public Instruction.

A

detailed

record will be

examination of the applicant's secondary school

made by

and the College
the following paragraph, is done

college authorities.

Board Examinations described

in

to determine the applicant's capacity to

This,

perform satisfactory college

work.

must complete the Scholastic
Aptitude Test, the English Composition Achievement Test, and the
Mathematics (Levels I or II) Achievement Test of the College Entrance Examination Board.
Candidates who expect to major in
one of the following subjects must complete a third Achievement
Test in one of the appropriate areas listed here:
All

candidates

for

admission

Proposed College Major or
Area of Concentration
Physics

Required College Board
Achievement Test
Chemistry

Chemistry

Chemistry

History

French

American History and Social Studies or
European History and World Cultures
French

German

German

Spanish

Spanish

Biology

Biology

18

Applicants whose proposed major

is

not

among

those listed above

are required to complete only the Scholastic Aptitude test,

English Composition and Mathematics Achievement

ments for taking these

tests

tests.

and the
Arrange-

must be made by the applicant.

must have satisfactory character and personality
proper attitudes and interests as determined by the

Applicants
traits as well as

high school principal, guidance director, or other school officials

acquainted with the student.
Applicants must submit, through their personal physician, a report on their health and current physical condition.
is

form (available from the admissions
and must be approved by the college physician. No student

to be

office)
will

made on

This report

a prescribed

who

be admitted

which would impair

has, in the opinion of the college, disabilities

pursue a normal college program.

his ability to

Applicants for special curricula

may

be required to take appro-

priate aptitude tests in their special field of interest.

Although a personal interview
didates, the college

may

is

not a requirement for

all

can-

request that a candidate report for an in-

terview at a time designated by the Director of Admissions.

The following

credentials

must be

in the candidate's file before

admissions consideration can be given:
1.

Application for admission and application fee



filed

by applicant.
2.

A
A

Physical examination form



filed

by the physician.

3.

High School transcript and personality
by High School.

4.

The

official

rating



filed

results of the applicant's Scholastic Apti-

tude test of the College Entrance Examination Board



filed at the student's request

Examination Board

by the College Entrance

in Princeton,

New

Jersey.

Necessary application materials, as well as a detailed instrucPersonal
tion sheet, will be forwarded to applicants upon request.
interviews

may

be arranged by contacting the Director of Admis-

These interviews may be scheduled on Monday through Friday 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. and on Saturday from 9:00 a.m. to noon.
sions.

CONDITION OF ADMISSION
Upon

entering

Bloomsburg

State College

ed to sign a pledge similar to the following:

all

Freshmen

are ask-

19

As

a condition of admission,

I

will

acquaint myself with the

and regulations of Bloomsburg State College as set
forth in the College catalog and/or student handbooks and I agree
to be governed by these rules, policies, and regulations during the

rules, policies,

period of

my

enrollment.

REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS
who wish

Bloomsburg State College must
be in good standing (academically and otherwise) at the institution
previously attended, must have a record of honorable dismissal or
completion of their work at that college or university, and must have
Students

to transfer to

a cumulative quality point average of C-plus or better.

Generally, not

more than 60

transfer credits will be accepted.

All transfer candidates must complete their final

30

credits in resi-

dence at Bloomsburg State College.
Transfer students follow the admissions procedures for
applicants and must also
1.

A

file

new

the following additional credentials:

complete college transcript(s)



filed

by the previous

college or university at the applicant's request.
2.

A

clearance form



to

be obtained from the Bloomsburg

Office of Admissions and to be completed by the appropriate
official at the
3.

A

letter

previous college or university.

explaining in detail the student's reasons for wish-

ing to transfer to

Bloomsburg

State College.

These procedures must be completed by June
fall semester, and by January 1 for admission

The

1

for admission to the

to the spring semester.

applications of students meeting the transfer requirements

and completing the necessary transfer procedures will receive the
same consideration as those of other new candidates, but the applicant must demonstrate better-than-average results on the Scholastic

Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board and have
personal characteristics pointing to success as a student at Bloomsburg.

READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS
Students

who have

attended

Bloomsburg

have withdrawn for acceptable reasons

may

State

College

and

request readmission by

Admissions Office for an Application for
student who has interrupted his normal progress

writing directly to the

Readmission.

Any

of studies (has failed to complete either Fall or Spring Semester),

20

and wishes to re-enroll for a subsequent semester, must request
admission before the deadlines

below.

listed

who have

All those seeking readmission

re-

attended other colleges

or universities since leaving Bloomsburg must send a complete trans-

Admissions

cript to the Director of

at

Bloomsburg.

All readmission applications must be filed not later than June
1

for the fall semester or January

1

for the spring semester.

EVALUATION OF CREDITS
All evaluations are

made by

the

Dean

of Instruction after the

student has been admitted and are subject to change according to

any revisions made

in the

requirements for graduation.

Courses to be transferred must have been completed in an
accredited college or university, must carry a

"C" or

better grade,

must be within the general framework of the student's proposed
curriculum at Bloomsburg and must be comparable in content and
in scope to courses offered at Bloomsburg State College.

No

student

may

obtain a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of

Arts degree at Bloomsburg without a

minimum

residence of one

year in the curriculum in which the student intends to graduate.

Correspondence courses are not offered or accepted by Bloomsburg State College.
All evaluations are tentative until a student has satisfactorily

completed

at least

one

full

semester at Bloomsburg.

Present Bloomsburg students desiring to take work at any other
institution

must make written application

to the

for approval in advance, otherwise credits

may

Dean

of Instruction

not be accepted.

OPPORTUNITIES FOR VETERANS
The educational opportunities

Law 90-77

for Veterans authorized by Public

(Veterans Pension and Readjustment Assistance Act of

1967), and, in special cases Public Law 87-815, are available. Veterans of at least 281 days of continuous active duty any part of

January 31, 1955 or who were released from
active duty after January 31, 1955 for a service connected disability,

which occurred

may

after

use their eligibility for educational benefits.

The

college co-

operates with the Veterans' Administration in offering the regular

degree curriculums in the arts and sciences and to those desiring to
teach in the fields of elementary, secondary, business, or special
education.

21

Graduates of approved four year high schools are admitted to
these educational programs upon application, in conformity with the
established entrance requirements.

Veterans

who

may

are not graduates of four-year high schools

be admitted to the college under certain provisions as

set forth in

The Pennsylvania Plan for Evaluation of Secondary Credentials, for Examinations and for the Issuance of the High School
Equivalent Diploma under Act Number 212, Approved May 15,
1945, issued by the Department of Public Instruction, September 7,
Bulletin

I,

who

Veterans

1945.
tor of

desire information should contact the Direc-

Admissions to determine whether or not they are

admission under

To

eligible for

this plan.

qualify

for

educational benefits under the G.

I.

Bill

of

Veterans are required to present a Certificate for Education and Training, secured from the nearest Regional Veterans
Rights,

all

Administration Office, at time of original registration.

The

college does not accept credits for courses taken under the

United States

Armed

Forces Institute Program, but credits earned

in residence or in extension
sities will

work

at accredited colleges or univer-

be evaluated for transfer by the Dean of Instruction.

All

evaluations are tentative until the student has been in residence for

one semester.

ENROLLMENT TRENDS
Number

of Different Students

Regular Students
Part-time Students

Summer

1963
2047
129

1965
2454
200

1967
3110
260

1475

1843

2118

(2390)

(2756)

(3389)

3651

4497

5488

Session Students

No. of Different Students
Total Enrollment
Totals

Adjusted Enrollment on Full-Time Basis
Regular Students
Part-time Students

Summer

Session Students

Totals

2047
46

2454

3110
87

631

67
777

982

2724

3298

4179

FEES AND FINANCIAL AID
The

official

paid

expenses

by students attending Bloomsburg

State College are described in the following order: fees, deposits,

refunds, miscellaneous expenses.
aid

programs available

tion of the catalogue

brief discussion of the financial

Bloomsburg

at
is

A

closes this chapter.

This sec-

alphabetically and numerically divided for

easy reference.

A.
I.

Community

UNIFORM FEES

Activities Fee

This fee covers the cost of student
tures, entertainments,
It

amounts

to

activities

in athletics, lec-

student publications, organizations, et cetera.

$25 a semester.

Students taking extension courses,

or regular session students taking less than eleven credit hours,

secure the benefits of the

payment of the
II.
1.

Community

Activities

Program by

may
the

fee.

Basic Fees

Semester of eighteen weeks
(a) Students in each curriculum are charged the following

These

fees

Section

were

#2008

set

by the Board of Trustees

of the School

Laws

fees.

as provided in

of Pennsylvania.

Regular

Special

Totals

$175

(none)

$175

Secondary Education

175

(none)

175

Business Education

175

$12

187

Business Administration

175

(none)

175

Special Education

175

$10

185

175

(none)

175

Elementary Education

Arts

And

Sciences

(b)

Students taking eleven or less credit hours shall pay at

the rate of

$15 per

credit hour; students taking twelve or

hours shall pay the regular basic fees; basic fees for

credit

special curriculums shall be prorated

more

or

(c)

more

credit

on the

basis of a twelve

hour load.

Students taking extension courses shall pay at the rate

$15 per credit hour, provided that the regular fees for
special curriculums shall be prorated on the basis of a twelve

of

credit
2.

hour load.

Summer
(a)
in

Sessions

Students will be charged at the rate of $15 per credit hour

Teacher Education, and $15 per

credit

hour

in

And

Arts

VI for a definition of
A minimum fee of $45

Sciences; out-of-state students (see item

pay $25 per

out-of-state)
will

credit hour.

be charged for Pennsylvania students and $75 for out-of-

state students.

(b) Students registering late shall pay a Late Fee of $10 which
will

not be credited to the basic fee charge.

(c)

In addition to the above fees, students in the special curri-

be required to pay a fee to cover the cost of ma-

culums

will

terials,

supplies,

equipment, and special services used

in

the

laboratories or clinics of the special curriculums.

— $2 per three-week
Education Fee — $5 per three-week

Business Education Fee
Special

(d)

session.
session.

Students enrolled for periods of instruction differing from

the schedule pay fees in addition

on a pro

rata basis of the

schedule of fees provided for the regular three-weeks

summer

session.

III.

Housing Fees

On-campus dormitory rates for students will be $162 per onehalf semester and $54 for a three-weeks summer session.
This includes rooms and meals.
1.

(a)

Students expecting to occupy dormitory rooms in Septem-

ber must pay $162 (one-half of the housing fee for a semester)
before August 15.

The remainder, $162, must be paid before

November.
(b) For the purpose of meeting the requirements of those
students

who

live

off-campus but board

at the college, the

hous-

25
ing rates shall be divided as follows: $8 for

room and $10

for

table board.
2.

The

and lodging is: breakfast
$1.50.
$1.25, and room

daily rate for transient meals

65^, lunch

— 85

o,

dinner







Damage Fees

IV.

Students shall be responsible for damages, breakage,

loss,

or

delayed return of college property.

V. Infirmary Fee
After three days in the college infirmary, boarding students

be charged an additional $1 for each day in excess of that

shall

period.

Day
board

students

who may

the rate of $3

at

be admitted to the infirmary shall pay

a day, starting with the

first

This

day.

charge includes the regular nurse and medical service, but does not
include special nurse or special medical services.

VI. Fees

For Out-Of-State Students

Students whose legal residence

is

outside of the State of Penn-

sylvania are charged at the rate of $25 per semester hour of credit.

A

more

detailed definition of

who

is

an out-of-state student

may

be obtained by writing to the college Business Office.
If

out-of-state

students are enrolled in a special curriculum,

they shall not pay the special fees as found in
to

II,

$25 per semester hour of

the regular fee of

1-a, in addition

credit,

as

stated

in the preceding paragraph.

Degree Fee

VII.

A

fee

of $5

shall

be paid by each candidate for a degree

to cover the cost of diploma.

VIII.

One

Record of Transcript Fee
dollar ($1) shall be charged for the second

and each sub-

sequent transcript of records.
IX.

No

Delinquent Accounts
student shall be enrolled, graduated, or receive a transcript

of his record until

all

previous charges have been paid.

X. Fee for Late Registration and/or Course Change
Each student completing registration or requesting a change of
course or courses after the date officially set for registration

may

be

26

required to pay a late registration or change of registration fee of

$10.

XI. Schedule

A

Change Fee

$2 fee for students who, once they have conferred with

and have decided on

the scheduling officer

change

their schedules,

their class schedules for personal or other considerations.

XII. Special Clinical Services
Initial

1.

screening



diagnostic evaluation of reading skills

which includes selected standardized reading

Lavell

tests,

Co-Ordination Test, and tele-binocular examination



Hand-Eye

$15.

2.

Reading Clinic Services twice a week per semester

3.

Six- week

4.

Parent conference (per session)

Summer



$45.

Session (not to exceed one hour daily)

$45.





$5.

DEPOSITS

B.

(Subject to change without notice)

An

Application Fee of $10, payable to the Commonwealth,

made by

be

shall

all

applicants; this

student requests registration.

When

a student

is

It is

amount

shall

be paid when the

not repayable.

approved for admission

to the college, the

following fee must be paid:
1.

An Advance

This fee

is

Registration Fee of twenty-five dollars ($25).

payable to the

credited to basic fees.
2.

fee

is

Commonwealth

It is

of Pennsylvania, and

is

not refundable.

A

Community Activities Fee of fifty
payable to Community Activities, and

($50).

This

represents the

Com-

dollars

munity Activities Fee for the year.
Students

who were

not in attendance in a prior semester,

when

readmitted to college, are required to pay the Advance Registration

Fee and the Community Activities Fee.
Returning students

munity
If

Activities, in

shall

pay a deposit of $50, payable

advance of

to

Com-

their registration.

any fees other than the Activities Fees are paid by bank

must be made out for the
being paid, and drawn payable to the order

drafts, post office orders, or checks, they

exact
of the

amount which

is

Commonwealth

of Pennsylvania.

All post office orders pay-

27

ing'such fees must be
sylvania.

If

drawn on

the Activities

Fee

the. Post Office at Harrisburg,
is

not paid in cash, a separate order

must be drawn payable to Community Activities.
for these fees must be drawn on the Post Office

Any
Paul

Penn-

Post office orders

Bloomsburg.

at

other inquiries relating to fees should be addressed to Mr.

G.

Martin,

Business

Manager,

Bloomsburg

College,

State

Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815.

OTHER THAN AS SPECIFIED ABOVE, MAY BE CHARGED BY A STATE COLLEGE.
NO OTHER FEES OR

DEPOSITS,

SUMMARY OF EXPENSES

C.

(Subject to

The

Change without Notice)

cost of one semester for students living at

Basic Fee

Housing Fee (Board and Room)
Community Activities Fee
Books and Supplies (Estimated)

Home

College

$175

75

$175
324
25
75

$275

$599

(none)

25

Total

Business students pay $12 additional.
Special Education students pay

$10

additional.

Out-of-state students pay $25 per semester hour of credit.

D.
I.

REFUND AND REPAYMENT POLICY

The Application Fee

will

not be refunded for any reason

whatsoever.
II.

The Advance Registration Fee

of $25 will not be re-

funded for any reason whatsoever.
III.
1.

The Community Activities Fee

Repayment

policy



All requests for repayment of the

munity Activities Fee must be
troller of

Community

Activities before

ment involves the following
second semester
(a)

is

in writing in the Office of the

September

college year, or

ComComp-

1,

if

the repay-

February

1,

if

only the

involved.

Freshmen and/or New Incoming Students
(1) A repayment of $50 will be granted
new incoming students who have had the

to

Freshmen or

offer of admis-

28
sion withdrawn by the college, have been inducted into
the

Armed

Forces, or prevented from enrollment because

of illness as certified by a physician.

This

is

not an auto-

make written
Community Activities

matic policy and persons so affected must
application to the Comptroller of

before September

1.

Freshman or other new incoming student decides not to come to Bloomsburg for reasons of his own,
he will be granted a repayment of $25 if he makes written application to the Comptroller of Community Activi(2)

ties

(b)

Any

If

a

before September
student

who

1.

has completed at least one semester

at

and paid the following year's Community Activities Fee in advance and then decides not to return to Bloomsburg will receive a repayment of the full $50
if written request is received by September 1, or $25 for the
second semester if written request is received by February 1.

Bloomsburg

State College



Students who, once having begun
Refund policy
fall, do not complete the school year:
2.

(a)

Any

classes in the

student temporarily suspended, indefinitely suspend-

ed, or dismissed for

academic

failure during the

college

year will not receive a refund of any portion of the fee
for the semester so involved.

(b)

It

a student voluntarily withdraws from the college before

the

may

first

nine

week period

ends, in the

semester, he

receive a refund of $12.50 for the second nine weeks

plus $25

for the second semester or a total of $37.50,

assuming written application
before the end of the

IV.

first

Other Fees

will

first

is

made

to the Comptroller

semester.

not be repaid except for personal illness

or for such other reasons as

may

be approved by the Board of

Trustees (see below).
1.

Repayment

suspended,

will

not be

indefinitely

made

to

suspended,

students

who

dismissed,

or

are temporarily

who

voluntarily

withdraw from college for any cause whatsoever.
2.

Repayment may be made

in the case of personal illness

which

is

by an attending physician or for other such reasons as
may be approved by the Board of Trustees for the amount of the

certified to

29

housing and contingent fees paid by the student for that part of the
semester which the student does not spend in the college.

MISCELLANEOUS EXPENSES

E.

At the time of application new students are furnished with a
summary of estimated expenses for the current college year. The
payment of all fees is due as directed by the Business Office. The
college reserves the right to withhold

record of any student

who

is

all

in arrears in the

The

other charges, including student loans.
a time

payment

plan,

information regarding the

and students

payment of

fees or

college does not offer

living in college residence halls

are required to pay one half of the semester housing fee before

August 15; the remainder must be paid before November

A

statement of student accounts will be mailed prior

billing

each semester.

to registration

All accounts must be paid as direct-

ed by notice which accompanies the

comply with

1.

this

requirement

billing statement.

will eliminate a student

Failure to

from

registra-

tion.

Keys
Each

room key
refunded when the key

student secures a

This deposit

is

or locker key for one dollar.
or lock

is

returned.

Baggage
Incoming baggage should be clearly marked with the owner's
name and "Bloomsburg State College, Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania."

Guests
Arrangements for room guests at residence halls must be approved by the Dean of Women or the Dean of Men. The guest
rates

are

as

follows:

breakfast,

$ .65;

luncheon,

$ .85;

dinner,

$1.25; room, $1.50.

Books and Supplies
Books and supplies

may

Students
store

is

are estimated

at

$75 for each semester.

secure books and supplies at the College Store.

This

operated on a cash basis.

College Banking
The Community
Library,
that they

is

Activities Office, located in Waller Hall,

prepared to handle deposits of cash for students

may

secure small amounts of

money

at

in

Old

order

convenient times.

so

Notice of Withdrawal
Students leaving the college must notify the Office of the

Dean

Dean of Instruction of their withRegular charges will be made until the notice of withforwarded to the Business Office by the Dean of Instruc-

of Students and the Office of the

drawal.

drawal

is

tion.

Physical Education Uniforms
Students must wear regulation uniforms for all physical education classes.
These are to be purchased in the College Store.

Laundry
The College has discontinued personal laundry

service with the

exception of bed linens which are supplied by the college.

Coin-

operated washers and dryers are available in college dormitories

community. Commercial laundry service
the town of Bloomsburg.

and

in the

is

available in

Student Residence
Students not living at

ed by the college, must

They must not

home and

live in the

leave dormitory

homes approvrooms are available.

not working in

dormitories

if

rooms vacant before

the end of the

semester.

Residence on Campus
Each dormitory room
beds,

is

furnished with double-decker or single

mattresses and pillows, dressers,

Sheets, pillow cases,

a

study table,

and

chairs.

and white spreads are furnished for the beds.

Students must provide the following equipment:

2.

A
A

3.

Blankets or bed comforters.

4.

Towels.

5.

Metal wastebasket.

6.

Study lamps (approved by college).

1.

mattress pad for mattress 36 by 75 inches.
cloth or plastic cover for pillow 21 by

27 inches.

Resident Students Living Off Campus
In situations where dormitory housing

may

not be available,

upon notification from the college, students are required to select
off campus rental accommodations from lists of college inspected
and approved rooms and apartments in the town of Bloomsburg.

SI

approved

Lists of

Dean

the

of

Each

off

Men

campus housing may be obtained from

or the

Dean

of

Women.

resident student living off

agreement with

into a written

his

either

campus

is

required to enter

householder or landlord covering

the period of proposed tenancy, using Student

Housing Agreement

forms provided by the college.

F.

STUDENT FINANCIAL AID

The Director

of Financial

Aid

responsible for the adminis-

is

student financial aid program at Bloomsburg State

tration of the

College.

All entering students are advised to

file

a Parents' Confidential

Statement with the College Scholarship Service of Princeton,
Jersey,

New

and to designate the Director of Financial Aid, Bloomsburg

State College as the recipient of copies of the Parents' Confidential

These forms may be obtained from high school guidance counselors or from the College Scholarship Service, Box 176,
Statement.

Princeton,

quired of

New
all

Jersey.

A

Parents' Confidential Statement

who wish

entering students

to

is

be considered for

refi-

nancial aid available through the college.

Financial aid opportunities

fall

into three categories; loans, stu-

dent employment, and scholarships and grants.

For up-to-date

in-

formation and directions on our various financial aid programs,
please consult Student Financial

Aid

at

Bloomsburg

State College,

a brochure available from the Office of the Director of Financial

Aid.

Placement
Bloomsburg meant teacher
placement.
With the graduation of students from the Arts and
Sciences Program Bloomsburg is also sending graduates into nonUntil 1966 the term "placement" at

teaching fields in ever increasing numbers.

We
made.

are very proud of the record which our graduates have

And

the Placement Service has

had

its

job

made

easier

by

this record.

Many

new

Most of the graduates to date have entered the field
The following tables indicate the success of the Place-

graduates.

of teaching.

ment

Service.

satisfied

employers return each year to recruit

32

Table

I

— How Many

Teach?

Number
Available
Education

for

Number

Percent

Year

Graduates

Teaching

Teaching

Teaching

1963

395

381

344

1965

475

450

423

1967

510

474

442

Table
aries for
in

Table

II

gives an indication of

how

90%
92%
93%

the average starting sal-

our teachers have changed over the same years referred to
I.

Table

II



How Much Do They

Earn?
Range of

Average

Year

Beginning
Teachers

1963

344

$4656

$3600

-

8400

1965

423

4981

4200

-

5900

1967

405

5320

4500

-

6300

Starting

Salary

Beginning Salaries

These figures indicate that beginning teachers from Bloomsburg State College are

in great

demand.

The

figures available for

and Science graduates reflect comparable success in obtaining gainful employment.
In this way Bloomsburg spells sucthe Arts

cess.

STUDENT
The

faculty

LIFE

and administration of Bloomsburg State College are

well aware that a college education

of academic

excellence.

classroom, but in

all

is

more than

just the pursuit

Education takes place not only

in

the

Campus life
room experience

places where students interact.

includes such things as residence hall and dining

(where a student can spend more than half of

his time) in addition

to the opportunity to participate in various social
in the extra-curricular activities

and cultural events

program.

Consequently, a wide variety of

activities

and services have

been developed to afford every student an opportunity to explore

and
It

fulfill

his individual potential in

hoped

is

that

in

them each student

expression of his talents so that he

and serve

an atmosphere of congeniality.

may

will

find

a

place

for

the

better understand himself

his fellow students.

Guided by

this

hope, the

members

of the

Dean

of Students

on the needs of the individual as well as
community with the intention of assisting young men and
more fully develop as they progress toward their various

staff focus their attention

the entire

women

to

goals.

Although the Dean of Students, the Deans of

Men

and Women,

and their respective staffs are responsible for maintaining an environment which emphasizes integrity and consideration of others,
their successes are largely determined by the extent of student participation and cooperation.
In the final analysis it is the students
who determine the quality of student life and develop the moral
fiber of the institution.

36

Housing
Housing assignments are made for men and women through
the offices of the Dean of Men and Women respectively.
New students receive room assignments based on their date of acceptance
All applications or requests for college approved
at Bloomsburg.
housing must go through the Dean of

Men

or

Women's

office.

There

are no private agents involved in housing.

The college reserves
deems appropriate.

rooms and roommates
All students housed on campus eat in the
as it
There are approximately 800 women and 900
College Commons.
men in residence on the campus. Some Freshmen women are
housed in college approved residences in the community, all other
Freshmen reside on campus.

Residence Halls
At Bloomsburg

the right to assign

State College a variety of living arrangements

Study rooms and "quiet hours" in each residence

are

available.

hall

provide an atmosphere for independent study while recreation

rooms and

television lounges afford opportunities for relaxation

and

enjoyment.
residence hall vacancies occur after assignments have been

If

made, commuters

will receive preference over

off-campus residents

Commuters may place their names on a priority
list in the Dean of Men's or Dean of Women's Office for residence
As vacancies occur, commuters will be assigned
hall housing.
in

filling

them.

by the respective deans.
must be understood that these commuter assignments will
be temporary and are in effect for only the remainder of the
academic year at which time the person assigned to the dormitory
It

room

will

return to

commuter

status.

This rule does not apply under extreme emergencies, extenuating circumstances,

Each

hall

is

or during

summer

staffed with a

sessions.

Dean

or Assistant Dean, a

Resident and student Resident Advisors.
experienced adults

who work

ministration of the hall.

of the

Dean

of

Men

and

The Head Residents

are

with the Deans in overseeing the ad-

Resident Advisors are carefully selected

and screened upperclassmen assigned
small groups of students.

Head

They

Women

are

to live with

and help counsel

under the direct supervision

and play an important

role in the

establishment of a rapport that contributes to the student's general
welfare.

3?

The

residence

have their

halls

own governing

are responsible for establishing, implementing
tions in conjunction with the

Dean

bodies

which

and enforcing regula-

of Students

staff.

Off Campus Housing
The
area

in

some private residences in the Bloomsburg
limited number of undergraduate students are

college utilizes

which a

Each

housed.

of these residences

is

approved for student housing

by the Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry.
Students living in these college approved residences are held

same manner as other resident stuDean of Men and Women's staff super-

responsible to the college in the

A

dents.

member

of the

and periodically

vises

visits

these residences.

College Infirmary
Nurses are on duty 24 hours a day in the college Infirmary.

They

give first aid,

dents,

ments.

make appointments with

and supply medication for

and minor

who because of an illness can not remain
may stay in the Infirmary over night.

Counseling Services
The Counseling Center
educational,

vocational,

ail-

in their

offers professional counseling regarding

personal,

located on the second floor

services are available at
at

colds, sore throats,

Students,

residence halls,

It is

area doctors for stu-

and emotional problems.
of Waller Hall, room 210, and its
social,

no charge

to all regularly enrolled students

Bloomsburg.

Those in need of counseling services are not just the marginal
or immature students.
Frequently the exceptionally able and conscientious students reap the benefits of professional help from counseling.

The content

of counseling interviews

is

confidential.

For students who exhibit need of psychiatric evaluation and/or
therapy, the Counseling Center maintains a consultive service with
a psychiatrist.

Appointments

the Center or through the

for this service

Dean

may

be obtained

at

of Students Office.

Community Government Association
The Community Government Association cooperates with
administration
regulating

all

in

promoting personal and group responsibility

student affairs.

the
in

38

The College Council, which meets

the second

and fourth Mon-

day of every month, acts as the executive board of the Community

Government Association. The Presidents of the following groups
automatically become members of the council: Association of Resident Women; Day Women's Association; Day Men's Association;
Men Resident's Association; Senior, Junior, Sophomore, and Freshman Classes; Editor of The Maroon and Gold. The College Council
administers the affairs of the association and formulates

Association of Resident

The Association
living in the three
in

downtown

ments.

Its

its

policies.

Women
Women

of Resident

consists

women

of the

female residence halls on campus, the freshmen

houses, and the senior

purpose

one of

is

women

initiating

Bloomsburg apartand carrying on cooperative
in

government among the resident women as well
standards of social and academic achievement.

as

encouraging high

Day Women's Association
The Day Women's Association

is

an organization of commuters

not living in the college residence halls or college housing in the

town of Bloomsburg.

The governing body

is

the

Official

Board

consisting of a President and Vice-President elected by the entire

and two representatives from each
promote the general welfare of the day

association,
is

to

operate with the other student organizations

class.

purpose

Its

women and
in

matters

to

co-

affecting

the general welfare of the institution.

Day Men's Association
The Day Men's Association

is

an organization of

men who com-

The Governing Board consists of a President, Vice-President, Secretary, and Treasurer.
The
association carries on a varied program of activities for its own
mute from

homes

their

to the college.

welfare and for the benefit of the college community.

Men

Resident's Association

The Men

men

Resident's

Association

men

is

the

governing body

for

accommodations in the town of Bloomsburg as well as those living in campus
residence halls.
Its administrative body is composed of a PresiBy means of this
dent, Vice-President, Secretary, and Treasurer.
resident

students including

organization, the

men

living in rented

cooperate with the administration in fostering

personal and group responsibilities.


39

EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
All students are required to take part in one extra-curricular
activity

one semester each year.

The

extra-curricular activities dur-

ing the past year included the following:

Amateur Radio Club
The Bloomsburg State College Amateur Radio Club is an organization composed of students interested in the art of Amateur
Radio Communications.
Requirements for admission are an interest in "Ham Radio Communication," a desire to be a "Ham"
radio operator, and a satisfactory standing in the college.

American Chemical Society
(Columbia
Chapter) serves to make the student aware of the work of the
chemist.
It also serves to provide exchange of ideas by joint meetings and to see what is done on other campuses in this organization.

The American Chemical Society-Student

It

official

provides current literature for the student by

weekly organ of the society

zation

to

also

at

some

of the

This organi-

Society.

provides the student an opportunity to

chemists in the field

way

The Journal of Chemical and
society, upon graduation, are

Members of this
become members of the Senior

Engineering News.
eligible

Affiliate

hear the top

of their meetings.

Archaeology Club
The purpose

of the

BSC

Archaeology Club

is

to

combine

widespread interest in the hobby of collecting the Indian

which abound

artifacts

Susquehanna Valley. All students and faculty
membership, provided they are willing to join the

in the

are eligible for

group

the

conducted digging for

in carefully

The Club's main

activity

is

scientific purposes.

and systematically excaIndoor meetings will be

to locate

Bloomsburg area.
held during the winter months so that members may compare collections, discuss techniques, and come in contact with professional
and advanced amateur archaeologists from neighboring archaeological societies and museums.
vate Indian sites in the

Athenaeum Club
The purpose

of the

Athenaeum Club

is

to provide all interest-

ed students with an opportunity to listen to the great musical classics.

With regard

to the actual selections to

tion will be given to requests

be played, ample considera-

by members for excerpts that are

vant to their current course work in music.

rele-

uo

B Club
B Club

women's recreational organization on campus.
The members of B Club plan, organize, and administer all the women's intramural-extramural activities for two purposes:
the

is

Providing an opportunity for

1.

all

women

students to par-

ticipate in competitive sports.

Fostering activities which contribute to better use of leisure

2.

time.

Further information

is

obtainable in the

Extramural Handbook or

in Office

9 of

Women's IntramuralCentennial Gym.

Chess Club
The Chess Club provides students with an opportunity
and

to learn

improve their game. Beginners and experienced
players are welcome.
The Chess Club conducts regulation tournaments.
All members are eligible to try out for the Chess Team
which competes in the Eastern Pennsylvania College Chess League
and a number of weekend tournaments. An important function of
to play chess

the

Club

is

to train students

can

fulfill

and

YMCAs.

Circle

to

this

need

in their

how to run chess tournaments
own communities at recreation

K

is

a Kiwanis affiliated organization serving the Col-

The purpose of this organization
a spirit of cooperation among members of the club in
College and Community.
and Community.

Membership
a

first

centers

K

Circle
lege

so they

come,

organization

first
is

is

open

to all

to foster

serving the

good standing on
the membership capacity of the

male students

served basis, until

is

in

reached.

Concert Choir
The Concert Choir is the mixed choral group of the college
community.
Members must attend rehearsals regularly and participate in all performances to retain membership.
The calendar
for the year includes concerts, tours, television,

and possible record-

ings.



two subsidiary groups
Madrigal Singers and Men's Glee Club.
The Madrigal Singers are selected by the director, but the Men's Glee Club is open to all men in-

The Concert Choir

terested in singing.

also has

41

Council for Exceptional Children
The Council for Exceptional Children
main function
tional children.

improve educational opportunities for excep-

to

is

It

an organization whose

is

contributes significantly to the professional back-

ground of persons who work with them and helps
ous

activities for the

to coordinate vari-

advancement of the cause.

Membership in the Alpha Chapter of the Council
tional Children on campus is open to any student who

Excep-

for
is

enrolled

and others who are interested
in developing their understanding of the problems of children and
youth with exceptionalities. Members must attend meetings regularin the Division of Special Education,

ly

and participate

in the activities of the organization.

Dramatic Club ("Bloomsburg

Players")

This organization provides experience for
to learn theatre arts.

work as well as act
work are open to the
to

Technical and business

students

all

who wish

are the only requirements.

and a willingness
Casting and crew

The

club's activities in-

entire student body.

skills

clude four major productions per year as well as workshop plays.

Forensic Society

The purpose

of the Forensic Society

in all types of forensic activities.

is

to

encourage an interest

Intercollegiate competition

is

pro-

moted in: novice and varsity debate, discussion, oratorical contests,
extemporaneous speaking contests, impromptu speaking, after-dinner
speaking, oral interpretation festivals, and legislative assemblies.
Participation in the speaker's bureau affords an opportunity to speak

before local civic and community groups.

German Club
The German Club was

established for the purpose of reinforc-

ing student knowledge acquired in the classroom.

Attention

is

given to increasing appreciation of

Membership is open
taken) any course in German.

tural aspects.

ing

German

to all students taking

cul-

(or hav-

Harmonettes
The Harmonettes comprise
singing and developing musical

a group of
skills.

women

with interest in

The musical

selections

may

range from show tunes to the semi-classical.

The Harmonettes

participate in the Christmas

grams, assemblies and other special performances.

and Spring pro-

42

Huski Club
The purpose of the Huski Club is to provide an enjoyable
It is to proactivity for members of the faculty and student body.
mote leadership, introduce techniques of skiing and to cultivate an
interest in the sport.

The requirements
and other winter

for

membership include an

interest in skiing

sports.

International Relations Club
The International Relations Club is an organization of students
interested in current events and problems in the world today.
The
purpose of this club is to develop among its members an interest
and a greater knowledge and understanding of national and international affairs.

Requirements for membership are regular attendance

and participation

ings

in the club's

at

meet-

programs.

Le Cercle Francais
Le Cercle Francais, organized

who

in

1961, welcomes any student

has a genuine interest in improving his

language and enlarging his appreciation of
ture.

Club

slides,

trips to

activities

all

facility

in the

French

aspects of French cul-

include a French dinner,

French films and

productions by French theatrical groups, discussion,

guest speakers, field trips and tutoring service.

Literary
in

&

Film Society

Formerly the English Club, The Literary and Film Society is
its second year at BSC.
It provides a series of more than a dozen

acclaimed American and foreign films each year.

The

Society pub-

The Footnote, a literary and film review, which is distributed
to members at each film showing.
Other projects have been discussion groups and poetry readings.
Membership is open to all
members of the college community.
lishes

Maroon and Gold Band
The Maroon and Gold Band provides high

quality musical

and

marching entertainment during the football season through its select
marching unit. As a concert ensemble, it presents campus and area
concerts of symphonic band repertoire.

Membership

open to those students having instrumental background in the band medium.
Personnel is then screened on the
basis of band preparation and experience, ability, technical skill and
is

instrumentation needs.

us

Color Guard and Majorette units complement the Marching

Band.

Mathematics Club
A new organization,
in

this

group aims

to

stimulate an interest

mathematics beyond the classroom, and to acquaint members

with the possibilities of using mathematics in their future careers.
All students

who have completed

a calculus course are eligible for

membership.
Phi Beta Lambda
Phi Beta Lambda is an organization of students of the Business
Education Department.
The aims of this club are: to develop
qualities of leadership;

commercial clubs

in

to

promote

interest

the

in

organization of

high schools; to train teachers in the organizing

of such clubs to encourage scholarship through contests; to serve

needs of the Department of Business Education

at

Bloomsburg

State

means of gaining contact with other schools and
become conversant with modern business methods
encourage social contact; and to develop promptness

College; to furnish
associations; to

and systems; to
and the ability

to accept responsibility.

eligible for this club.

ship in

NOTE: At

least

good standing are required

All business students are

two semesters of member-

for admission to Pi

Omega

Pi,

the business fraternity.

Philosophy Club
The Philosophy Club provides
ideas in problem areas of concern to

forum
all men.
a

for the
Its

aim

exchange of
is

to encour-

age critical thinking and reflection with respect to problems in the
areas of values, morality, belief and knowledge.

Physics

Club

The

purpose of the organization

shall

be the advancement and

knowledge of the science of physics and its application to
human welfare," quoted from the Constitution of the BSC Student
diffusion of

American Institute of physics.
Membership is open to all students who

Section of the

are taking a course in

Physics.

Science Club

The Science Club

consists of

of the student

and physical sciences.
promote a general interest

are interested in the biological

of this organization are to

members

body who

The purposes
in all fields of

science and to create a better understanding of science.

Member-

ship requirements consist of regular attendance and participation in
the club programs.

At

the

end of each college year, the club goes on an

all-day

field trip to a place of scientific interest.

Spanish Club

The Spanish Club has been organized

for the purpose of de-

The

veloping the use of conversational Spanish.

club's

program

is

designed to develop the appreciation of such aspects of Spanish

Membership

culture as art, music, literature, etc.

is

open

to those

students with a sincere interest in improving their personal abilities
in the

Spanish language.

Student PSEA
Organized to acquaint students with different aspects of teaching,

the Oscar Bakeless Chapter of the

promote professional

interests

and

Student

activities,

to

PSEA
foster

intends to
professional

educational standards, and to illuminate some complexities of teachAll students are eligible for membership.

er-student relationships.

This chapter sponsors various projects for the benefit of the general college

community.

Studio Band
The Studio Band is a stage band composed of College Community members.
Members must attend rehearsals regularly and
participate in all performances to retain membership.
The calendar
for the year includes concert tours, campus performances, television
and possible recordings.

Varsity Club
The Varsity Club
in

is

composed

any authorized intercollegiate

of

sport.

men who have won a letter
All students who have re-

ceived such an award are eligible for membership.

Founded upon

a basis of athletic ability, the club's purposes are to advance ideals

of sportsmanship

fellowship
terest

in

and scholarship,

among men
intercollegiate

to

encourage brotherhood and

of similar interests, and to
athletics

and

to

promote an

in-

maintain pleasant athletic

relationships with other educational institutions.

Veterans Association
The purpose of the Veterans

Association

is

to give veterans an

opportunity to share fellowship and pursue

common

ing as a voice for veterans in the college

community and keeping

interest

by

act-

veterans informed of their government benefits and responsibility.

PUBLICATIONS
Maroon and Gold
Published twice weekly by a student

the college paper

staff,

keeps the student body informed of current college happenings.

Obiter
The

Obiter, published each year by the college community, con-

tains a review of the activities of the year, with pictures of the

students,

pus,

organizations,

fraternities,

sports

cam-

and academic

as-

pects of the college.

Olympian
Students

publish

this

literary

magazine.

In

this

publication

contributors will find an outlet for literary expression in the fields

Unpublished work of nationally-known writ-

of poetry and prose.
ers

is

sometimes included as a special feature.

Pilot
This

an annual handbook, edited jointly by a student editor

is

and the Dean of Students, which informs students about college life
It serves as a guide to freshmen and also as an
at Bloomsburg.
information booklet for upper classmen.

Placement Brochure

An

annual publication of the Placement Service,

this

brochure

contains photos of graduating seniors, plus personal data of interest
to

employing

officers.

HONORARY AND PROFESSIONAL
Many

national

honorary

FRATERNITIES

and professional

fraternities

which

and advance educational ideals through scholarship, social
efficiency, and moral development have chapters on the Bloomsburg
foster

Among them

campus.

are:

Kappa Delta

Pi (Coeducational

Hon-

Phi Sigma Pi (Professional Education
Fraternity for Men), Alpha Psi Omega (Coeducational Dramatic
Fraternity), Gamma Theta Upsilon (Coeducational Geography
or Society in Education),

Lambda (Coeducational Business FraterKappa Delta (Coeducational Debate Fraternity), Pi

Fraternity),
nity),

Omega

Pi

Phi Beta

Pi (National Business Teacher Education

Honor

Society),

Sigma Alpha Eta (Honor Speech and Hearing Fraternity), Sigma

"

46

(Coeducational English Fraternity), Phi Alpha Theta
(National Honor Society in History), and Delta Phi Alpha (Co-

Tau Delta
educational

Society in German).

Honor

Social Fraternities

The

Council serves as the governing body of

Interfraternity

on campus.

the seven social fraternities

from the various

sentatives

composed

is

and

social fraternities,

rushing and pledging regulations and

grams and events

It

of repre-

responsible for

is

activities,

coordination of pro-

for the various fraternities,

and investigation of

by the IFC and the College.

violations of the rules devised

Mem-

bership includes the following:

Delta Omega Chi

Delta

Phi Sigma Xi

Pi Epsilon Chi

Kappa Epsilon
Beta Sigma Delta

Sigma Iota

Pi

The

Inter-Sorority Council

The purposes

ber sororities.

Omega

body

the governing

is

for

all

mem-

of the Inter-Sorority Council include

coordination of rushing and pledging
ship,

Pi

activities,

promotion of scholar-

and the enhancement of friendships and

tween sororities and individual women.

social

relations be-

Membership includes

the

following:

Rho

Chi Sigma

Tau Sigma

Delta Epsilon Beta
Theta Gamma Phi

Pi

AND

SERVICE FRATERNITIES

Alpha Phi Omega
men

in the fellowship of the

Scout Oath and Law, to develop Leadto provide Service to humanity.

own

is

the campus,

Membership

Mu

is

in

based on the high ideals of service to

community, and world.

assemble college

least a 2.0

in-

country.

Lambda Alpha
to

purpose "to assemble college

open to all college men regularly enrolled in the
who have been affiliated with Scouting nationally or

Membership
stitution

its

promote Friendship, and

ership, to

their

has as

SORORITIES

is

open

women
to

in

the

The purpose
spirit

of the sorority

of service

to

humanity.

Sophomore and Junior women having

cumulative average.

is

at

U7

OFF CAMPUS STUDENTS
It

is

expected that resident students living off campus will con-

duct themselves with the same decorum expected of other resident
students and that they will comply with the house rules and regulations of their householders or landlords.

An

Assistant

Dean

of

Men

and an Assistant Dean of

Women

supervise the housing of resident students living off campus.

Commuting (Day) Students

Day room

who do

facilities are

provided for

women and men

students

not live on the campus or in off campus rental housing ap-

proved for resident students.

The women's day room

is

located in the lower level of the

Benjamin Franklin building.
Comfortable lounge furniture provides for rest and relaxation. Locker space and facilities for study are also available.
Curriculum Materials Center

in

the

The men's day rooms are on the basement
Hall.
The spacious lounge has facilities for study,
and storage.

floor of Science

recreation, lunch,

^.-•V

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Prior
class

to the beginning of each semester, the student prepares a
schedule with the help of a faculty advisor.

After this

schedule has been approved by the divisional director involved,

it

Data Processing Center and handed to the
student at registration.
Any changes in this schedule must be approved by the director of the curriculum in which the student is enrolled.
At the end of each semester, members of the faculty record
grades on course cards, which become the basis of the permanent
will

be printed

the

in

record of each student.

Class Attendance

A

student

expected to attend punctually every class

is

laboratory for which he

is

registered.

It is

the responsibility of the

student to hand to the instructor an absence report form at the
class

and
first

meeting following the absence.
If the

absence report

is

approved, the student

may make up

work he has missed during his absence. However, the effect
absence upon course requirements is determined by the instructor.
Absence report forms may be purchased at the College Store.
is advisable to have absence report blanks on hand.

the

of

It

Change of Schedule
Adjustments

in class

schedules

may

be made during the

first

ten days of any semester by the Divisional Directors with the ap-

proval of the

Dean

of Instruction.

A

fee

of $2 will be charged

for each individual schedule change.

After the second week, students dropping a course from their
schedule will receive an "E" on their permanent record card in the
Office of the

Dean

the course

dropped.

is

of Instruction

if

they are not passing at the time

If passing, the

grade of

"W"

will

be given.

50

Students wishing to drop a course from their schedules must receive
written approval of the instructor before presenting the request to

Dean of Instruction. All withdrawals must be approved by the
Dean of Instruction. Students are not permitted to withdraw from
the

a course after nine weeks.

Transfer of Division of Enrollment
In order to be eligible for transfer from one division to another,
a student should have at least a 2.00 cumulative average (although

for freshmen certain justifiable exceptions to this requirement

be made).

The

step

first

may

for the student to bring a note of par-

is

which he is enrolled, which is to be attached to a special form for Approval of
Divisional Transfer.
On this special form the student must obtain
ental permission to the Director of the Division in

the following signatures

:

( 1 )

the signature of his current Divisional

Director, (2) the signature of the

Dean

of Students (required only

from Business Administration
Teacher Education), (3) the signature

in the case of a student transferring

or the Arts and Sciences to

of the Director of the Division to which the student
transfer,

(4) the signature of the

should be

filed

Dean

is

intending to

of Instruction.

This form

during the semester immediately preceding that

which the transfer

is

in

to take effect.

Provision for Superior Students

A
above

student whose

may

work

petition the

for a semester averages 3.0

Dean

— "B," or

of Instruction for approval to schedule

course work in addition to that normally scheduled for that semester

(16 credit hours).

Progress Reports and Records
For the purpose of reporting the progress of each student, each
semester is divided into periods of nine weeks. During each period
the instructor hands to the Dean of Instruction a special deficiency
report at any time the student is not doing satisfactory work.
At
the end of twelve weeks a report of "D" or "E" grades is made to
the parents of each student.

At the end of the semester final grades are reported, recorded
upon the permanent progress card of each student, and filed. The
report

is

then sent to the parents.

Any

parent not receiving such a

report at the end of the semester should notify the
tion so that a duplicate

may be

mailed.

Dean

of Instruc-

51

Grading System
The system of grading used
is

E

as follows:



A

— very

in this college



B

high;

high;

C

and

its

interpretation

— average; D — low;
W—

a with-

failure involving repetition of the entire course.

drawal, approved by the

Dean

of Instruction while the student

— work not handed

Incomplete

passing the course.

in,

is

or material

does not satisfy the instructor's standards or the course requirements.

Quality Point System
For
For
For
For
For

each semester hour

A

carries

4 quality

each semester hour

B

carries

3

each semester hour

C

carries 2 quality points.

each semester hour

D

carries

each semester hour

E

carries

grade of

W

Incomplete

is

A

To be

is

1

points.

quality points.

quality point.
quality points.

not considered in computing quality points.

not considered in computing quality points.

graduated, a student must have a quality point average

of not less than 2.0.

Removal of "Incompletes"
Each

instructor listing

shall file with the

Dean

an incomplete

at the

end of a semester

of Instruction a detailed statement of the

steps to be taken by the student for the removal of such grade.

A

printed form

must be secured at the office of the
Dean of Instruction to be used when an incomplete has been removed. It is the responsibility of the student to have this form signed by the instructor removing the incomplete, and to present it to
the

Dean

of Instruction for recording.

removed within one calendar
grade automatically becomes an E and the course must be

// the

year, the

(blue)

grade "Incomplete"

is

not

repeated.

Prerequisite for Student Teaching

A

student

is

eligible for

assignment to student teaching

if

he

has attained a quality point average of 2.0 in not less than 90 credit
hours.

Residence Required for Graduation
The minimum period of residence at this college is one year
or its equivalent.
Former students certified for teaching by having
completed two or three years of college work who are candidates

52
for the

Bachelor of Science Degree

in

Education, must complete

at

one half of the remaining work required for the degree in residence at Bloomsburg. Residence credit may be earned in the classes
least

of a regular semester, in

summer

school, or in Saturday classes for

teachers-in-service.

Requirements for Graduation
The conferring of the degree

of Bachelor of Science in

Educa-

or any other degree which the Bloomsburg State College

tion,

is

authorized to grant, and the Application for the Pennsylvania Teaching Certificate require the following:
1

— Completion

of 128 semester hours of credit in a specified un-

30 hours of graduate credit
courses required for the degree of Master of Education.

dergraduate

2



curriculum,

or

All students must satisfactorily complete

a

minimum

in

of five

semester hours of Physical Education and Health.
3

— Emotional
lege social

4

evidenced by active participation in col-

and academic


member
— High moral

activities.

Personality traits considered by the college to be adequate for
of the teaching profession.

a

5

stability, as

The

and

ethical standards of conduct.

college reserves the right to withhold the degree or the ap-

plication for a certificate to teach in the

sylvania

if

Commonwealth

of Penn-

one or more of these conditions for graduation are not

met.
All candidates for degrees are individually responsible for meeting all the requirements for graduation outlined above.

Physical Education Requirements
All students are required by the College to complete a minimum of five semester hours of health and physical education to
Students should complete HPE 100 and HPE
receive a degree*.
101 during their first year at Bloomsburg State College.

*

Students
the

who have passed

the

Chairman of the Department

age of thirty should consult with
of HPE in planning their physical

education program.

Men with

months of active military service may enroll
the #200 series and pass the swimming proficiency

at least six

in one course in
test (minimum).

53

All students enrolled in a Physical Education Activity Class

must wear non-marking sneakers and regulation uniforms.
uniforms may be purchased in the College Bookstore.

Each student
is

is

passed, the student

given a

may

swimming

proficiency

If

test.

These

the test

then elect an advanced section of Aquat-

(HPE 151 or 152) or
If the
the #200 courses.
Aquatics (HPE 150).
ics

select

an additional course from one of
student must enroll in

test is failed, the

All students must elect one semester hour credit from the

may

#200

two hours from this area if
These courses
they have passed the swimming proficiency test.
may also be selected as elective hours by upper class students. If
a student elects more than one course from the #200 series,
series of courses.

Students

elect

subsequent courses must contain two different

activities.

Academic Probation
At

the end of each grading period a student

who

has a quality

point average of less than 2.0 will be placed on probation until the

end of that grading period he has
not attained a 2.0 average, he may be given an opportunity to meet
with a faculty committee composed of the director of his curricular
division and a minimum of three instructors chosen by the divisional
next grading period.

If at

the

director.

The purpose

of this kind of meeting

is

two-fold

:

( 1 )

to enable

the student to determine the cause of his apparent failure,

(2) to

enable the faculty committee to assess the professional interest and

promise of the student, and to determine whether or not the student
will

be able to profit educationally by remaining in college.

action of any faculty committee

Dean

is

The

subject to the approval of the

of Instruction and the President of the College.

The

privilege of meeting with a faculty

committee

tended to a student only one time during his attendance

will

be ex-

at the col-

lege unless extenuating circumstances should warrant a second con-

ference.

Changes In Academic Policies
Several important changes in the academic policies of Blooms-

burg State College, which directly affected students
college after

September 1968, became

who

entered the

effective during the

second

These changes, developed

semester of the college year 1968-1969.

by the Faculty-Student Committee on Academic Affairs during the
college year 1967-1968. have been approved by it,e administration.

One

new

of the

may

regulations states that a student

Furthermore,

peat a course in which he has earned a passing grade.

may

during his undergraduate years a student

not re-

repeat only four (4)

courses in which he has earned a grade of "E" (failing).
In order to provide greater opportunities for

new

students to

achieve a quality point average of 2.0 or better, a freshman will be

given two

full

semesters as well as a

summer

of study in order to

achieve a cumulative quality point average of 2.0 or better by the
time they have completed 64 credit hours

(the

mid-point of the

degree program: Vi x 128) in order to be allowed to continue.

A

change

in the

applicable to students

method

who began

1968. has also been approved.
all

credits

scheduled,

computing quality point averages,

of

their college

Students will

including

for

credits

average will then be computed by dividing
the quality

points earned.

September.

1968

manner

will

September

in

now be "charged"
repeated;

courses

all credits

who were

Students,

have

program

for

the

scheduled into

enrolled prior to

averages computed in the same

their

as in past years.

Placement Tests
Every new student entering Bloomsburg
quired to take a battery of
studies, science,

State

College

is

re-

covering English, reading, social

tests

mathematics, and contemporary

affairs.

The

results

of the tests are converted into percentiles, both local and national,

and are projected on a graph called a
available through the office of the

dent

is

These

profile.

Dean

of Students.

profiles are

Every

stu-

given an opportunity to review his profile with a professional

counselor, noting the areas of his strength and weakness.

He

sees

himself in relation to the group of students entering Bloomsburg
State College, as well as to the national
liberal arts colleges

group of students entering

and pre-professional schools.

Testing Programs
In addition to the Placement Tests,

each freshman to take such

tests as the

Information provided by the

who encounter problems

tests

in their

is

the

may
Deans may

college

College

require
advise.

issued in counseling students

academic and

social adjustment.

55

A

may

battery of achievement tests

also be administered to

all

sophomore students to determine the student's academic progress
and to provide information for further guidance. A careful study
of each individual student by selected faculty members is recommended before the end of the sophomore year.

The

college also administers the Graduate

Record Examination

measure the academic achievement of the student, as well as the
This battery of tests is
effectiveness of the instructional program.
to

given prior to the senior year and the student

is

responsible for pay-

ing the costs of the examination.

Bloomsburg State
following Graduate Record

All candidates for undergraduate degrees at

College are required to complete

the

Examinations:

GRE APTITUDE TEST
GRE ADVANCED TEST
The Advanced Test

shall be

completed

in the student's

area of

specialization or in a field related to his specialization.

The
ter or

administered three times a year during the semes-

tests are

term

in

which the student

gree

requirements.

($6)

dollars

is

the

is

The payment
responsibility

scheduled to complete his de-

examination fee of

of the
of the

six

student.

STUDENT TEACHING
An Overview
Faculty and administration of Bloomsburg State College consider the student teaching assignment to be the culmination of four

years of preprofessional education leading to

For

this

teacher-certification.

reason, an entire semester of the academic program

each student

is

reserved for student teaching.

A

student teaching

assignment requires that the student spend the entire day from

day through Friday

in

supervised educational

schools, for the duration of one semester.

ing Professional Practicum.

is

for

activities

in

Monpublic

Student teaching, includ-

offered for twelve semester hours of

credit.

In order to orient student teachers more effectively to public
school programs, the calendar of schools to which they are assigned
is

followed.

However, the college calendar

will

determine opening

and closing dates for student teaching assignments.

56

Student Teaching Centers
In meeting

its

responsibility for providing high quality gradu-

ates for the teaching profession, the college carefully selects student

teaching centers and cooperating teachers.

Students in Elementary,

and Business Education are assigned

Secondary,

located schools in the

Commonwealth

to

conveniently

of Pennsylvania.

Students

White Haven
State School and the Selinsgrove State School and Hospital and to
the public schools of Lycoming. Schuylkill. Chester, and Montgomery Counties through the offices of the superintendents of those
in the Division of Special

Education are assigned

to the

Student teachers are also assigned to the Harrisburg Cleft

counties.

Palate Clinic.

As

greater

numbers

of students are assigned to student teach-

ing through increased enrollment, other centers will be developed.

may

student

be assigned to a school

semester, or he
districts

may

district or

A

county for an entire

be re-assigned in mid-semester to other school

or counties.

PROGRAM OF GRADUATE STUDIES
Bloomsburg

State College

is

authorized by the State Board of

Education of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania

gram of graduate

offer

studies in Biology. Business Education.

tary Education. English. French.

Studies

to

a

pro-

Elemen-

German, History. Reading.

Social

(including Geography). Spanish, Special Education for the

Mentally Retarded. Speech, and Communication Disorders.

Upon

completion by a student of the requirements established

by the Graduate Council of the college, the Master of Education
The program of
or the Master of Arts Degree will be conferred.
graduate studies leading to the Master of Education Degree has as
primary purpose the increasing of the competency of professional

its

personnel in the field of education, while the Master of Arts Degree
is

designed as the second step leading toward the traditional doc-

trine in a selected discipline.

Persons desiring to enroll in graduate courses must
plication

the

for

file

an ap-

admission and meet the requirements established by

Graduate Council.

Students wishing to earn the Master of

Education or Master of Arts Degree must,
admission to candidacy for the degree.

in

addition,

request

57

The following

fees* are applicable to the

program of graduate

studies:

$10

Application Fee

(Payable

time of application for ad-

at

mission to graduate courses. Not refundable or applicable

to

graduate tuition.)

Graduate Tuition Fee

Out of

State

Activities

Fee

Fee (summer term only)

$20
$25

per sem.

hr.

per sem.

hr.

$ 3

per three-

week
$ 6

session

per six-

week

session

Graduation and Diploma Fee

$10
cap, gown, and hood)

(Not including rental of

Detailed information relating to the program
the Graduate Studies Bulletin.

Requests for

is

contained in

this bulletin, for appli-

cation forms, and for additional information concerning the program

should be addressed
State College,

to:

Director of Graduate Studies, Bloomsburg

Bloomsburg, Pa. 17815.

SUMMER SESSIONS
The summer

sessions are designed primarily to enable

Penn-

sylvania teachers to advance professionally and to meet the certifi-

cation standards approved by the State
of the courses offered will

Board of Education. All
be on a college level, and will be of par-

ticular interest to the following:
(

1

)

Undergraduates qualifying for advanced standing or the

removal of conditions.
(2) Teachers-in-service qualifying for (a) advanced state certification,

cation,

(b) the degree of Bachelor of Science in Edu-

and (c) the Permanent College

Certificate.

(3) College graduates qualifying for state certification through
courses in education and student teaching.

Students attending the

summer

sessions

may

semester hours as there are weeks in the session.

All fees are subject to change without notice.

schedule as

many

58

summer sessecondary level to work

Special opportunities will be provided during the
sions for persons certified to teach

toward certification which

will

on the

include teaching on the elementary

level.

The enrollment

in the

summer

session will be limited to teach-

ers-in-service, presently-enrolled students of the college,

who have been

in

attendance at an accredited college.

and others
Students

from other colleges enrolling at Bloomsburg for the first time should
present evidence of having attended another college and a written
statement from their college certifying that they are in good aca-

demic standing.

A

copy of the current summer session bulletin

will

be sent upon

submission of a request addressed to the Registrar of the College.



COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
— Introduction

Art 101

A

ART
to

Art

3

consideration of the great works of

art,

cr.

hrs.

past and present,

with an analysis of the structure of art as determined by civilization,

communication, and expression.
Art 301

Children's Art

An

3

cr.

analysis of the art of children with the corresponding

to stimulate the

attitudes of discovery,

hrs.

ways

communication, and inven-

tion at the various age levels.

— American Art History

Art 311

A

cr.

hrs.

detailed study of the history of the visual arts in America.

— European Art History

Art 321

A

3

3

detailed study of the history of the visual arts

pean continent from the Greek era
Art 331

A

hrs.

on the Euro-

to the nineteenth century.

Oriental Art History
detailed study of the

cr.

3

history of the

visual

arts

in

cr.

hrs.

Japan.

China. India, and the countries of the Near East.

Art 341

A

— History

of

Modern Art

3

detailed study of the contemporary

movements

cr.

in art

hrs.

from

the nineteenth century to the present.

Art 397

— Drawing

The course

3

I

will consist of a basic

analysis

cr.

hrs.

and understanding

of form, structure and personal expression in drawing.

Art 398

— Drawing

The course
as well as

will

3

II

cr.

hrs.

emphasize experimentation with various media

development

Prerequisite: Art 397.

in

composition and individuality in drawing.


62

Art 399

— Drawing

The course

will

3

III

develop individual creativity and

ability in

what will become future personal involvement
Prerequisite: Art 398.
ing, stressing

Art 401

cr.

3

Painting I

hrs.

drawin

cr.

art.

hrs.

Introduction to form and color through studio experience.



3
Painting II
Art 402
Continued sensitive development toward a maturing
painting.
Prerequisite: Art 401.

Art 403

— Painting

3

III

Advanced work planned

for

individual

needs.

cr.

hrs.
in

style

cr.

hrs.

Prerequisite:

Art 402.
Art 404

— Sculpture

I

3

cr.

hrs.

3

cr.

hrs.

Studio exploration of three-dimensional expression.

Art 405

— Sculpture

II

Continued sensitive development toward a maturing
sculpture.

Art 405



style

in

Prerequisite: Art 404.

3

Sculpture III

Advanced work planned

for

individual

needs.

cr.

hrs.

Prerequisite:

Art 405.
Art 411

Ceramics

I

3

cr.

hrs.

3

cr.

hrs.

Introduction to ceramic processes and design.

Art 412

— Ceramics

II

Emphasis upon quality ceramic design, throwing on the wheel,
experiments in decorative processes and mixing clays and glazes.
Prerequisite: Art 411.

Art 413

— Ceramics

III

Advanced work planned
Art 450

— Art

Designed

Education
to

in

3

cr.

hrs.

3

cr.

hrs.

for individual needs.

the Elementary School

explore the theories and techniques behind

the

use of art in the elementary school.

Art 499

Visual Aesthetics

Directed study of the "silent image" emphasizing
cern with environmental relationships.

3

cr.

artistic

hrs.

con-

63

BIOLOGY
103

Biol.

— General Biology

3

I

cr. hrs.

Emphasizes major principles and theories in the structure and
function of plants and animals at levels of organization and development from

molecule

ecosystem.

to

Class

and

discussions

laboratory studies are included.

104

Biol.

A
role to

— General Biology

3

II

hrs.

cr.

study of the plant and animal phyla with emphasis on their

An

man.

ecological evolutionary development of biology

designed to acquaint the non-science student with an appreciation
of living organisms.
Biol.

210
The



Prerequisite:

Invertebrate Zoology

3

phyla of invertebrate

principal

systems in which they participate.

211

Biol.



Biol.

are

physiology,

hrs.

cr.

studied

in

their role in the eco-

course for biology majors.

103.

Vertebrate Zoology

The biology
ogy,

A

animals

and

relation to their anatomy, classification,

Prerequisite:

103.

Biol.

3

cr. hrs.

of the vertebrate animal with emphasis in morphol-

and development.

aspects of each class will be covered.

and preserved specimens

Evolutionary

and ecological

Laboratory work with

living

will familiarize students with representative

individuals of the major classes of this important group. Prerequisite:
Biol.

103, 210.

Biol.

220

— General Botany

3

I

cr.

hrs.

General consideration of the plant kingdom with emphasis on

anatomy,

plant

Prerequisite:

areas.
Biol.

221

The

Biol.

plant

placed upon

Biol.

the phylogenetic development

Biol.

in

220.

and concepts pertaining

patterns, limiting factors, habitat studies,

the species, interspecies,

210, 220.

and

the taxonomic system.

— General Ecology

Principles

cr. hrs.

Emphasis is
cycles of plants representing the various taxonomic

Prerequisite:

331

3

II

kingdom showing

life

and other related

103.

— General Botany

arrangement of the plants
levels.

economic botany,

physiology,

and community

3
to

cr.

hrs.

energy flow succession

and population studies
level.

Prerequisites:

at

Biol.

64
Biol.

341



Genetics

The study

3

The

of inheritance in living things.

hrs.

cr.

practical appli-

cation of genetic principles in animal breeding, in plant propagation,

improvement of the human race is emphasized. Stress is
placed upon the mathematical and molecular concepts of modern
and

in

The course

genetics.

Prerequisites:
is

fundamental for

is

103, Biol.

Biol.

210 or 211,

all

biological

students.

220. Math.

Biol.

116

suggested but not required.

Biol.

351

The
to

be

the
the

— Molecular

3

hrs.

cr.

integration of chemical and physical concepts applicable

functional aspects of biological systems.

361

The



Emphasized

between molecules and the organism.

interrelation

requisites: Biol.
Biol.

Biology

103,

Chem.

micro-organisms

Pre-

Ill, or consent of the instructor.

Microbiology

metabolism,

will

3

cultivation,

and

identification,

on

cr.

control

hrs

of

Consideration will be given to their distribution in

and fungi.
nature and the

importance of their beneficial

activities

harmful effects

on man.

103 or consent of instructor.

Biol.

emphasis

Prerequisite:

Biol.

viruses,

as well as

3

cr. hrs.

study of animal reproduction and development with particular

emphasis on the vertebrates.
of the maturation of the
starfish,

bacteria,

— Embryology

371

A

with

frog,

germ

Laboratory work includes the study

and the early development of the
Prerequisites: Biol. 210 or consent

cells

and the chick.

of instructor.
Biol.

381



Vertebrate Physiology

3

cr.

hrs.

The functions of tissues, organs, and systems and their chemical
integration.
Emphasis will be on mammalian circulation, respiration,
digestion, metabolism, renal function, reproduction,

Prerequisites:
Biol.

411

A

Chem.

111. or consent of instructor.

— Systematic Entomology

field

and adult

Biol. 211.

3

insects.

Attention

is

hrs.

Prerequisites:

given to mounting and preparing
Biol.

103 and 104 or Biol. 210.



413
Ornithology
The basic biology of birds with emphasis on
Saturday morning
identification in the field.
requisite:

cr.

course covering collection and identification of larval

insects for study.
Biol.

and endocrines.

3

cr.

their ecology
field

trips.

one year of biology or consent of the instructor.

hrs.

and
Pre-

65

— Ichthyology

414

Biol.

and laboratory study of the

Field

fishes

hrs.

cr.

of the streams and

of this area including their collection, taxonomy, anatomy,

rivers

and ecological methods.
Biol.

331.

Biol.

415

A
sis

3

on

— Biology

Recommended:

of the Arthropods

3

hrs.

cr.

study of the prominent arthropod classes with special emphaStudies of functions, morphology, histology, embry-

Insecta.

and metamorphosis.

ology,

dissection,

416

A

Laboratory

preservation of tissues,

Prerequisites: Biol.

insects.

Biol.

Biol. 482.

Prerequisite:



Parasitology

study of parasites in

210 or 211.

Biol.

417



stress

techniques of

and experimentation with

210 and

Biol. 416.

and treatment.

Prerequisites:

Field Zoology

Animals observed and

live

3 cr. hrs.
relation to human disease. Epidemiology

of parasitic diseases; their prevention
Biol.

will

3
classified in the field.

the natural history of terrestrial vertebrates.

cr. hrs.

Emphasis

The study

is

on

of man's

upon and management of wild vertebrates and their cultural
and economic value. Prerequisite: Two years of biology or consent

effect

of the instructor.
Biol.



Plant Physiology
420
The study of how plants

plant growth and behavior.

Recommended:
Biol.

421

The



Biol. 421,

Plant

3
function:

cr.

hrs.

the processes involved in

Prerequisites:

Biol. 212,

Chem. 111.

Chem. 331.

Anatomy

3

cr.

hrs.

and structural features of vascular plants are
studied with emphasis on origin, development, and function. Fundamental concepts concerning gross, histological, and physiological
cells, tissues,

aspects are correlated in terms of growth, patterns of differentiation,

and maturation of plant

parts.

of laboratory per week.

Two

hours of lecture and three hours

Prerequisite:

Biol.

220 or permission of

instructor.
Biol.

422

A



Field Botany

3

cr. hrs.

study of the Flora found in Columbia County and vicinity.

Emphasis is upon identification of plants in the field and on the
use of taxonomic keys. A variety of habitats are explored on field
trips.

Prerequisite:

Biol. 220.

66

432

Biol.

An
and

— Fresh Water Biology

advanced course
relationship

their

3

in the biology of streams, lakes,

to

health

the

cr. hrs.

and ponds

and welfare of the country.

Biol. 210, 220, or permission of the instructor.

Prerequisites:



433
Plant Ecology
3 cr. hrs.
The study of plants and their interactions with the environment.
Emphasis is placed on populations and communities and their

Biol.

Practical experience

respective successions.
Prerequisite:

trips.

441

Biol.

A

Biol.

is

gained during

field

331.

— Evolution

3

hrs.

cr.

study of the mechanics of evolution; the nature and behavior

of genes, factors affecting gene frequencies, environmental factors,

speciation mechanisms, and population analysis. Prerequisite: Biol.

341.

443

Biol.

A

— Cytology

study

3

the

of

cells.

structural, biochemical,

include

and function of cytoplasmic and
Emphasis will be placed upon ultra-

and cytogenetic

various techniques for

preparation.

hrs.

structure

nuclear organelles of

will

cr.

Prerequisite: Biol. 341,

aspects.

cell,

Laboratory studies

chromosome, and

Chem.

111.

tissue

Recommended:

Chem. 331.
Biol.

452
The

radiation

— Radiation

principal effects of ionizing radiation

on

research;
Biol.

341,

Biol.

453

A
its

3

Biology

radiation

of

sources

Chem. 332, Math.



and other types of

and

detectors.

relationship

to

life

the

Prerequisite:

116, or consent of instructor.

Physiological Chemistry

study of the

hrs.

Applications of isotopes in biological

living systems.

use

cr.

3

cr.

hrs.

processes with emphasis on chemistry and
functional

aspects

of tissues

and systems.

Consideration will be given to biologically important compounds

and
Biol.

their effects

471

on

function.

— Histology

3

cr. hrs.

A

study of vertebrate tissues from the various body systems.
Laboratory studies will include the use of prepared slides, color

Two hours
photomicrographs, and basic histological techniques.
Prerequisites:
of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week.
Biol.

103,211.

67
Biol.

A
classes.



Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
3 cr. hrs.
comparative study of the morphology of the vertebrate
Laboratory work includes anatomical study of Lamprey,

482

the dogfish shark,

and the

Prerequisites: Biol.

cat.

210 or consent

of instructor.
Biol.

492

— Research Topics

in

1-3

Biology

cr. hrs. to

he arranged

SUMMER ELECTIVES AT THE MARINE SCIENCE LABORATORY*
MSL 120— Introduction to Oceanography
MSL 240— Marine Biology
MSL 245— Marine Ecology
MSL 260 — Field Methods in Oceanography
MSL 250 — Invertebrate Zoology
MSL 320 — Physical Oceanography
MSL 325— Marine Geology
MSL 330 — Chemical Oceanography
MSL 420— Marine Micropaleontology
MSL 425 — Marine Geophysics
*

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Please check with Dr. Wendelin Frantz or Dr. Donald

Rabb

cr.

hrs.

cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.

cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr. hrs.
cr.

hrs.

cr. hrs.

for full par-

ticulars.

BUSINESS
Bus. 101

— Introduction

to Business Organization

and Finance

3

cr.

hrs.

Business activity with attention to types of business organization,

managerial controls utilized in business and financing of business
enterprises.

Bus. 201



Elementary Typewriting I

2

cr.

hrs.

Presentation and mastery of the keyboard and operating parts
of

the

typewriter;

stroking

techniques

instruction in preparing business letters,

and control emphasized;
manuscripts, carbon copies,

envelopes, business forms, and cards; teaching techniques.

Bus. 202

— Elementary

Typwriting II

2

cr.

hrs.

and cards;
multiple carbon work, preparation of manuscripts, tabulation, and
legal forms; preparation of stencils and liquid process masters;
Production techniques; typing

teaching techniques.
Bus. 211



Prerequisite:

Elementary Shorthand

letters,

Bus.
I

envelopes,

201.

3

cr.

hrs.

Gregg Shorthand Diamond Jubilee in
which theory is presented with dictation woven into an integrated
course; fluent reading and writing of familiar and unfamiliar material.
Beginning course

in

68

Bus. 212

— Elementary

Shorthand

3

II

cr.

hrs.

Development of ability to read shorthand notes; fluency of
writing and correctness of outlines stressed; dictation and transcription teaching methods and techniques.
Prerequisite: Bus. 211.
Bus. 221



Principles of Accounting I

3

Development of the accounting cycle covering both
merchandising

activities

special journals

of a sole

and special

cr. hrs.

service

and

proprietorship; consideration of

ledgers, accrued

and deferred items, and

business papers.

Bus. 222



Principles of Accounting II

3

cr.

hrs.

Further development of the accounting cycle; recording, summarizing, and interpreting financial data for partnerships and corporations; development of an understanding of the voucher system.
Prerequisite: Bus. 221.

Bus. 241

— Salesmanship

3

Fundamental principles underlying the
salesman in relation to

of the

tion

his

cr.

hrs.

sales process; considera-

firm,

his

goods and

his

customers; a study of the approach, demonstration, and close of
individual sales transactions.

Bus. 301

— Advanced Typewriting

Advanced

2

application of typewriting

cr.

hrs.

Accuracy, speed,

skills.

and job techniques; spelling, grammar, and principles of teaching
stressed.
Coordinated with Advanced Shorthand for those students
seeking certification in shorthand.

Bus. 311

Prerequisite:

Bus. 202.

— Advanced Shorthand

3

cr.

hrs.

Practice in dictation and transcription of shorthand, with speed

and accuracy stressed; grammar, shorthand penmanship, and principles of teaching of shorthand.

Bus. 312



Prerequisite:

Bus. 212.

3

Secretarial Practice

Stenographic

and

secretarial

activities:

dictation

of

cr.

type

hrs.

of

correspondence; study of problems and procedures encountered in
business offices; consideration of office etiquette; supervised secretarial

work

Bus. 321

in school offices.

Prerequisite: Bus. 311.

— Intermediate Accounting

Preparation and

interpretation

3

I

of

principal

cr.

hrs.

accounting state-

ments; theoretical discussion of the standards of good accounting
Prerequisite: Bus. 222.
practice, with emphasis on current items.

69

— Intermediate Accounting

Bus. 322

3

II

cr.

hrs.

Further discussion of the standards of good accounting practice

emphasis on non-current items; solution and discussion of
various contemporary accounting problems; detailed analysis of

with

major financial statements of business organizations.

Prerequisite:

Bus. 321.

Bus. 323

A

— Accounting

Management Decision
3 cr. hrs.
management problems of depreciation methods,

study of the

valuation of good

will,

uation, the price level

for

hidden balance sheet reserves, inventory eval-

and

budget and actual

historical cost,

costs,

and tax planning. The flows of cost accounting, financial accounting, and tax accounting are considered.
The case study approach is
used to study concepts, applications, and systems.
Prerequisites:
Bus. 221 and 222.



Bus. 331

Legal

Business

rights

and

Law

3

cr.

hrs.

principles

of

law

I

fundamental

liabilities;

applicable to business transactions with specific consideration of law
as

it

and

pertains to contracts, bailments, personal

real property,

sources of law and the judicial system.

sales;

Bus. 332

and

— Business Law

3

II

Fundamental principles of law

they

as

pertain

to

cr. hrs.

guaranty

and surety contracts, insurance, principal and agency relationships,
employer-employee relationships, bankruptcy proceedings, estates
and trusts, and various forms of business organization. Prerequisite:
Bus. 331.
Bus. 333

— Business Correspondence and Reports

Review of

essentials of

3

cr.

hrs.

grammar; study of the vocabulary of

business; preparation of business forms; writing business letters of

various types; preparation of personal data sheets; organization and

preparation of business reports.

Bus. 334

Prerequisite:

— Business Mathematics

Bus. 202.

3

cr. hrs.

Basic concepts and principles related to fundamental business
operations.

Credit, insurance, taxes, selling

the interpretation of statistical data;

and finance, investments,

methods of teaching business

arithmetic in the secondary school.

Bus. 341



Retail

Management Concepts

3

cr. hrs.

Presents a view of retailing as a dynamic sphere of business,
characterized by the necessity of adapting

demographic

characteristics

of

trade

its

operations to changing

areas.

Competitive

retail

70

problems

and

established
in

considered

are

innovational

layout,

arise

the

in

methods.

company

formulating specific

location,

they

as

between

struggle

Considerations

such factors as

include

policies

involved

promotion, service, and personnel.

Analyses of

actual case situations develop student ability to apply sound principles

to

management

current retail

211, Econ. 212, Bus. 342.
Bus. 342

— Marketing:

Taught

Principles

practice.
in

Econ.

Prerequisite:

Spring.

and Practices

3

cr. hrs.

Studies the structure of the business system of distribution of
materials and products.

Both functional and institutional aspects
are covered. Agricultural, industrial, and consumer products sectors
Also studied are the significance of
of the economy are reviewed.

and qualitative changes in population characteristics.
Trade-channel, price, and other marketing policies are taken up to
quantitative

provide a background for the establishment of individual firm decisions.

Bus. 343

Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ. 212.

— Business Finance
data

Financial

are

3

analyzed

for

the

solution

of

cr.

hrs.

managerial

problems in finance, security contracts, capital structures, cost of
capital, security underwriting and marketing; management of working
capital, use of the capital

are studied

Bus. 344

market, dividend policy and asset valuation

and discussed.

Prerequisite:

— Management Processes

The study
Emphases:

3

cr.

hrs.

of fundamentals of organization and administration.

planning,

direction,

business activities, structuring of

Bus. 345

Bus. 221 and 222.

coordination

and

management and

controlling

of

supervision.

— Personnel Management

3

cr.

hrs.

and current practices in the selection, placement, training-development, evaluation, compensation and motivation of employees at all levels in business firms. Prerequisite: Economics 21
Policies

1

and 212.
Bus. 401

— Records Management and

Office

dictating

and

Office Machines

transcribing

machines;

3

cr. hrs.

adding-listing

machines; printing, rotary, and key-driven calculators; filing systems,
business papers, and office procedures; teaching methods and techniques.

Bus.

412

Prerequisite:



Business Education 202.

Touch Shorthand

3

cr.

hrs.

Dictation and Transcription involving the use of a machine,
keyboard shorthand system. Development of limited proficiency in

71

the

and techniques for teaching machine
Prerequisite: Bus. 301 or consent of the instructor.

use of a touch system

shorthand.

— Cost Accounting

Bus. 421

The elements

3

cr.

hrs.

of production costs using the job order system,

and the standard cost system; development
interpret the meaning of cost data.
Prerequisite:

the process cost system,

of the ability to

Bus. 222.
Bus.

— Auditing Theory and Procedure

422

Principles, standards, procedures,

3

cr.

hrs.

and techniques applicable

to

and public auditing; consideration of the audit report and
development of working papers for preparation of the report.
internal

Bus. 222.

Prerequisite:

— Federal

Bus. 423

Procedures

in

Tax Accounting

accounting as

3

cr.

by Federal tax laws;

dictated

study of laws governing the preparation of Federal Income
returns for individuals and small businesses.

Bus.

Tax

Prerequisite: Bus. 222.



State and Federal Tax Problems
424
Group and individual assignments selected from

areas of advanced tax accounting:

hrs.

3

cr. hrs.

the following

partnerships and corporations,

Pennsylvania corporate taxes, estates and

trusts,

reporting to govern-

mental agencies.

Lectures, discussion of issues, intensive practice

in the solution of

problems.

Bus.

— Advertising

442

Prerequisite:

Bus. 422 and 423.

Management:

Organization and Planning

Surveys the entire

and

function

among

the

field

advertising

cr.

hrs.

both as a marketing

medium.

Examines the relationships
agencies, and media.
Both printed and

promotional

advertisers,

of

3

Develops the creative approach,
media are explored.
strategy, and tactics applicable to the direction of demand by the
individual firm; readings and selected exercises for report and
discussion are assigned; review of social, ethical, and legal aspects.
Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ. 212, Bus. 342. Taught in Fall

broadcast

Bus. 443



Sales

Management
the

Management

3

of the sales of the materials and products from

viewpoint of the individual business enterprise

States.

cr. hrs.

Special emphasis

is

in

the

United

placed upon the market-concept; the

manager in modern marketing and his line and
staff responsibilities; management of sales divisions and territories;
selection, supervision, compensaorganization of the sales force
role

of the sales



72

and

tion,

motivation.

emphasized as a basis

Demand-pull rather than supply-push is
for contemporary practices in Sales Manage-

ment. Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ. 212, Bus. 342. Taught
Bus. 444

— Marketing Management

Group and

3

individual marketing research studies.

the search of both

documented sources and

in Fall

cr. hrs.

These

entail

the results of field work.

Students are encouraged to follow various fields of interest such
as

Management,
greatest

for

Distribution, Advertising

motivation and benefit.

projects by the instructor

is

required.

and Marketing Practices
approval of research

Prior

All class

members

will par-

and written presentations; discussion and evaluation
Prerequisite: Bus. 342 and two of the following: Bus.

ticipate in oral

of projects.

341, Bus. 442, Bus. 443; with the consent of the instructor.
in

Taught

Spring

Bus. 445

— Business Report

Writing

The organization and preparation
in business firms.

Techniques of

3

cr.

hrs.

of reports of the types used

and pre-

collecting, interpreting,

senting information useful to management.

Prerequisite:

junior or

senior standing.

Bus. 446

— Business

3

Policies

cr. hrs.

Sound business principles and policies are studied in relation
to daily decision and policy making by the upper level of management.
Financial, production, marketing and other functions of
Quantitative methods and the techniques
business are discussed.
contributed by the various subject fields of business and economics
are applied to selected case problems.

required of

Bus. 447

all

Prerequisite: senior standing,

seniors.

— Research

Studies in

Management

3

cr.

hrs.

and preparation of a
Student selection of a problem relating

Identification of a problem, investigation,

on an individual basis.
to some field of Business Administration: accounting, finance, adPrevertising, marketing, general and personnel management.
requisite: senior standing and consent of the instructor.
report

Bus.

448
The

making.

— Advanced Cost Accounting

3

utilization of cost data for planning, control

The extension

of

methods and procedures

estimated and distribution cost systems.

222 and 421.

cr.

hrs.

and decision
to

Prerequisite:

standard,

Bus.

221,

73

Bus. 449

— CPA

The

Problems

3

cr.

hrs.

application of procedures for the solving of a cross-section

complex accounting problems, and the discussion of related theory
and practice. Emphasis is placed upon advanced financial, cost,
governmental, tax and other kinds of accounting problems; the discussion of professional standards, ethics, accounting criteria and
of

Prerequisite: Bus. 323, 421, 422, 423, or consent of

other factors.
instructor.

Bus. 450

An

— Introduction

to

Data Processing

3

cr.

hrs.

introduction and basic orientation to the field of business

data processing.

Content to include information on the history and

applications of business equipment used in data processing,

how

the

equipment works, and an understanding of data systems and procedures. The machines that will be used in this course are the keypunch, interpreter, collator, sorter, reproducing punch,

and com-

puter.

— Introduction

Computers and Programming 3 cr. hrs.
An introduction to computer training and programming for
the computer.
The various methods of programming will be inBus. 45

cluded

and

1

in this course.

Courses

Students will be required to write, assemble,

programs

test actual

in

to

in the

computer.

economics available

Prerequisite: Bus. 450.

to business students.


Economics
Econ. 212 —
Economics
Econ. 313 — Labor Economics
Econ. 412 — Public Finance and Macro-Economics
Econ. 413 — Money and Banking
Econ. 423 — History
Economic Thought

Econ. 211

Principles of

3

cr.

hrs.

Principles of

3

cr.

hrs.

3

cr.

hrs.

3

cr.

hrs.

3

cr.

hrs.

3

cr.

hrs.

4

cr.

hrs.

of

CHEMISTRY
Chem. Ill

— General Chemistry

I

Basic principles of chemistry:

emphasis on atomic structure,

periodic tables, chemical bonding, the states of matter and chemical
calculations; laboratory practice in techniques,

of chemical problems.

methods and solution

6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.

7U

— General Chemistry

Chem. 112

A

4

11

hrs.

cr.

Chem. Ill: study of the elements by periodic
groups; introduction to modern inorganic chemistry including coordination compounds: introduction to organic chemistry; laboratory
or equiPrerequisite: Chem.
emphasizes qualitative analysis.
continuation of

1

1

1

6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.

valent.



Chem. 221

A

Qualitative Inorganic Analysis

3

hrs.

cr.

study of the systematic identification and separation of the

common

cations and anions.

The theory

of ionization, mass action,

and chemical equilibrium as it applies to analytical chemistry. PreOffered in
requisite: Chem. 112.
7 hour/week: 1 class, 6 lab.

summer

sessions only.



Quantitative Analysis
4 cr. hrs.
Chem. 222
The fundamental principles of gravimetric and volumetric analysis,

with development of ability in performing quantitative chemi-

cal calculations.

Prerequisite:

Chem.

112.

8

hours/week: 2

class,

6 lab.



Chem. 225
Water Analysis
The chemical, physical, and
ysis.

cr.

hrs.

biological aspects of water anal-

Laboratory exercises include the examination of water from

hydro

the entire
1

2

Prerequisite:

cycle.

Chem.

112.

4 hours/week:

class, 3 lab.

Chem. 331

— Organic Chemistry

4

I

cr.

hrs.

Fundamental principles of organic chemistry. Molecular structure, stereo-chemistry and reactions of hydrocarbons and their derivatives.
Reaction mechanisms and syntheses emphasized.
Prerequisite: Chem. 112; Secondary Biology majors may enter with
only Chem. Ill but Chem. 112 also is recommended.
6 hours/
week: 3 class, 3 lab.

Chem. 332

A

— Organic Chemistry

continuation of

common

functional

4

II

Chem. 331, with emphasis on

groups,

synthesis

and

cr.

hrs.

reactions of

Modern

mechanism.

spectroscopic methods and the interpretation of spectra introduced.
Prerequisite:

Chem. 331.

6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.



Chem. 351
Industrial Chemistry
The application of chemistry
ating efficiency,

3

cr.

hrs.

modern industry. The operequipment, and methods of attacking new probto

75

Each student

lems of industry through research.

selects a simulat-

ed research problem to be developed experimentally and prepares an

and written report.

oral

hours class/week, plus

Chem.

Prerequisites:

112, Phys.



laws and kinetic theory;

first,

Prerequisites:

Chem. 412

— Physical Chemistry

A

of

Gas

of chemistry.

Laboratory experiments to

Chem. 222, Phys. 212, Math.

4

II

Chem. 411:

binary

solutions;

cr.

Laboratory experiments to

Prerequisite:

Chem. 421

A

Chem. 411. 6 hours/week:

illustrate

hrs.

colligative

properties; conductance; electromotive force; reaction kinetics;

possibly crystals.

hrs.

cr.

6 hours/ week: 3 class, 3 lab.

212, or consent of the instructor.

continuation

4

second, and third laws of thermody-

namics; free energy and equilibrium.
the above.

3

field trips.

Chem. 411
Physical Chemistry I
The study of the theoretical foundations

illustrate

112.

and

the above.

3 class, 3 lab.

— Advanced Inorganic Chemistry

3

cr.

hrs.

course designed to enlarge the student's knowledge of the

chemical and physical properties of inorganic substances as related
to

atomic structure,

Prerequisite:

Chem. 422

A

electronic

Chem. 222.



3

and bond energies.

configuration,

hours class/week.

Qualitative Organic Analysis

3

cr.

hrs.

compounds. The analysis of carbon compounds accomplished by means
of separation and identification.
Methods and techniques studied,
applications to industry and scientific research emphasized.
Prerequisite: Chem. 332.
7 hours/week: 1 class, 6 lab.
laboratory course in the qualitative analysis of organic

Chem. 424

— Instrumental Analysis

3

cr.

hrs.

This course covers the theory and applications of some of the
instrumental methods of analysis currently in use in

anal-

Topics include chromatography, spectrophotom-

ytical

chemistry.

etry,

polarography,

A

modern

electro-analysis,

nuclear

magnetic

resonance,

Prerequisites:

Chem.

222 and some contact with physical chemistry, or consent of

instruc-

and others.
tor.

laboratory-centered course.

7 hours/week:

1

class,

6 lab.



Chem. 426
Inorganic Preparations
The preparation and isolation of

2
selected inorganic

cr.

hrs.

compounds

of an unusual nature employing whatever advanced or specialized

76

techniques are required

— such

as high

vacuum,

inert atmospheres,

Chem.

high temperatures, and non-aqueous conditions. Prerequisite:

421 completed or concurrent, or consent of the

6 hours

instructor.

lab/week.



Advanced Organic Chemistry
Chem. 433
Advanced theory, stereochemistry and utility

3

hrs.

cr.

of organic reac-

Reactive intermediates; carbonium ions, carbanions, and free

tions.

radicals emphasized.

Prerequisite:

mission of the instructor.

3

Chem. 332; Chem. 412 or

per-

hours class/week.



Organic Synthesis
3 cr. hrs.
Chem. 434
Advanced syntheses of organic compounds; development of
technique; use of laboratory instruments; correlation of theory with
Prerequisite:

practice.

Chem. 332.

7 hours/week:

class,

1

— Modern Biochemistry

Chem. 441

Chemistry

of

proteins,

lipids,

3
carbohydrates;

metabolism; introduction to enzyme chemistry.
222, Chem. 332; Chem. 412 recommended.

6

lab.

cr. hrs.

intermediary

Prerequisite:

Chem.

5 hours/week: 2 class,

3 lab.

— Chemistry Seminar
Topics
Chem. 491 —
Chem. 490

1

Special

May

1 to

3

cr.

hr.

cr. hrs.

take the form of a directed laboratory or library oriented

on one or more topics of mutual interest to student
and instructor. Not intended as a research course but an extension
Registraof some topics into a second semester might become so.
tion by consent of the instructor and Department Chairman.
investigation

Chem. 492

— Chemical Research

3

cr. hrs.

Laboratory investigations of selected problems for advanced
students.

Registration by consent of the instructor and Department

Chairmen.

COMMUNICATION DISORDERS
Com.

Dis. 101



Clinical Voice

Elective course for

and
in

articulation.

voice

all

and Diction

1

cr.

hr.

students seeking improvement of voice

Included in the course are generalized instruction

production

and

articulation

as

guidance with personal speech problems.

well

as

individualized

77



Com.

Dis.

dents'

own performance

Voice and Diction
152
3 cr. hrs.
The mechanical aspects of speech production are studied and
principles of speech therapy are illustrated in relation to the stu-

and time elements.

terms of voice quality, pitch, articulation,

in

Ear-training

are emphasized.

pective clinicians or teachers

Com.

— Phonetics

251

Dis.

The

3

International Phonetic Alphabet

study of the sounds of speech.

reading

and self-improvement of pros-

is

cr.

hrs.

used as a basis for

Students develop competence in

and transcription of symbols, with a view to practical

application in recording defective sounds during articulation testing.



Com. Dis. 252
Speech Pathology
The neurophysiological bases
studied

age

Com.

and

speech

are

background for consideration of

may

factors,

interfere with

of

traumatic

social,

injuries

and

normal communication.

Dis. 251.

— Speech Pathology

253

Dis.

language

hrs.

of communication skills for respec-

and constitutional

disease processes that
Prerequisite:

Norms

provide

levels

environmental

Com.

of

cr.

fundamental to the understanding of pathologies

as

language and speech.
tive

3

I

3

II

cr.

hrs.

and techniques for identifying communication disorders are outlined. Research findings are explored
for the continuing development of the most effective therapeutic
measures and means of habilitation and rehabilitation. Prerequisite:
procedures

Evaluative

Com.

Dis. 252.



Com. Dis. 276
Introduction to Audiology
3 cr. hrs.
The causes, evaluation techniques, and rehabilitative procedures
for the various

speech,

auditory,

cussed.

The

habilitation

Com.

types of hearing problems are explored.

and educational factors are
of parent, educator, and specialist in the

psychological,

roles

program are



Related
dis-

re-

investigated.

Methods and Practicum
3 cr. hrs.
Materials and methods applicable to clinical practicum and
Dis.

practice

351

Clinical

teaching

are

demonstrations by the
to

discussed.
staff

Opportunities

are provided.

for

observing

Students are required

compose sample lesson plans and evaluation

reports.

These

experiences are culminated with the students doing closely supervised therapy with milder cases of speech
Prerequisites:

Com.

Dis.

and hearing disorders.

152, 251, 252, 253, 276.

78

Com.



352
Clinical Practicum:
Communication Disorders

Dis.

Students

continue

supervised

3

clinical

work

and

given

are

increasing responsibility and experience with cases of greater
Prerequisite:

plexity.

Com.

Com.

hrs.

cr.

com-

Dis. 351.



3 cr. hrs.
Psycho-Linguistics
360
Language is studied as a psychological phenomenon.
The
nature and acquisition of meaning, and the learning of systems are
investigated.
The influences of verbal and nonverbal antecedent
conditions on both verbal and nonverbal learning are discussed.
Descriptive models of language mediators in behavior are reviewed.
Dis.

Prerequisites:

Com.

361

Dis.

Com.



Dis.

152, 251, 276.

Clinical

Problems of

Communication Disorders

3

cr.

hrs.

Practical considerations of day to

day problems encountered
by the speech clinician in clinical and public school programs are
discussed.
Areas of interest would include organization and ad-

and client management.
and State mandated special service pro-

ministration, scheduling, evaluative criteria

Law

Pennsylvania School

grams are

also considered.

Com.

376

Dis.

— Auditory Training and Speech Reading 3

cr.

hrs.

Current teaching methods for educating children and adults
with moderate and severe hearing losses are investigated.
parative

analysis

Prerequisites:

Com.

Dis.

402

Com.



made

is

of

prevailing

theories

week

is

full

com-

and techniques.

Dis. 251, 276.

Clinical Experience

and

Professional Practicum (Student Teaching)

A

A

12

cr.

hrs.

semester program of 30 hours of speech correction per

provided for each student.

Prospective

teachers

of the

speech and hearing handicapped gain experience by working with
professional people in the field.

Com.

Dis.

452

— Anatomy

of Speech

and

Hearing Mechanisms
3 cr. hrs.
Embryology, anatomy, neurology, and physiology of the larynx

and ear are studied. The actual processes involved in human speaking and hearing are explored.
A co-operative lecture series is developed for the students by the medical
Center.

Prerequisite:

Com.

Dis. 351.

staff at

Geisinger Medical

79

Com.

Dis.

466

— Advanced

Clinical Practicum

3

(Internship)
Clinical experience with

Differential diagnostic

more complex

disorders

and therapeutic procedures

with cerebral palsy, aphasia, auditory impairments,

Com.

requisites:

hrs.

provided.

for use in cases
cleft palate,

Case studies and research are

stuttering are covered.

is

cr.

utilized.

and
Pre-

Dis. 351, 352.



3 cr. hrs.
Psychology of Speech and Hearing
Com. Dis. 467
The developmental aspects of language, normal and abnormal
speech, and hearing patterns of individuals are discussed in relation

Current educational and therapeutic trends and

to their personality.

practices are reviewed.

Com.

471

Dis.

— Seminar

Pathological

in

conditions

are investigated in

Com.

Prerequisite:

some

Dis. 351.

Speech Pathology
resulting

detail,

3

cr.

hrs.

communication problems

in

and remedial techniques are con-

sidered in relation to current research findings.

Students are given

orientation to various types of clinical settings and to a projection

of needs for services.

Com.

Com.

Prerequisites:

Dis. 252, 253, 351, 352.



Measurement of Hearing Loss
3 cr.
472
The anatomy and physiology of the hearing mechanisms
Dis.

are

Etiology of hearing losses, interpretation of audiometric

studied.

evaluations

and available

Laboratory experience
evaluations

is

provided.



Com. Dis. 475
The physical

rehabilitative

procedures

of speech.

Prerequisites:

Com.

audiometric

3

cr.

hrs.

properties of acoustic signals are considered as

Phonetic instrumentation

is

The

and subsequent reception

introduced in relation to the
application of principles of

speech science to speech therapy and other areas

Com.

discussed.

Dis. 276, 376.

Introduction to Speech Science

and synthesis of speech.

requisites:

are

in the administration of clinical

factors that affect the nature of production

analysis

hrs.

is

discussed.

Pre-

Dis. 152, 251, 252, 253, 276, 376.

ECONOMICS



Economics I
3 cr. hrs.
Microeconomics: Laws of markets.
Operation of market
system compared with alternative economic systems.
Determination of wage, interest, rent, and profit rates.
Behavior of com-

Econ. 211

Principles of

80

and monopolistic economic units compared.
Beneficial
and detrimental government interferences in a mixed economic
petitive

system.



Econ. 212

Economics

Principles of

3

II

cr. hrs.

Macroeconomics: Study of factors determining the level of
employment, prices, and gross national product. G.N.P. accounting.
Monetary policy and fiscal policy affecting the level of prices, G.N.P.
and employment.
International trade and finance.
Economic
development.

(Economics 211 and 212 are prerequisites

for

all

succeeding

courses in the department.)

— Business and Economics Mathematics

Econ. 246

3

cr.

hrs.

Introduction to the basic mathematical tools most frequently

employed

economics and business,

in intermediate

geometry,

functions,

algebra,

analytical

calculus,

mathematics of finance, and linear

Econ. 313

The

e.g.

elementary

and integral
programming.

differential

— Labor Economics

3

practical questions in our

modern

cr.

hrs.

industrial organization

management and labor unions; the economic life of
members of the working force. The history of organized labor and
the growth of theories in management; current policies in the national
in the fields of

and

governments to control industrial

state

Econ. 333



International

Economics

3

Pure theory of international trade.
trade,

free

exchange;

trade,

capital

monetary system;
Econ. 346

Study of the gains from

international

liquidity

statistics,

shortage.

Statistics I

3

cr. hrs.

averages, dispersion, elementary statistical

and measurement of
ships as applied to business and economic problems.

inference, index numbers, time series

Econ. 411

cr. hrs.

and protection; balance of payments; foreign
movements; the dollar and the international

— Business and Economics

Descriptive

relations.

— Intermediate Micro-Economics

relation-

3

cr. hrs.

Theory of how a competitive market system determines the
composition of output, allocation of resources, and distribution of
Comparison of theoretical and actual behavior of comincomes.
petitive,

monopolistic, and oligopolistic firms.

81

Econ. 412

— Public Finance and Macro-Economics

3

cr. hrs.

Theory of determination of G.N. P., employment, and price
Federal, state, and local fiscal policy in the light of modern
level.
theory; principles of taxation and government spending; manage-

ment of the national

— Money and Banking

Econ. 413

tices

to

debt.

3

cr.

hrs.

The

historical

and

principles, the principles of banking, with special attention

background and development of monetary prac-

commercial banking and credit regulations, and current monetary

and banking development.

— Business and Government

Econ. 415

A
for

3

cr.

hrs.

survey of government policies for maintaining competition,

reducing competition,

regulation

substituting

for

place of

in

The

competition and for substituting public for private enterprise.

various government policies will be tested in the light of economic

theory and historical experience.

— Contrasting Economies

Econ. 422

3

cr. hrs.

Theories of capitalism and socialism with special emphasis on

Marxian theory.
of capitalism,

— History

Econ. 423

The

Comparison of theoretical and actual performance
socialism, and communism.
of

Economic Thought

3

cr. hrs.

economic theories propounded in the past and
their effect on present day thinking about economic, business, and
political systems.
The surplus value theory, economic planning as
a part of government responsibility, relations of family budgets to
Engel's Law, government responsibility for employment, and rent
control.
Prerequisites: For Bus. Ed. Students
Econ. 211. 212.
For other students
Hist. 112, 113, and Econ. 211, 212.
different





— Economic Growth

Econ. 434

of

Underdeveloped Areas

A
of

3

study of stagnating economies.

underdevelopment;

role of capital, labor,

operative

resistances

to

of

in a

development

— Business and Economics

analysis,

hypothesis,

contingency

theories

economic growth;
setting.

3

Statistics II

Sampling and sampling distributions, estimation
tests

hrs.

population growth, and technological advance;

development planning; trade
Econ. 446

Topics include:

cr.

decision
tables,

making,
analysis

regression
of

variance

cr. hrs.

probability,

and correlation

and computer

82
applications,

designs of experiments in selected fields of business

and economics.
Soc.

466
For

— Research Methods

in the Social

a description of this course see

arts students

course.

3

Sciences

Sociology 466.

cr. hrs.

Liberal

concentrating in economics will receive credit for this

Prerequisite:

Psy.

460

and

permission

of

Economics

Department.

Econ. 470

— Senior Seminar

3

cr. hrs.

Discussion of current literature on economic theory and eco-

nomic policy. Each student reads one journal article a week on
which he writes a report and defends it in the seminar.

EDUCATION

— Methods and

Ed. 202

Materials

in

Elementary School Science

Emphasis
in

elementary

is

A

Includes

science.

periences of children and

new

the

environmental

hrs.

ex-

areas where the experiences of chil-

Prerequisite: Phys. 103 and Bio. 103.

— Educational Media

Ed. 301

cr.

placed on the major methods and materials used

school

dren are limited.

3

comprehensive study of

2
all

communicative media.

cr.

hrs.

Oppor-

tunity to develop skills in the use of various audio-visual materials
in education

is

provided during the laboratory periods. Prerequisite:

Ed. 393 and Psy. 371.

— Educational Measurements and Evaluation

Ed. 311

The
Methods

3

cr.

hrs.

principles of testing in the various fields of subject matter.

of grading and problems involved, representative standard-

ized tests,

and the vocabulary of measurement.

Prerequisite:

Psy.

371.

Ed. 321

A

— Early Childhood Education — Nursery

3

cr.

hrs.

study of the needs of three, four and five year old children

and experiences adapted to what is known about growth needs at
Emphasis will be placed on "Operation Head
these age levels.
Start" as a critical point in the poverty cycle.

ed with the

and education which will
opportunities and achievements.
Prere-

fields of health, social services

improve both the
quisite: Psy. 211.

child's

Activities associat-

83

Ed. 322

— Early Childhood Education — Kindergarten

This course

is

3

hrs.

cr.

a study of the physical, mental, emotional, and

social levels of the kindergarten age child, paying attention to the

environmental factors that foster child growth.

It

emphasizes the

kindergarten program set up to meet the needs of this age child

and

need for
ies,

them with

to provide

is

Psy. 211

the

physical education and health.

literature,

art,

happy beginning of

Kinder-

Prerequisite:

a lifetime of learning.

of Secondary Education

Including Guidance

Problems

3
particular emphasis

in teaching with

upon

cr.

hrs.

the

first

years includes problems of pupil growth and development,

culum, and counseling.
Ed. 362

will

or Ed. 322.

— Problems

Ed. 361

background of experience they

later ventures into reading, arithmetic, science, social stud-

music,

garten

the

— Problems

in the

The

393 and Psy. 371.

of Business Education

Secondary School
of

objectives

placement,

Prerequisite: Ed.

curri-

follow-up;

3

secondary

business

administration

of

education:

the

business

cr.

hrs.

guidance,

department;

physical layout, equipment, supplies, selection of testbooks; curri-

culum and

its

and measurements; current trends
Prerequisite: Ed. 393 and Psy. 371.

development;

in business education.

— Teaching

tests

Reading in the Elementary Grades 3 cr. hrs.
Developmental reading from readiness through the entire elementary school curriculum. Principles, problems, techniques, and

Ed. 371

of

materials used in the total elementary school program.

Prerequisite:

Ed. 393 and Psy. 371.

Ed. 372

— Foundation

of

The reading program

Reading Instruction
in

the

3

cr.

hrs.

secondary school, including the

areas of comprehension speed, study

skills,

library skills, recreation

and enrichment, and method of using information.
Development
of an elementary or a secondary school reading program required
of each student.

Ed. 373

Prerequisite: Psy. 371.

— Diagnostic and Remedial Reading

3

cr.

hrs.

Diagnostic and remedial procedures in the area of reading, emphasizing both standardized and informal techniques.

and/or secondary school teachers.
371 and/or Ed. 372 or Ed. 374.

elementary

Designed for

Prerequisite:

Ed.

Ed. 374

— Teaching

of Reading in

Academic Subjects

Developing the understanding and
developing reading

2

cr.

improving techniques for

Em-

applicable to the secondary school.

skills

hrs.

phasis on readiness, comprehension, silent reading, and oral reading

through secondary school academic subjects.
self to

English teachers

who wish

The course

lends

it-

certification in the area of read-

ing.

— Reading

Ed. 375

for the Socially Disadvantaged Child 3 cr.

Methods and materials needed
vantaged child (K-12).

may be

as they
tion

for the instruction of the disad-

Techniques and theories

be presented

will

applied to help the socially disadvantaged child func-

more adequately

in the

— Learning and

Ed. 391

hrs.

school environment.

3

the Learner

The psychological foundations

cr.

hrs.

of education: a study of individ-

ual differences, learning theories as applied to classroom situations,

and mental growth, personality development and mental
hygiene.
Systematic observation and participation in the public

physical

Prerequisite: Psy. 101

schools.

Ed. 392



Historical

and

and Soc. 211 or Soc. 224.

Intellectual

Foundations of

American Education

A

3

hrs.

study of the development of American education in the per-

spective of history.
political,

The focus

is

upon

the variety of forces

economic, religious, intellectual

educational system, and emphasis

is

— which have

placed upon a



social,

shaped the

critical

examina-

primary source materials.

tion of



Ed. 393

A

cr.

Social Foundations of Education

3

cr.

hrs.

Major areas

study of social processes underlying education.

covered include an examination of the current social forces affect-

American culture, the impact
of social stratification on education, and role of the teacher in a
period of rapid social change. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and Soc. 211
ing education, the place of school in

or Soc. 224.

Ed. 394

A
urban

— Education

careful
setting.

in

Urban Society

3

cr.

hrs.

and systematic study of the problems of education

An

analysis of conditions of

life

in

in

urban society

with special reference to social and economic deprivation as they
relate

to

education.

Curriculum problems resulting from

technological and cultural upheaval.

The course

is

signed for students planning to teach in urban schools.

social-

primarily de-

85

Ed. 395

— Curriculum and

Instruction in the

6

Elementary School
Curriculum study, methods and practices

and

in the

Includes educational media.

social studies.

cr.

language

Prerequisite:

hrs.
arts,

Ed.

393 and Ed. 391 or Psy. 371.
Ed. 396

— Curriculum and

Instruction in the

6

Secondary School

cr.

hrs.

A

team approach to the preparation of secondary teachers with
the combination of broad curricular studies and specific teaching
techniques.
Within the general curriculum and instruction the focal
areas

are

curricular

studies,

educational

tional skills, testing, planning,

and educational media.

of actual classroom observation

The following methods

decision-making,

is

an integral part of

A

instruc-

program

this course.

on the above areas

sections concentrate

and provide practical experiences and more depth study

in

their

particular disciplines:

Ed. 396 (A) "Teaching of English

Secondary School"

in the

Ed. 396 (B) "Teaching of Mathematics

in

the

Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (C) "Teaching of Biological Science in the

Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (D)

"Teaching of Physical Science

in the

Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (E) "Teaching of Social Studies in the

Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (F) "Teaching of Speech in the Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (G) "Teaching of Geography in the

Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (H) "Teaching of Business Subjects in the

Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (I) "Teaching of French in the Secondary School"
Ed. 396 (J) "Teaching of

German

in the

Secondary School"

Ed. 396 (K) "Teaching of Spanish in the Secondary School"
Prerequisite: Ed.

Ed. 397

393 and Ed. 391 or Psy. 371.

— Science and Mathematics

in the

Elementary School

A
with

3

cr.

hrs.

course designed to provide prospective elementary teachers

the

methods, materials,

skills,

understandings,

and

attitudes

86

which

will help

them

to

science and mathematics.
principles of
Biol.

meet the needs of children

Emphasis

modern mathematics.

will

in the areas of

be placed on the scientific

Prerequisite: Phys. 103

and 104.

103 and 104, and Math. 231 and 232.

Ed. 398

— Mathematics

for

Elementary Teachers

Mathematical concepts essential

in the

ary programs in the elementary school.

— Student Teaching

Ed. 401

Scheduled on
per week.

full

minimum

12

cr.

hrs.

30 hours
participating experience at two
of

areas of the elementary curriculum as

Association with carefully selected master teachers.

possible.

Ed. 402

hrs.

Prerequisite: Ed. 397.

semester basis with a

many

cr.

teaching of contempor-

Elementary School

in the

Opportunities for direct

grade levels and in as

3

— Student Teaching

Scheduled on

full

Secondary School

in the

semester basis with a

minimum

12

cr.

hrs.

of 30 hours

per week. Requires the construction or adaptation of a resource unit

by the student teacher during this period as well as daily
planning and guided observation.
Students are exposed to actual
teaching and other experiences to give them a wide sampling of the
for use

activities of the professional teacher.

Ed. 403

— Student Teaching

in the

in

Business Subjects

12

Secondary School

cr.

Supervised educational activities in the secondary school.

hrs.

Stu-

dents observe and teach in actual classroom situations through the

cooperation of business department

in various student

teaching cen-

ters of the College.

Ed. 411



Professional Practicum

Operated
orientation to

concurrently

with

Student

and

hrs.

includes
in

and classroom management.

— Curriculum Development

An

Teaching

cr.

Student Teaching, planning, professional growth

service, placement, school law,

Ed. 421

2

3

cr.

hrs.

examination of current curricular offerings of elementary

Emphasis placed upon philosophical, social,
political and technical trends in the community, nation, and the
world, and the effect they have upon the role of the teacher and the
and secondary schools.

school

in

curriculum development.

87

— Independent Study

Ed. 431

3

cr.

hrs.

cr.

hrs.

Admission only by consent of Department Chairman.



Ed. 432

This course

is

designed to acquaint students with current ob-

methods and materials

jectives,

3

Social Studies in the Elementary School

the

in

area of Social Studies,

they are encountered in the elementary school.

as

Consideration will

be given to the psychological and sociological needs of children as
they are related to the development of a social studies program in
the

modern

school.

— Language Arts

Ed. 433

This course

is

in the

Elementary School

to

cr.

hrs.

intended to introduce students to the broad spec-

trum of subjects called the language
opportunity

3

become

familiar

Students are given the

arts.

with

problems,

methods,

tech-

niques and materials related to instruction in the several branches
of this major area of the elementary school curriculum.

— Workshop

Ed. 441

A

in

3-6

Education

cr.

study of selected areas in elementary or secondary education

including research by individual students in a special teaching
Prerequisite: 9 credits in education

— Pupil Personnel

Ed. 451

A

hrs.

field.

and teaching experience.

Services in the Public School 3

cr.

comprehensive study of the pupil personnel services

hrs.

in the

elementary and secondary schools which include the areas of school
attendance,

school health programs,

logical services

and guidance

pupil

transportation,

psycho-

services.

EDUCATION OF THE DEAF
EOD. 201



of the

The
the

History, Education

and Guidance

Deaf

3

history of education of the deaf

is

The

reviewed.

cr.

hrs.

place of

deaf in the community from ancient times to the present

studied from social, economic and political viewpoints.

is

Important

bibliographic materials from the field are introduced.

EOD.

351

— Language

Principles

for the

and techniques of teaching language

mary and school-age deaf
duced

4

Deaf

child are studied.

well as to deaf children with multiple handicaps.

hrs.

to the pre-pri-

The student

to the leading systems of teaching language

cr.

to

is

intro-

the deaf as

88

EOD. 352

— Teaching Speech

Normal development

of

to the

speech

4

Deaf
reviewed.

is

cr.

hrs.

Principles

and

techniques for teaching speech by analytical and synthetic methods

Speech defects

are studied.

common

to the

hearing impaired are

considered in terms of etiology, evaluation and therapy.

EOD. 353

— Teaching Elementary

Subjects to the Deaf

4

cr.

hrs.

and methods of teaching reading to deaf children
the lower and higher grades are studied.
Methods of teaching
Principles

in

subjects such as arithmetic, social studies and science are consider-

ed with emphasis on methodology for use
advanced grades.

EOD. 366

in the

intermediate and

— Classroom Practicum

3

cr.

hrs.

Students are provided with the opportunity to observe, com-

pose lesson plans and teach supervised lessons
deaf children.

Prerequisite:

Com.

Dis. 351,

in

EOD.

a classroom

of

201, 351, 352,

353.

EOD. 403

— Student Teaching

Thirty hours per

week

ence with deaf children.

12

Prerequisite:

Experience

EOD. 461

EOD.

— Problems

hrs.

of supervised student teaching experiis

provided by working with

professional people assigned to varied environments
field.

cr.

common

to the

366.

of Education of the

3 cr. hrs.
Deaf
Practical considerations of day to day problems encountered by
the teacher in public and private school programs are discussed.
Areas of interest would include organization and administration,
scheduling problems, classroom management, current trends and research and state regulations and laws.

ENGLISH
Eng. 101

— English Composition

3

cr.

hrs.

Close study of reading and writing to produce proficiency

in

Frequent themes, intensive study of the principles of rhetoric

both.

and grammar.
Eng. 102

A

— English Composition

continuation of English

effective diction, tone,

and book reviews,

and

a term

101,

cr.

hrs.

with increasing emphasis on

In addition to regular compositions

style.

paper

3

is

required.

Prerequisite: Eng. 101.

89

Eng. 103

— English Composition

3

cr.

hrs.

Similar to English 102 but reserved for incoming freshmen

who

have been exempted from English 101 on the basis of performance
on entrance examinations and other criteria. Content and require-

ments of

this

course are substantially the same as those for English

102.

Eng. 202

— Creative

3

Writing

cr.

hrs.

and five original poems receive critical analysis by the instructor and by the class in group disForm, metrics, imagery, and diction are evaluated.
cussion.

At

least three original short stories

Eng. 203

An

— Introduction

3

to Journalism

introduction to journalism through an emphasis

on

cr.

hrs.

principles

Development of journalism, theory
and techniques of reporting.
and practice of its principles; organizational patterns of news stories,
methods of gathering news and writing various types of news stories, fundamentals of editing, relation of news reporting to mass
media.*

Eng. 204

A

— Feature Writing

3

cr.

hrs.

study of the methods of writing successful articles for news-

Emphasizes techniques of gathering informaStudy and distion and developing various types of feature articles.
papers and magazines.

cussion of published articles.*

Eng. 207

— Survey

of

World Literature

Acquaints the students with

many

works of the western world and with
literary

cr.

hrs.

of the most important literary
significant literary genres

and

movements.

Eng. 208

A

3

— Survey

of

World Literature

continuation of English 207,

more recent date than those

in

generally

English 207.

3

cr.

hrs.

covering works of

Considerably more

collateral reading.

Eng. 209



Literary Genres

3

cr.

hrs.

Designed for English majors and concentrators, replacing General

form

Education requirement of English 207.

Emphasizes

literary

as a vehicle for expression of ideas.

Students who take these courses may qualify for the Certificate in
Journalism.
See note on page 91.

90

Eng. 231



3

British Writers

hrs.

cr.

Required second-semester course for English majors. Selections
from Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, Bacon, Donne, Milton, Dryden. Swift, Pope, Boswell, and Johnson.

Eng. 232



3

British Writers

Required third-semester course for English majors.
from Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats,
Browning, Arnold, Shaw, Yeats, and
Eng. 249
semester.

Selections

Tennyson,

Eliot.

— Shakespeare

3

Required for English majors,

hrs.

cr.

to

be taken

in

hrs.

cr.

third or fourth

Study of eighteen of Shakespeare's plays with emphasis

on Shakespeare

and playwright, and attention to conditions
of the Elizabethan Theater and to the history of the Shakespearean
as poet

text.

Eng. 301

The



Introduction to

Mass Communications

3

cr.

hrs.

mass communications: theories and realities of the
freedom of the press; growth of the print media; media of radio,
television, and film; mass communications industries and professions;
education for mass communication.*
Eng. 302

role of

— Advanced Composition

3

cr.

hrs.

Designed for English majors and concentrators, though other

Aims

students are admitted.

to develop in the student a greater

mastery over the elements of effective writing.
to the

problem of evaluating

Eng. 307

An

— Russian

given

3

cr.

introduction to the "golden age" of Russian literature

plays,

and short

works

as well as to the

stories.

— Ideas

Readings

in

hrs.



English of novels, poems,

Attention given to ideas reflected in the

medium through which

they are dramatized.

in Literature

Examines such recurrent concepts in literature as
between freedom and fate, the place of good and evil in
of things, and the role of the individual in society.

'

is

writing.

Literature in Translation

from Pushkin to Sholokhov.

Eng. 312

Attention

3

cr.

hrs.

the conflict
the

scheme

Students who take these courses may qualify for the Certificate in
Journalism.
See note on page 91.

91

Eng. 316

— Children

s

Examination and study of

on

3

Literature

hrs.

emphasis

literature for children, with

criteria for selecting literature for the

cr.

classroom and the library,

suggestions for presenting literary works in the elementary classroom,

and basic

literary concepts.

Eng. 321

— Short

An

3

Story

cr.

hrs.

introduction to the French, Russian, English, and American

short story, through reading

and analysis of representative samples.

One original
known short

required of each student.

Eng. 322

to

short story and one oral critical analysis of a wellstory

may be

— Modern Drama

3

cr.

hrs.

Major Continental, English, and American plays from Ibsen
Beckett, with emphasis on contemporary attitudes, themes, and

structure as contrasted with those of traditional dramatists.

Eng. 324

A

— Modern Novel

3

cr.

hrs.

modern novelists, exclusive of American and
Russian writers, as their work reflects developments in fictional
art. particularly in the most dominant modes of realism, naturalism,
study of major

impressionism,

and

Begins

expressionism.

turn-of-the-

the

in

Mann,

century novel of Conrad and moves through the writings of
Proust, Lawrence, Kafka, Woolf, Joyce, and/or one or

two others

of the instructor's choice.

^CERTIFICATE IN JOURNALISM
A. The Certificate: This form

attests to the student's

having com-

It implies introducrequirements specified below.
tory preparation of the student for publications activities in
teaching or in business.

pleted the

B. Requirements:
1.

and 301.

Satisfactory completion of English 203, 204,

These courses are given

in

sequence each

in a one-and-one-half year cycle.

plied

the

to

student's

General

Two

of

Education

fall

and spring

them may be aprequirements

in

One of the
Humanities and Social Sciences respectively.
courses may be counted in an English major's required 12
credits of electives.
2.

Completion of

member

at least

of the staff

Olympian.

two years of satisfactory service as a
of the Maroon and Gold, Obiter, or

92

Eng. 325

— Poetry

3

cr.

hrs.

Designed to permit student exploration of the genre, under
guidance of instructor. The nature of poetry
its aims, how it is



created, historical

and individual changes and variations

in

manner

and matter.

— Modern Poetry

Eng. 326

An

3

cr.

hrs.

movements through
study of Emily Dickinson, T. S. Eliot, E. E. Cummings, Robert
Lowell, Allen Ginsberg, Thomas Hardy, Gerard Manley Hopkins,
W. B. Yeats, W. H. Auden, Dylan Thomas, and other poets.
introduction to contemporary poetic

Eng. 332

A

— Blake and Yeats

3

in this search

complete mythological systems

perhaps the most original and

English literature.

in

— Early and Middle English

Eng. 341

3

Literature

cr.

hrs.

study of Beowulf and other Old English works in translation

and of medieval chronicles and romances including
the

hrs.

study of two great poets united by their search for a vision

and by having created

A

cr.

Green Knight and Le Morte

Eng. 342

d'

Gawain and

Sir

Arthur.

— Early English Drama

Early

native

drama,

3

including

miracle

and

mystery

cr.

hrs.

plays,

Elizabethan dramatists: Heywood,

morality plays, and interludes.

Marlowe, Kyd, Jonson, Webster, Middleton, and Ford.
Eng. 343

— Chaucer

3

Study of Chaucer's major poetry, with practice
reading
literary

speaking and

achievement and his humanism.

— The Renaissance

in

The non-dramatic prose and
last

hrs.

Middle English and with major emphasis on Chaucer's

Eng. 347
the

in

cr.

quarter of the century.

England

3

cr.

hrs.

verse of the period, emphasizing

The humanists: Erasmus, More,

Ascham; Renaissance forms and ideas in Lyly,
Sidney, Spenser, Daniel, Drayton, Shakespeare, Marlowe, Chapman,
Greene, and others.

Castiglione, Elyot,

Eng. 352



1

7th Century Literature

3

Poetry and prose, beginning with Jonson.
of

Donne and Jonson

in

hrs.

rival traditions

such poets as Herbert, Vaughan, Quarles,

Cowley, Herrick, and Marvell.

Browne, Taylor,

The

cr.

Fuller, Baxter,

Principal

prose writers:

Bunyan, and Dryden,

Burton,

Eng. 354

A

— Milton

3 cr. hrs.
comprehensive study of the poetry and prose of John Milton.

— Restoration and Later Drama

Eng. 356

3

cr.

hrs.

Wycherley, Etherege, Congreve, Farquhar, Dryden, and Otway,
consideration

with

of

Moliere's

influence

in

Restoration

drama.

Eighteenth century sentimental comedy and tragedy, and reaction
against

Goldsmith and Sheridan.

in

it

Trends

in

century

19th

drama.
Eng. 357



1

8th Century Literature

3

cr.

hrs.

Survey of literature of the Augustan Age in England: Addison

and

Pope, Boswell, and Johnson; forerunners of the

Swift,

Steele,

Romantic Revival; beginnings of the British novel; the plays of
Addison, Steele, Sheridan, and Goldsmith.

— 18th Century Novel

Eng. 358

Emphasizes

major

novels

novel from picaresque to

Defoe,

Richardson,

hrs.

Fielding,

realistic.

— 19th Century Novel

The major

3

cr.

hrs.

British writers of the Victorian Period, with supple-

mentary readings
Eng. 364

of

cr.

and Austen; traces the development of the English

Smollett, Sterne,

Eng. 363

3

in

the

works of the great Continental

— 19th Century

Literature

novelists.

3

cr.

hrs.

Covers the major poets such as Wordsworth, Keats, Tennyson,
Arnold, as well as major prose writers: Hazlitt, Lamb, DeQuincey,

Peacock,

Newman, Huxley,

Eng. 381

— American

Carlyle, and others.

3

Literature

cr.

hrs.

American Literature from its Colonial beginnings
Civil War, with emphasis on the writers of the American

Surveys
through the

Renaissance.

Eng. 382

— American

3

Literature

cr.

hrs.

Continues English 381, covering major writers and significant
social

and

Eng. 385

literary

movements up

to the present day.

— The American Novel

3

cr.

hrs.

development of the novel in America from its
beginnings about 1800 to the present.
Emphasizes highlights of
Studies

the

form, theme, and reflections of American literary and social move-

ments.
novel.

Some

attention to parallel developments in the

European

94

Eng. 386

— Later American Prose

3

cr.

hrs.

Covers representative writers from the late 19th Century to
the present: Veblen, Steffens, Hearn, Mencken, Babbitt. More,
Brooks, Lippmann, and others. Stresses political, social, and artistic
milieu.

Eng. 40 1

A



Structure of English

3

cr.

hrs.

descriptive study of the phonology, morphology, syntax, and

graphic formulas of

modern American

English.

Eng. 402

— History

Eng. 403

— Generative-Transformational Grammar

Language
3 cr. hrs.
A descriptive study of the causes and effects of phonemic,
morphological, syntactic, and semantic change in the English
language from the Anglo-Saxon conquest to the present.
of the English

3

cr.

hrs.

Explores the most recent theories of grammatical analysis and
pays particular attention to transformational grammar.

Prerequisite:

Eng. 401, or permission of instructor.

Eng. 405



3

Criticism

cr.

hrs.

For advanced students majoring in English. Examines works
of major critics: Plato, Aristotle, Longinus, Sidney, Boileau, Coleridge, and others.
Applies critical principles to literary texts.

FOREIGN LANGUAGES
FRENCH
Fr.

101

— Beginning French

3

cr.

hrs.

no previous study of French)
An organic approach is undertaken which uses well integrated
texts and tapes in a student-culture confrontation consisting of
authentic French situational conversations and readings, structural
analyses, and practice in speaking, understanding, reading, and
(for students with

gradually writing, with weekly laboratory sessions integrated with
the program.
Fr.

102

— Beginning French

Continues the development of basic

3
skills

in

cr.

hrs.

understanding

and speaking with increased emphasis upon reading and written
assignments through the use of the same tape-articulated text, outside readings,

frequent dictations, and thematic compositions.

95

Fr.

— Intermediate

103

French

3

cr,

hrs.

two or more years of French background)
Continues the above approach with appropriate review, pattern
practice, exercises in inflectional and structural variations, based
upon an intermediate college text and appropriate outside readings
(for students having

published for this purpose, with weekly laboratory sessions integrated

with the program.
Fr.

— Intermediate French

104

The above
appropriate
selections
qualified,

of

cr.

hrs.

same texts is enriched with
including two modern plays and

upon

process, based

works

3

fiction,

the

from authors of proven stature and, for students who are
outside reports on the shorter works of major French

authors.
Fr. 201.

— Advanced Conversation and Grammar

While the audio-lingual approach continues
tation

and practice

versation text
Fr.

is

hrs.

to serve in presen-

which are analyzed and discussed and

whose models provide standards

grammar

cr.

reviewing the difficulties of the language, the

in

text presents literary selections

ing of the

3

and thematic reworkcurrent college-level French con-

for imitation

A

points.

selected for this purpose.

— Advanced Conversation and Prose

202

Composition

A

3

second more advanced composition

versation and composition

assignments

and

work begun

stressing

hrs.

cr.

text continues the con-

French 201, with longer
grammatical points which still

those

in

present difficulty to the class.
Fr.

210

— The Culture and

This course
ing

of

regional

is

to

Fr.

French geography,
idiosyncracies,

hrs.

cr.

government,

and

history,

The

customs,

a

basic text

vivid
is

education,

sense

of

the

arts,

cur-

enriched with a limited

of outside readings in paperback and perhaps a class trip

see an authentic

220

3

designed to give students a thorough understand-

rent scene in France.

number

France

Civilization of

French

play.

— Contemporary French

3

Literature

cr.

hrs.

This course begins with an anthology of selected literary works
published for this purpose, and
novels in unabridged form.

is

enriched with plays and short

Except for

analogies to English this course

is

difficult

nuances and useful

conducted entirely

in

French.

96



3 cr.
The Modern French Novel
Selected modern French novels are read and discussed by

Fr. 301

individual reports.

A
and

Fr.

of French Literature I

3

the development of French genres through the

to give the student

cr. hrs.

Prerequisite:

— The History

321

Fr.

220.

of French Literature II

3

19th and 20th centuries.

— Moliere and Racine

401

cr. hrs.

Pre-

320.

Fr.

requisite:

18th century

an insight into works to which he should

Continues the above for the

Fr.

202.

survey course, primarily for majors in French, intended to

later return.

Fr.

Prerequisite:

— The History

320

show

the

Potential honor students are assigned additional novels for

class.

Fr.

hrs.

3

cr.

hrs.

This course shows the development of the seventeenth century

from the plays of Jodelle and Corneille.

theatre

cipal plays of Moliere
Fr.

and Racine.

stressing the prin-

Prerequisite: Fr. 320.

— Proust and Gide

407

A

course based on

3

critical

student editions of

A

la

cr.

hrs.

recherche

du temps perdu of Proust and of the Journals and principal novels
of Gide. illustrating the impact of these two masters upon the
novelistic

genre.



3 cr. hrs.
409
Phonetics, structure and analysis of French
Using a handbook based upon the most recent formulations
of French linguistics, this course analyzes the language empirically
and through themes and compositions.
Fr.

Fr.

410



The History of Ideas

from R. Descartes

to

in

French

A. Comte*

3

cr.

hrs.

This course traces the development of ideas from the regulae
of Descartes through the contributions of Gassendi.

Pascal,

Pierre

Bayle. the Enclopedists, Condorcet. Saint-Simon to the positivistic

summation of Auguste Comte.
Fr.

415
The



The Genres of Classicism*

plastic

arts,

music,

architecture,

ciocite set the tone for literary discussion of

the

Maximes

of

De

la

in a successive year.

cr.

hrs.

and the mores of pre-

La

Princesse de Cleves,

Rouchefoucauld, and typically

and poetry.
To be taught

3

classical

drama

97

— Balzac and Flaubert

420

Fr.

A

works and

principal

lives

in

the

French

novel,

cr.

hrs.

emphasizing

the

of each author.

— Rousseau through Stendhal*

421

Fr.

study

contrastive

3

3

hrs.

cr.

This course confronts the question of genius in writers

who

anticipated ideas of a later age and stresses Rousseau's Emile and

Neveu de Rameau,

Confessions, Diderot's

Bayle's

Le Rouge

et le

noir and Chartreuse de Parme.

422

Fr.

— The

Romantic

Spirit in

3

France*

cr.

hrs.

This course outlines the seventeenth and eighteenth century
origins of

Romanticism, the contributions of Rousseau and Cha-

teaubriand, the doctrines of Hugo, and the floruit of Romanticism in
the nineteenth century.

430



The French Theatre
Based upon suitable plays from

Fr.

and Genet,

theatre of Ionesco

and

library readings

431

A



the

course

in

cr.

hrs.

medieval period to the
is

enriched by lectures

on the history of the theatre and by the

ment of current plays
Fr.

this

3

assign-

paperback.

Rabelais, Montaigne,

and

the Renaissance*

3

cr.

hrs.

course that deals with the principal writings of Rabelais, the

essays of Montaigne, and the principal efforts of the Pleiade.

Fr.

435



The French Enlightenment

3

cr.

hrs.

This course introduces the student to the principal philosophers
of the eighteenth century, explains the culmination of their efforts

and discusses crucial works of
Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, D'Alembert, Condillac, LaMettrie,
and Condorcet.
the

in

Fr.

440

A

Encyclopedia of Diderot,

— French Poetry

3

course, chronological in development which

several volumes of the finest

French poetry and

is

is

cr.

hrs.

based upon

open only

to

majors.
Fr.

499

— Directed Readings

Open only

*

To be taught

to

honor students and advanced majors

in a successive year.

3
in

cr.

hrs.

French.

98

SUMMER ELECTIVES

Fr.
Fr.

Fr.

— Intermediate French
201 — Advanced Conversation and Grammar
204 — Seminar
France
104

in

Six to eight

weeks

in

French University.

a

3

cr.

hrs.

3

cr.

hrs.

6

cr.

hrs.

This study-prac-

ticum permits the student to get native instruction in the native

The

setting.

students

summer course

housed

are

in

for foreign students.

Daily and weekend excursions

to places of interest are included in the program.

from Bloomsburg accompany the group

tors

Two

keep records of progress.
participation
Fr.

Fr.

in

this

and attend the

dormitories

Resident evalua-

and

to assist students

semesters of French are required for

program.

— The Culture and
220 — The Contemporary

210

Civilization of

France

Literature of France

3

cr. hrs.

3

cr. hrs.

GERMAN
Ger.

— Beginning German

101

3

hrs.

cr.

(For students with no previous study of German)

An
texts

organic approach

and tapes

authentic

in

German

is

undertaken which uses well integrated

student-culture

a

confrontation

situational conversations

consisting

and readings, structural

analyses, and practice in speaking, understanding, reading,
ually

writing,

with weekly laboratory

of

sessions

and gradwith the

integrated

program.
Ger. 102

— Beginning

German

3

Continues the development of basic

skills in

cr.

hrs.

understanding and

speaking with increased emphasis upon reading and written assign-

ments through the use of the same tape-articulated

outside

text,

readings, frequent dictations, and thematic compositions.

Ger. 103
(for

— Intermediate
students

German

3

having two or more years of

cr.

German

hrs.

back-

ground.)

Continues the above approach with appropriate review, pattern
practice,

exercises

in

inflectional

upon an intermediate college
published for this purpose,
grated with the program.

text

with

and structural variations, based
and appropriate outside readings
weekly laboratory sessions

inte-

99

Ger.

104



Intermediate

The above

German

process, based

upon

3

cr.

hrs.

same texts is enriched with
including two modern plays and
the

works of fiction,
selections from authors of proven stature and, for students who are
qualified, outside reports on the shorter works of major German
appropriate

authors.

Ger. 201

— Advanced Conversation and Grammar

3

cr.

hrs.

While the audio-lingual approach continues to serve in presentation and practice in reviewing the difficulties of the language,
the text presents literary selections which are analyzed and discussed

and whose models provide standards for imitation and thematic
reworking of the grammar points. A current college-level German
conversation text

Ger. 202



is

selected for this purpose.

Advanced Conversation and

Prose Composition

A

3

cr.

hrs.

second more advanced composition text continues the con-

versation and composition

work begun

in

German 201,

with longer

assignments (including "Texte

zum Nacherzaehlen" ) and

those grammatical points which

still

Ger. 210

— German

This course

is

stressing

present difficulty to the class.

Culture and Civilization

3 cr. hrs.
designed to give students a thorough understand-

ing of the geography, government, customs, education, arts, regional

and history of the German speaking countries as

idiosyncracies,

well as to provide the students with a vivid sense of the current

scene in these countries.
Ger. 220

— Contemporary German

Literature

3

cr.

hrs.

Reading and analysis of representative dramatic, prose, and
poetic works of major German, Swiss, and Austrian authors of the
Ger.

twentieth

century.

Ger. 301

— Nineteenth Century German Drama*

Prerequisite:

201.

3

cr.

hrs.

Reading and analysis of representative dramatic works of major
German, Swiss, and Austrian authors of the nineteenth century.
Prerequisite:

Ger.

220.

Ger. 302

— Nineteenth

century.

Prerequisite:

Century Prose and Poetry
3 cr. hrs.
Reading and analysis of representative prose and poetic works
of the major German, Swiss, and Austrian authors of the nineteenth

*

To be taught

Ger. 220.

in a successive year.

100

— History

Ger. 320

of

German

3

Literature I

cr.

hrs.

and discussions of representative works from the
following periods: Old High German, Middle High German, RenReadings

aissance, Reformation, Baroque,

and Enlightenment.

Prerequisite:

Ger. 220.



History of German Literature II
continuation of German 320.
survey of

Ger. 321

A
ture

A

from the Enlightenment

to

the

3

cr.

German

cussions of selected works representative of each period and

ment.

litera-

Readings and

present.

hrs.

dis-

move-

Prerequisite: Ger. 320.

— Enlightenment and Storm and

Ger. 401

A

study of the major

Lessing, Goethe, Schiller
periods.

Prerequisite:

Ger. 402



A

Ger. 321.

Novalis,

Tieck,

— Conversation,

Ger. 409

lyric,

and Romanticists.

Classicists

Analysis of

hrs.

dramatic,

Classicism and Romanticism

Schiller,

cr.

and prose works of
and other important writers of these two
lyric,

study of the major

Goethe,

3

Stress

3

other

Prerequisite:

Structure,

hrs.

and prose works of

dramatic,

and

cr.

German

important

Ger. 321.

and

German

3

cr.

hrs.

Using a handbook based upon the most recent formulations
of

German

linguistics, this

course analyzes the language empirically

and through conversations and compositions.

German major

An

introduction

poetry from

credits in

Ger. 421

A
from

its

German



senior

or minor.

— German Poetry*

Ger. 420

German

Prerequisite:

to
its

the

3

cr.

hrs.

major trends and characteristics of

beginnings to the present.

Prerequisite:

9

literature.

The Radio Play

3

cr.

hrs.

study of this genre in Germany, Switzerland, and Austria

beginnings to the present. Prerequisite: 9 credits in

German

literature.

Ger. 499

— German

Honors Course*

3

Individual readings and conferences

nated by the instructor.

department chairman.

To be taught

Prerequisite:

Open

only to

in a successive year.

on a

cr.

hrs.

special topic desig-

permission of instructor and

German majors and

minors.

101

SUMMER ELECTIVES

— Intermediate German
3
3
Ger. 104 — Intermediate German
Ger. 202 — "Texte zum Nacherzaehlen" and Composition 3
Ger. 103

cr.

hrs.

cr.

hrs.

cr. hrs.

RUSSIAN

— Elementary Russian

Ru. 101

(For students with no
3

previous study of Russian)

An

cr.

hrs.

audio-lingual approach toward the rapid development of

vocabulary

pronunciation,

acceptable

frame of reference.

accumulation

in

a

textual

Understanding and speaking are stressed, but

students learn to read and write the Cyrillic alphabet.

— Elementary Russian

Ru. 102

3

Continuation of the development of the basic
speaking,

standing,

reading,

— Intermediate

writing.

is

perfected.

Russian (For students with two or more

years in Russian study, or the completion of 102)

Maximum

class

use of the

bring about good comprehension

modus

vivendi

is

of under-

Reading is stressed
recognizing whole phrases

and

somewhat more to develop the faculty in
Pronunciation
toward more rapid reading.
Ru. 103

skills

cr. hrs.

spoken language

and speech.

A

is

3

cr. hrs.

designed

text

to

on Soviet

read outside class and discussed in class in the

Russian language.

— Intermediate Russian

Ru. 104

A
during

cultural
this

3

cr.

hrs.

reader and selected fiction stories are completed

semester.

Students should begin to comprehend

the

spoken language without translating and are expected to be able
to begin conversing in Russian on simple themes.
Ru. 210

— Excerpts From Russian

Selections from well

Pasternak

Ru. 211

will

known Russian

be read and discussed

— Excerpts From

3

Literature
writers

hrs.

from Pushkin

to

in class in Russian.

Science and Technology

Selections from Russian scientific

cr.

3

cr.

hrs.

works dealing with physics,
chemistry, biology, cosmonautics, and others will be read and discussed in class in Russian.

102

SPANISH

— Beginning Spanish

Span. 101

{For students with no
3

previous study of Spanish)

An

audio-lingual approach toward the

rapid

cr.

hrs.

development

in

speaking, understanding, reading, and gradually writing, with weekly

laboratory

sessions

integrated

with

the

program.

— Beginning Spanish

Span. 102

3

Continuation of the development of basic
ing,

skills

reading, writing, with an increase in the

writing,

dictations,

and

thematic

— Intermediate Spanish

Span. 103

cr.

hrs.

of understand-

amount

of reading,

compositions.

(For students with two or

more years of Spanish background)

3

cr.

hrs.

Continue the above approaches with appropriate review. Outreading

side

is

comprehension,

104

Span.

introduced

in

and

writing,

— Intermediate

an

expanding

literary

of the course.

3

Spanish

good mastery of the language

hrs.

at the

end

3

cr.

hrs.

audio-lingual approach will continue in presentations and

positions stress correct writing forms,
Prerequisite: Span.

Span. 202



and grammatical

Conversation

in the

Written comstructures.

104 or equivalent.

more advanced composition

work begun
in

cr.

Prerequisite: Span. 103.

practice in reviewing the difficulty of the language.

A

speech,

Cultural reading, plays and

— Grammar and Composition

Span. 201

The

of

appreciation.

Continue the above approaches.
short novels leading to a

mastery

3

cr.

text continues the conversation

previous course (201), with longer assignments

written Spanish, developing longer conversations and free

positions.

Span. 210

hrs.

Prerequisite:

com-

Span. 201.

— Culture and

Civilization of Spain

Designed to give students a thorough

3

cr.

hrs.

understanding of the

soul of Spain through geography, government, customs, education,
fine

zines

arts,

and

history.

Current events are viewed through maga-

and newspapers; and perhaps a

Spanish play.

class trip to see

an authentic

10S



Span. 301

A

Literature of Spain

3

hrs.

general study of literature of Spain, primarily for Spanish

majors, intended to give incentives towards
literary

cr.

work from

more appreciation

of

epoca primitiva", to the "literatura contem-

"la

poranea."



Span. 302

Literature of Spanish- America

of Spanish-American

Selections

3

cr.

hrs.

from Columbus

literature

to

the present time.



Span. 304

The

3

theatre of the golden century:

Molina, and Calderon de



Span. 305

Don

This course,

Part
la

hrs.

Lope de Vega, Tirso de

Two

3

Mancha.

finest

cr. hrs.

Prerequisite: Span. 304.

3

of Spain

cr.

hrs.

development and based upon
Spanish poetry, is open only to majors.

chronological

volumes of the

in



Span. 414

Spanish Literature of the
Centuries
and

XV

XIV

This course

will

concentrate on the

Don Juan Manuel and
Hita", and Rimado de
For the
de Baena,



Quijote de

— The Poetry

Span. 411

cr.

Barca.

la

Oro

Siglo de

Cervantes,

several

— Part One

Oro

Siglo de

XV

el

el

3

XIV

cr.

hrs.

Century: El Infante

desarrollo de la prosa, "El Arcipreste de

Palacio.

Century: the humanismo,

Marques de

Santillana,

la

poesia,

el

Cancionero

Juan de Mena, and Jorge

Manrique's "Coplas."
Span. 499

— Directed Readings

3

cr.

hrs.

3

cr.

hrs.

3

cr.

hrs.

6

cr.

hrs.

SUMMER ELECTIVES

— Intermediate Spanish
Span. 201 — Grammar and Composition
Spain
Span. 204 — Seminar
Span. 104

in

Eight weeks in Spain at the University of Madrid.

This study-

practicum permits the student to get native instruction

in the native

setting.

The

summer course

students

are

housed

in

for foreign students.

records of progress.

and attend the

Daily and weekend excursions

to places of interest are included in the

Bloomsburg accompanies the group

dormitories

program.
to

assist

An

evaluator from

students

and keep

104

GEOGRAPHY AND EARTH SCIENCE
Geog. 101

— World

Physical Geography

3

cr. hrs.

Considers earth-sun relationships, land masses, oceans, landforms, weather and climate, and natural resources as elements and
controls related to the adjustments

Geog. 102

A

— World

man makes

to his environments.

Cultural Geography

3

hrs

cr.

course designed to show the close relationship that exists be-

tween man, land, culture, and economic

activities.



Economic Geography
Geog. 121
The economic regions of the world together with

3

cr. hrs.

their relation-

ship to current world economic problems.

Geog. 223

The

— Geography

of

Anglo-America

3

cr. hrs.

physical setting, present inhabitants, occupations, resources,

present use of resources, and future outlook for Anglo-America.

Geog. 224

The
States
is

— Geographic

Influences in American History 3

relationship between the historical

and the natural environment

portrayed.

Geog. 225

movements

as a stage

in the

cr. hrs.

United

on which the action

Prerequisite: Hist. 218.

— Weather and Climate

3

cr. hrs.

The interrelationships between the elements of weather and climate. The functional application of these basic elements is elaborated upon through a study of climatic realms.



Geography of Europe
Geog. 233
Europe's physical characteristics, topography,
systems, resources, population, and trade.
Geog. 243

The

of Asia
its

cr. hrs.

transportation

3

physical characteristics of Asia and

economic

cr. hrs.

social, cultural,

and

aspects.

Geog. 244

A

— Geography

3

— Geography

of Latin

America

3

regional study of South America, Central

islands of the Caribbean Sea.

The human and

cr.

America and

hrs.

the

physical factors of

the geographic environment.

Geog. 245

The

— Geography

of Africa

3

cr. hrs.

physical geographic elements (climate, soils, natural vege-

physiography and water) as they relate to agriculture, grazing, mining, manufacturing, transportation, communication,
and political boundaries for all of Africa.
tation, minerals,

105

Geog. 246

The

— Geography

physical and

of the Soviet

human geography

some emphasis upon

ied along with

Realm

3

of the Soviet

cr. hrs.

Union

stud-

is

the relationship between that

country and the so-called "satellite" nations.

Geog. 323



Political

Geography

This course includes an analysis of the factors

human, and economic
the political

Geog. 353

map

— which

3



physical,

influence the changing pattern of

of the world.

— Physiography

The study

cr. hrs.

3

cr. hrs.

of the dynamic, tectonic, and graduational forces,

which, in conjunction with climatic and biologic forces, have shaped
the earth into

modifying

Geog. 354

The

— Cartography
use,

355

S.

A

present form and are constantly refashioning and

it.

globes, charts,

E.

its

3

and interpretation of maps,
and geographic diagrams are presented.

models,

construction,

— Meteorology

cr. hrs.

3

cr. hrs.

study of the atmosphere and the laws and underlying prin-

ciples of atmospheric changes.

Geog. 356

— Climatology

3

cr.

hrs.

Climate, (temperature, moisture, pressure and winds, air masses

and storms) and the distribution of varied climates over the

earth.

Prerequisite: E.S. 355.

E.

S.

357

— Physical Geology

The landscape
The agencies
classification

Geog. 358

3

continually at

work changing

the earth's forms,

and interpretation of rocks, and the evolution of

— Conservation

of Natural Resources
to

3

Conservation of

lands, waters, minerals, the air,

and human resources.

359

An



Oceanography

the

life.

cr. hrs.

our economy and to our very

of this nation's vital resources.

S.

hrs.

in relation to the structure of the earth's crust.

The extreme importance

E.

cr.

lives

soils, forests, grass-

3

cr.

hrs.

introduction to the geologic, chemical, and physical aspects

of the ocean basins.

topographic features,
of investigation.

Emphasis will be on ocean basin structure,
wave motion, current circulation, and methods

106
E.

361

S.



Historical Geology

3

cr. hrs.

Chronology of earth history as interpreted from rocks and fossils.
Maps, slides, specimens, films, field trips, and correlative reading supplement lectures.
Prerequisite: Biol. 103-104 or E.S. 357.
Geog. 363

— Urban Geography

This course

framework

logical

E.

365

S.

is

3

cr. hrs.

designed to provide a conceptual and methodo-

in

which

to

view the process of urbanization.

— Geomorphology

3

cr. hrs.

The study of major land features and the processes that help to
form them with particular emphasis on their relationship to the underlying geologic formations and structures.

Laboratory and

field

trips included.

E.

367

S.

A

— Rocks and Minerals

study of the

common

3

cr. hrs.

minerals and rocks, their origins, oc-

currences, associations, and identifying characteristics.

E.

S.

368



Stratigraphy

and Sedimentation

The processes and agents which form,

3

cr. hrs.

and deposit

transport,

sediments and the geologic interpretation of the resulting rocks.
E.

S.

369

An



Structural Geology

3

analysis of rock deformation based

upon the

cr. hrs.

principles of

rock mechanics and utilizing data from field investigations.
E.

S.

45

1



Field Techniques in Earth

and
3-6

Space Science

cr. hrs.

Intensive field training in the use of equipment and techniques
in the areas of geology,

astronomy, meteorology, and cartography.

Permission of the instructor required to enroll.
E.

S.



Astronomy
453
The solar system, its physical

interesting

phenomena

3
characteristics

cr. hrs.

and motions, the

of our galactic system, and those of extra-

galactic space, together with the study of constellations. Prerequisite:

Math. 101 or Math. 111.

Geog. 492

— Geography Seminar

3

cr.

hrs.

Student pursues in depth such areas as the geographic literature,
techniques, and the practical application of Geography.

mum

of 21 credit hours in

(A

mini-

Geography must be completed before a

student schedules this course).

107

SUMMER ELECTIVES AT THE MARINE SCIENCE LABORATORY*

MSL 120— Introduction to Oceanography
MSL 240 — Marine Biology
MSL 245 — Marine Ecology
MSL 260 — Field Methods in Oceanography
MSL 250 — Invertebrate Zoology
MSL 320 — Physical Oceanography
MSL 325— Marine Geology
MSL 330 — Chemical Oceanography
MSL 420 — Marine Micropaleontology
MSL 425 — Marine Geophysics
*

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Please check with Dr. Wendelin Frantz or Dr. Donald

Rabb

cr.

hrs.

cr. hrs.
cr.

hrs.

cr. hrs.
cr.
cr.

cr.

cr.
cr.
cr.

hrs.
hrs.
hrs.
hrs.
hrs.
hrs.

for full par-

ticulars.

HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE

1

— Personal and Community Health

00

2

cr.

hrs.

and understandings concerning perThe course is structured around a
sonal and community health.
weekly mass lecture followed by a one-hour weekly meeting in small
Provides

basic

concepts

groups for discussion.

HPE



101
Physical Fitness Education
(separate for men and women)

Men

.

.

Theory and practice

.

in

I

cr.

hr.

one team sport (either soccer

or speedball), tumbling, gymnastic apparatus, and a
physical
level of

Women

.

.

.

fitness

to

fitness

(either

fitness test

determine the fitness level of each student, con-

— Aquatics

work

to

improve

this level,

and a post-

measure the improvement.

(co-educational)

The swimming program
is

sport

hockey or volleyball), a physical

test to

the student

the

each student.

centrated

150

given to determine

This course consists of one team
field

HPE

test

is

1

divided into two parts.

hr.

cr.

In Part

I,

taught the proper method of adjusting to the water,

rhythmic breathing, floating, finning, treading water, surface diving,
a standing front dive,
II

and the nine basic swimming strokes.

Part

emphasizes water safety and provides the opportunity for Senior

Lifesaving.

HPE

151

A

Aquatic games are also included

— Advanced Aquatics

in the

program.

(co-educational)

1

cr.

hr,

review of swimming strokes, lifesaving techniques, and an

opportunity to qualify for
tification.

Red Cross Water

Safety

Instructor cer-

In addition, emphasis will be placed on pool

ment, basic scuba, competitive and synchronized swimming.

manage-

108

HPE

152



Swimming

Survival

(co-educational)

cr.

1

hr.

and practice in techniques of personal survival.
Skills taught include rhythmic breathing, swimming strokes necessary for survival, drownproofing float, and an emphasis on building
Instruction

personal endurance and confidence under adverse conditions.
safety

is

emphasized and an opportunity

is

Water

provided for the acquisi-

tion of Senior Lifesaving Certificates.

The following courses are intended

to develop knowledge, skill,

and

appreciation of the activity being taught. Primary emphasis has been
placed on those activities possessing "Lifetime" recreational values.

— Archery and Badminton (Co-ed)
202 — Archery and Bowling (Co-ed)
203 — Archery and Golf (Co-ed)
204 — Archery and Square Dance (Co-ed)
205 — Badminton and Bowling (Co-ed)
206 — Badminton and Golf (Co-ed)
207 — Badminton and Square Dance (Co-ed)
208 — Bowling and Golf (Co-ed)
209 — Bowling and Square Dance (Co-ed)
210 — Golf and Square Dance (Co-ed)
211 — Bowling And
(Co-ed;
212 —
And Square Dance (Co-ed;
HPE 222 — Dancing (Co-ed)
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE
HPE

201

Billiards

fee required)

1

cr.

hr.

1

cr.

hr.

1

cr.

hr.

1

cr.

hr.

1

cr.

hr.

1

cr.

hr.

1

cr.

hr.

1

cr.

hr.

1

cr.

hr.

1

cr.

hr.

1

cr.

hr.

fee required)

Billiards

1

cr.

hr.

1

cr.

hr.

Area of Interest students in Elementary School Health and PhysiEducation must complete the following courses: HPE 301, 302, 303,
320, 321, 331, 410, 411, and 412.

cal

Secondary Majors securing the "Coaching Concentration" within
the Department of Health and Physical Education must complete the
following courses: HPE 242, 409, and select six credit hours from
courses numbered 251
and one elective).

HPE

242





258

Physiological

(one team sport, one individual

and Medical Aspects of

Athletic Coaching

A

sport,

3

cr.

hrs.

study of basic anatomical and physiological factors affecting

movement, endurance,

strength,

and conditioning

in

sports.

In-

a thorough investigation of medical concepts such as pro-

cluded

is

tective

equipment, training, care of

medical research relating to athletics.

injuries,

safety

problems, and

109

HPE

— Techniques

251

of Coaching Baseball

Development of individual

skills

2

cr.

hrs.

and techniques of teaching and

coaching baseball.

HPE

— Techniques

252

of Coaching Basketball

2

cr.

Analysis of techniques and development of personal

hrs.

skills

in

basketball.

HPE

253

— Techniques

Advanced

of Coaching Football

cr.

hrs.

and defensive
each position; organizational methods and coach-

instruction

fundamentals for

2

and practice

in

offensive

ing principles.

HPE

256

— Techniques

of Coaching Cross Country,

Track, and Field

Advanced

2

instruction

and practice; rules and

cr.

hrs.

officiating tech-

niques; organizational methods for conducting meets, tournaments,

and

clinics;

HPE

257

coaching principles.

— Techniques

Advanced

of Coaching Wrestling

instruction

and practice;

rules

and Golf 2
and

cr.

hrs.

officiating tech-

niques; organizational methods for conducting meets, tournaments,

and

clinics;

HPE

258

coaching principles.

— Techniques

of Coaching

Swimming and Tennis
Strategy, techniques,
in

swimming and

HPE

262

2

cr.

hrs.

and theory for interscholastic competition

tennis.

— Women's Extramural Program

2

cr.

hrs.

Provides knowledge and practice in application of coaching

and

officiating techniques for

HPE

301

— Basic

women's team

sports.

Activities I

Elementary Physical Education

1

cr.

hr.

This course consists of instruction and participation in ele-

mentary school rhythms, dance,
will

HPE

and movement exploration.

It

include classroom and laboratory work.



302
Basic Activities II
Elementary Physical Education
I cr. hr.
Instruction and practice in elementary school conditioning
exercises; stunts and tumbling; games of low organization including
running, circle tag, and classroom games; relays; and games for
Includes both classroom and laboratory work.
special occasions.

110



HPE

303
Basic Activities 111
Elementary Physical Education

cr.

1

hr.

and practice in ball-type activities (elementary),
lead-up games to team sports, simple team games, team sports,
skill testing, and physical fitness testing.
Includes classroom and
Instruction

laboratory work.

HPE

— Methods and Materials

311

in

Elementary School

Health and Physical Education

3

cr.

hrs.

This course provides principles and procedures to meet the

needs and interests of elementary age children in the area of health

The program

and physical education.

and physical education;

health

of

objectives

includes basic philosophy and
basic

motor

skills

necessary for participation in elementary school physical education;

and

opportunities

develop enrichment

to

Laboratory experience

education.

Area of Concentration

HPE

320

is

in

the

included.

area

of

Not open

health

to

HPE

students.

— Health and

Safety in the Elementary School 2

cr.

hrs.

Provides students with health knowledge and training in the
areas

elementary

of

environment

school

and

health

appraisal,

techniques for teaching elementary school health, the elementary
school

health

program,

and safety education

in

the

elementary

school.

HPE

321



This course

who needs

Aid and

First

is

2-3

Safety

training in first aid

aid emergencies,

of safety in

modern

and

331

A

will

society.

Instructor certification

HPE

hrs.

designed for the elementary-secondary teacher

and

safety.

Students will be given

preparation and practice in the recognition and treatment of
first

cr.

may

common

be given an understanding of the role

Red Cross Standard Advanced and

be obtained.

— Recreational Education

2-3

cr.

hrs.

discussion of and practice in recreation activities used in

Emphasis is placed on recreation
planning, techniques of leadership, and worthy use of leisure time.
school and playground situations.

HPE

333

— School Camping and Outdoor Education

3

cr.

hrs.

The course is designed to acquaint students with the scope
of organized camping and the acquisition of and practice in the
basic skills required of teachers involved in camping and outdoor
education training.

Field experiences are included.

Ill

HPE



400
Seminar in Elementary School Health
and Physical Education
Primarily designed for the in-service teacher

3-6

who

cr.

hrs.

wishes to

acquire the latest knowledge and techniques in health and physical

education at the elementary school

level.

Not open

Area

to

of

Concentration students.

HPE

409

A



Principles

and Problems of Secondary

School Athletics
3 cr. hrs.
study of coaching techniques necessary to plan and promote
programs.

athletic

The course

includes history, organization, and

administration, business procedures, public relations, and formulation of policy.

HPE

410

A

— The Planning and Administration

of Elementary
School Health and Physical Education
3 cr. hrs.
study of the philosophy, objectives, values, and techniques

necessary to plan and evaluate

a

sound program

in

health and

physical education for the elementary school.

HPE

411

A

— Adapted

study

of

the

Physical Education

3

cr.

handicapped child and techniques used

hrs.

in

Emphasis is placed on the
kinesiological analysis of human motion and body mechanics as
applied to programming physical education activities for the
recognizing and meeting his problems.

atypical.

HPE

412

— The Teaching

HPE

420

— Techniques

and Physical
Education in the Elementary Grades
3 cr. hrs.
Methods, materials, and practice in teaching health and
physical education for primary, intermediate, and upper grades.
Area of Concentration and in-service teachers only.

A

of Health

Health and Physical
Education for Special Education Teachers
3 cr. hrs.
course to develop sound principles and procedures for meetin

ing the physical, emotional, and social needs of the mentally retarded
in health

and physical education.

HISTORY

Hist.

1 1 1

— World History

to

Surveys development of

world from

earliest times to

studied, with emphasis

other cultural systems.

upon

1500

3

man and
1500.

his

cr. hrs.

culture throughout

the

All the great civilizations are

the interaction of Western

Europe with

112



112
World History 1500 to 1815
3 cr. hrs.
Survey of political, social, economic, and cultural forces in the
Western and non-Western world, with emphasis on the interaction
Hist.

1500

of major cultural systems from
Hist.

113

— World History

Survey of
since

Hist.

3

economic, and cultural forces

political, social,

ance of non- Western world in

1815.

1815

since

post-Napoleonic period.

to

cr. hrs.

at

work

Emphasis upon increasing importthe development of the modern world.



218
United States and Pennsylvania Survey
3 cr. hrs.
Major and usually recurring political, social, and economic

problems are emphasized.
Hist.



312

Classical

World

3

cr. hrs.

Study of the ancient world from the ancient Near East to the
fall

Roman Empire

of the

in the

upon Greece, Rome, the rise of
Western European civilization.
Hist.

314

West, with an intensive emphasis

Christianity,

and

their influence

on

Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.

— Medieval Europe

3

cr. hrs.

Study of the peoples and countries which emerged following the
fall

Roman Empire

of the

in the

West; a

critical analysis of feudal-

ism and manorialism, the development of Western institutions, and
of the church and temporal authorities to the late 14th century. Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Hist.

318

— England

to

1688

3

cr. hrs.

and cultural life in England to the
Glorious Revolution, especially the growth and evolution of English
Political,

institutions

requisite:
Hist.

319

6

economic,

social,

and the emergence of England
cr. hrs.

Pre-

of history.

— England

Political,

as a world power.

social,

since

1688

3

cr. hrs.

economic, and cultural development in Eng-

land from the Glorious Revolution to the present with emphasis

upon the development of democracy, the Industrial Revolutions, and
Prerequisite: 6 cr.
the growth and decline of the British Empire.
hrs. of history.

Hist.

322

— Renaissance and Reformation Eras

Political, social,

economic,

literary, artistic,

3

and

cr. hrs.

intellectual de-

1300 in Italy and including the spread of the
Renaissance throughout Europe; also a critical study of the Protest-

velopments from

ca.

113
ant and Catholic reformations in relation to the political, economic,

and cultural developments

social,

324

Western Europe

in the 16th

and

Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.

17th centuries.
Hist.

in

— The Age

of Absolutism,

1600-1789

3

cr. hrs.

Rise of the modern nation states, the growth of absolutist power

Eastern and Western Europe, and the colonial wars between the

in

major Western powers.

— Revolution, Liberalism and

326

Hist.

Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.

Nationalism, 1789-1914

Causes and

3

French Revolution and the Napoleonic

effects of the

Wars; the conflict of restoration with the

rising tides of nationalism

and liberalism; the unification of Germany and
crises leading to

— Europe

332

Hist.

World War
since

cr. hrs.

I.

diplomatic

Italy; the

Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.

1914

3

cr. hrs.

Analysis of major political, social, economic, and military as-

European history from World War I to the present. Emphasis upon the problems faced by the present-day world.
Prere-

pects of

quisite:

6

of history.

cr. hrs.

Hist.

348

— Contemporary Europe Culture Tour

Hist.

352

— Latin America

6 cr. hrs.
Professionally guided study tour of Western Europe, usually
scheduled each summer. Research paper required.

After brief
era,

attention

is

summary

since

354

3

cr. hrs.

of course and results of the revolutionary

devoted to the economic,

velopment of individual nations.
Hist.

1820
social,

and

political de-

Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.

— The Modern Far East

3

cr. hrs.

Survey of Eastern Asiatic civilizations with emphasis upon cultural change and political response in consequence of European expansion and the spread of nationalism.

Prerequisite:

6

cr.

hrs. of

3

cr. hrs.

history.

Hist.

the

356

— Russia

to

1917

Survey of Russia from the beginning of the Russian State in
ninth century through the Kievan, Muscovite, and Imperial

periods to the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917.
geographical,

political,

Emphasis placed on
socio-economic, and cultural factors which

contribute most to an understanding of present-day Russia.
quisite:

6

cr. hrs.

of history.

Prere-

m
Hist.

358

— Modern Africa

Surveys

the

3

transformation

of

the

societies

Africa from colonialism to national independence.
cr. hrs.

of

cr. hrs.

Sub-Sahara

Prerequisite:

6

of history.

— The Near and Middle East

1800
3 cr. hrs.
Beginning with the gradual dismemberment of the Ottoman
Empire and the extension of European interests in the nineteenth
Hist.

362

since

century, surveys the West's continuing involvement in the area and
the rise of nationalism.

Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.



Colonial Period of America to 1783
3 cr. hrs.
372
European colonization in the New World with attention to the
establishment and development of England's thirteen colonies and
emphasis upon the problems which produced conflict between the
colonies and the British Empire resulting in the American RevoluHist.

tion.

Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.



Early National Period of the United States
374
3 cr. hrs.
Confederation, Federalist, and Jeffersonian
Major periods
analyzed as
administrations, War of 1812, Era of Good Feelings
to their contributions to the establishment of the United States from
Hist.

1783 to 1828.





Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.



American Expansion and Disunion,
376
1828-1865
3 cr. hrs.
Study of Jacksonian Democracy, Manifest Destiny, and the
Mexican War; the issue of slavery and expansion, and the Civil War.

Hist.

Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.

— Emergence

1865-1898 3 cr. hrs.
Study of economic, social, cultural, and political problems
inherent in the transformation of the United States from an agrarian
Prerequisite: 6 cr.
nation into a modern industrial world power.

Hist.

378

of Industrial America,

hrs. of history.

Hist.

382

— Early Twentieth Century

United States, 1898-1932
Survey of domestic and

international

United States from the Spanish-American

United States as

issues

War

cr. hrs.

concerning the

to the Great Depres-

Era and its contributions,
a world power, World War I and

sion, with analysis of the Progressive

role of the

3

the
the

115

League of Nations, expansion of the American economy, and the
tensions of the
Hist.

1920's.

Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.

— Contemporary United

384

States,

1932
3

to the Present

Study of the Great Depression with

World War

its

ramifications on

cr. hrs.

Amer-

problems of the cold war, and
domestic issues from the Truman Presidency to the present. Varying
interpretations of the era examined to understand conflicting views
ican

entry into

life,

Prerequisite:

of the present.

II,

6

cr.

hrs.

of history.



388
Pennsylvania
3 cr. hrs.
Examines in depth major contributions of Pennsylvania to
national life and contrasts significant movements on the state level
with those on the national.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.

Hist.

Hist.

— Diplomatic History

391

of the

United States to 1898

A

critical analysis of

3

cr. hrs.

United States foreign relations from the

Colonial period to the 1898 war with Spain, with emphasis upon
the

development

of, the role of

mental foreign policies.

392

in,

Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.

— Diplomatic History

of the

United States since 1898

A

critical analysis of

considered in

3

United States foreign relations from the

in

involvement of the nation in world
status of a great



cr. hrs.

1898 to the present. To the study of factors
History 391 is added an emphasis on the increasing

war with Spain

396

and the peculiar

America which have profoundly influenced funda-

conditions in

Hist.

public opinion

world power.

affairs in its transition to the

Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.

and Constitutional Problems 3 cr. hrs.
A topical approach to various political and constitutional
problems of American life. Selected problems or periods, and their
causes and effects, will be intensively studied.
Prerequisite: 6 cr.
Hist.

Selected Political

hrs. of history.

Hist.

399

A

— Bibliography and Research

3

cr.

hrs.

and exercises in
location and use accompany a careful analysis of the problems and
review of basic historical bibliography

tools of historical research

methods. Prerequisite: 9

and a practical application of research

cr. hrs.

of history or consent of instructor.

116

— Central Eastern Europe

412

1815
3 cr. hrs.
Survey of the political and cultural development of the nations
of Europe which lie between Germany and Italy on the west and
Russia on the east since their emergence as independent nation-states
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs.
Hist.

Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*

of history.
Hist.

— Diplomatic History

421

since

Europe from 1815

to

of

1919

3

cr.

hrs.

and relations of the
European nations from the Congress of Vienna to the First World
War. Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history. Offered for undergraduate
study

Analytical

foreign

of

policies

or graduate credit.*
Hist.

— Diplomatic

422

History of Europe since 1919

3

cr. hrs.

Analytical study of foreign policies and relations of the Great

Powers during the Interwar Years

— League

of Nations,

and reparations, disarmament, causes of World

War

war debts



II

the

diplomacy of the Second World War, and the origins and evolution
of the cold war.

Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.

Offered for

undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.



428

Intellectual History of

Europe

since the Enlightenment

Changes

in currents

3

of thought during the period are related

economic, and social developments.

to political,

given to various

9

Prerequisite:

cr.

interpretations
hrs.

cr. hrs.

Special attention

of major intellectual

of history.

movements.

Offered for undergraduate or

graduate credit.*
Hist.



452

3

Soviet Russia

Critical analysis of the political, social,

cr. hrs.

economic, and cultural

evolution of the Soviet Union, and a study of Soviet foreign policy

and

international

relations.

Prerequisite:

9

cr.

hrs.

of

history.

Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.

454

A
rise

— China and Japan

survey of the

in the

political, social,

Twentieth Century

cr. hrs.

and economic problems

of these nations to international power.

of history.

3

in the

Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs.

Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*

Graduate credit can be received only by making application and being admitted to graduate standing, and registering through the Office
of Graduate Studies.

117

456

Hist.



the

Selected Problems in Africa and

Near and Middle East

3

Intensive study of critical social, political, and

lems of the contemporary peoples and nations
requisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.

cr. hrs.

economic probPre-

in these regions.

Offered for undergraduate or gradu-

ate credit.*

47 1

Hist.



Industrial History of the United States

Survey of industrial growth of the United States
political, social,

and cultural

3

cr. hrs.

in relation to

institutions with special attention to the

development of resources, technology, transportation, consumer products,

and modern

Prerequisite:

9

cr.

hrs. of

3

cr. hrs.

Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*

history.

Hist.

industrial problems.

472

— History

of

Labor

in the

United States

Surveys the problems of labor from the colonial period to the

upon

present, with emphasis
role in national

the development of unions and their

Prerequisite:

life.

9

cr.

Offered

of history.

hrs.

for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.

481

— United

and

States Social, Cultural,

Intellectual History to

1860

3

cr. hrs.

the development of a

Studies impact of English institutions,

American society, and the divergence of the cultures of the
North and the South with emphasis upon Puritanism, the Enlightenment, and Transcendentalism.
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.
distinct

Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*
Hist.

482

— United

States Social, Cultural,

and

Intellectual

History since 1860

Modern American

3

social

and cultural

institutions

contemporary systems of thought are analyzed.
hrs. of history.

cr.

hrs.

and major

Prerequisite:

9

cr.

Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.*

MATHEMATICS
Math. 101

— Fundamentals

This course

is

of Mathematics

3

cr. hrs.

designed to convey an appreciation of a selec-

tion of mathematical applications in

modern

civilization

while in-

creasing the student's competence in coping with mathematical situations of everyday living.

Graduate credit can be received only by making application and being"
admitted to graduate standing, and registering through the Office
of Graduate Studies.

118

— Pre-Calculus

Math. 110

This course

is

a preparatory one for those students

meet the requirements
of

4

to begin the calculus sequence.

elementary algebraic functions

and

relations,

cr. hrs.

who do
It is

not

a study

exponential

and

logarithmic functions, circular functions and inverse functions.

— College Algebra

Math. Ill

3

cr.

hrs.

Designed to strengthen and increase the concepts developed in
secondary school algebra. Emphasis is placed on the study of functions, matrices,

Math. 112

and determinants.

— Trigonometry

3

Designed to have the student become proficient

cr. hrs.

in the use of

Also includes complex numbers and vec-

trigonometric functions.

Prerequisite: Math. 111.

tors.

Math. 116

— Introductory

3

Statistics

cr.

hrs.

This course aims to develop the ability to read, interpret, and
construct tables of statistical data; to compute values for the vari-

ous

statistical

the

biological

quisite:

tinuity;

Biological

sciences.

sciences

skills

of statistics to

majors only.

Prere-

Math. 111.

Math. 211

A

measures; and to apply the basic

— Calculus

critical

the

4

I

cr.

hrs.

study of the cartesian plane, functions, limits and con-

derivative,

differentials

and applications; and anti-de-

rivatives.

Math. 212

A

— Calculus

critical

4

II

cr.

hrs.

study of the definite integral and application; conic

sections; differentiation of elementary transcendental functions; the
indefinite integral

and techniques of integration.

Prerequisite: Math.

211.

Math. 221



Descriptive

and

abilistic distribution.
sity

3

Statistics

inferential

Both

functions are discussed.

statistics

discrete

cr.

hrs.

with emphasis on prob-

and continuous probability den-

Practical training in the calculation of

various statistical measures and the use of automatic calculators

obtained

in

Math. 222

the laboratory.

Prerequisite:

— College Geometry

Sophomore

is

standing.

3

cr.

hrs.

Elementary geometry from an advanced standpoint. Incidence
geometry in planes and space, geometric inequalities, properties of

119
the triangle, the quadrilateral, the circle

and sphere.

Prerequisite:

Math. 112.

Math. 231

— Theory

The use

operations

number

counting

in

numbers,

Math. 232

bases;

— Algebraic and Geometric

and

integers,

and elementary theory of numbers.
mentary education majors only.
different

hrs.

cr.

of language in mathematics, sets and relations; the

elementary

four

3

of Arithmetic

3

Structures

Ele-

cr.

hrs.

Clock arithmetic and modulo systems; rational numbers, decimals, and irrational numbers; measurement of line segments, triangles, circles, area,

and volume.

— Introduction

Prerequisite:

Math. 231.

1 cr. hr.
Computer Programming
An introduction to computer programming using the Fortran
Language with examples chosen from the natural and physical

Math. 241

to

sciences.

Math. 246



Field

Work

in

Mathematics

Mathematics takes on new

interest

when

3
it

is

cr.

applicable to

hrs.
life

Instruments used in the field are the slide rule, angle

situations.

mirror, hysometer, and clinometer, plane table, vernier, transit, and
scale drawing.

Math. 311

A

Prerequisite:

Math. 112.

— Intermediate Calculus

critical

study of polar coordinates,

4

cr.

hrs.

parametric equations,

vectors in the plane and space, improper integrals; partial differentiation

and multiple

Math. 312

A
series



integration.

Prerequisite:

Math. 212.
3

Differential Equations

cr.

hrs.

study of elementary ordinary differential equations; infinite

and power

series,

and La Place transforms.

Prerequisite:

Math. 311.
Math. 321

— Introduction

Modern

algebra and

to
its

Modern Algebra

3

concepts and terminology.

cr.

hrs.

Subjects

discussed include sets, rings, fields, groups, relations, and functions.
Prerequisite:

Math. 322

Math. 212.

— Linear Algebra

A study of vectors and n-dimensional vector space;

3

cr.

hrs.

determinants,

matrices, linear transformations, quadratic forms, and applications
in

3 -space.

Prerequisite:

Math. 321.

120

— Algebra

Math. 331

for Secondary School Teachers

some

This course will discuss

algebra from an advanced viewpoint.
to

topics

of

of

the

3

topics

cr. hrs.

elementary

of

Consideration will be given

contemporary school mathematics programs.

Pre-

Ed. 352.

requisite:

— Modern Geometry

Math. 332

3

hrs.

cr.

and various non-Euclidean geometries and their
development from postulate systems. Prerequisite: Math. 222.
Euclidean

— Advanced Calculus

Math. 411

A

systematic
calculus

integral

3

and modern approach
of

to

the

cr.

hrs.

differential

and

and transformations.

functions

Prerequisite:

Math. 311.

— Complex Variables

Math. 412

A

hrs.

cr.

rigorous presentation of theory through the differential and
calculus

integral

of

analytic

— Introduction

Math. 421

An

introduction

to

Topology
the fundamentals

pings, compactness, product

Math. 422

An
included

residues,

3

to

Topics included are elementary
Prerequisite:

and conformal
Prerequisite: Math. 311.

functions,

transformations, with applications.

ence.

3

of

general

topology.

set theory, topological spaces,

map-

and metric spaces, nets and converg-

Math. 311.

— Introduction

to

Group Theory

3

cr.

hrs.

Topics

introduction to the fundamentals of group theory.
are

hrs.

cr.

groups and related systems, normal subgroups and

homomorphisms, Abelian groups, permutation groups, automorphisms, and free groups.

Math. 431

An

3

introduction to the theory of numbers.

sian integers,

Math. 432
analysis.

Math. 321.

— Number Theory

are Euclidean

A

Prerequisite:

algorithm,

hrs.

Topics included

congruences, continued fractions, Gaus-

and Diophantine equations.

Prerequisite:

— Elementary Numerical Analysis

computer-oriented

cr.

analysis

of

algorithms

Math. 321.
3

of

cr. hrs.

numerical

Topics discussed include non-linear equations, interpola-

and approximation, differentiation and integration, matrices,
and differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 311.

tion

121

MUSIC
Music 101

An

— Introduction

to

Music

3

hrs.

cr.

introduction to music listening to develop an understand-

ing of music and the various

media through which

it

is

expressed.

composers, musical forms, and styles con-

Selected masterpieces,
sidered.

APPLIED MUSIC
One

half

hour private lesson per week

Music 171



First

name

Semester Applied Music (Course

will

be

oboe, bassoon.)

— Second Semester Applied Music

name



hr.

instrument.

flute, clarinet,

Music 173

title

cr.

Those currently offered will be
piano, organ, trumpet, French horn, trombone, tuba,
of

voice,

Music 172

1

(Course

title will

be

will

be

of one of the above instruments.)

Third Semester Applied Music (Course

name

title

of one of the above instruments.)

Each student will be expected to practice five hours a week.
Practice rooms will be assigned according to a schedule set up by
the department.
The number of students who may study will be
by the college facilities available and the teaching faculty.
Therefore, approval must be given by the department chairman be-

limited

fore a student

At

may

be admitted to an applied music course.

the end of each semester, the student

minimum requirements
musicianship

music

as

in

determined

sight-reading,

is

expected to meet

technique,

by examinations

before

and

general

the

applied

faculty.



Music 221
History of Music
3 cr. hrs.
Music from Bach to the present day with emphasis upon active
listening and the development of a musical vocabulary.
Music 231

— Ear Training and

3

Sight Singing

cr.

Recognition of melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic patterns.
tation of melodic

Music 232

A

and harmonic

— Harmony

3

study of music theory including tonic,

board experiences

will

Dic-

intervals.

I

dominant harmonies leading

hrs.

to altered chords

be included.

cr.

hrs.

subdominant,

and

and modulation. Key-

122

Music 233

A

— Harmony

continuation of

3

II

Harmony

I

cr.

hrs.

including the study of the super-

In addition to keyand mediant harmonies.
board experiences and the development of rhythmic vocabulary and
harmonic dictation, selected compositions will be analyzed. Preretonic,

submediant,

quisite:

Harmony

Music 241



I.

Class Piano

Group piano
ing and playing

3

cr.

hrs.

Emphasis on creatsongs, and on sight reading.

instruction for the beginner.

accompaniments

for



Music 251
Concepts for Music Listening
3 cr. hrs.
Examination of styles, techniques, and mediums. Comparisons
of musical objectives and philosophies of schools, eras, and individual composers.
Development of critical attitudes and listening techniques.
Prerequisite: Music 101.
Music 311

A

— Music

Activities in the

Elementary School 3

cr.

hrs.

course designed to provide the prospective elementary teach-

ers with the skills, understanding,

and

to function effectively in the area of

Emphasis

contained classroom.

is

attitudes

music as

which

it is

will help

them

related to the self-

placed on personal music de-

velopment, an understanding of the basic musical content, the de-

velopmental growth process in music, desirable musical experiences
for children,

effective organization of these experiences.

— Music

Romantic Era
study of nineteenth century European music.

Music 322

A

and

Music 323

of the

— Twentieth Century Music

3

cr.

hrs.

3

cr.

hrs.

Trends and development of contemporary music, with emphasis

on

selected representative works.

Music 324

A

— American Music

3

cr.

hrs.

study of the works of selected American composers with ref-

erence to characteristics indigenous to American music.

Music 341

— Choral Techniques

3

cr.

hrs.

Class voice instruction with emphasis on the development of

techniques and

abilities

necessary for participation in choral groups.

Principal attention will be given to tone production, proper breathing,

and appropriate

literature.

123



3 cr. hrs.
Literature and Materials of Music
Music 412
Designed primarily for elementary majors who have an area of
Provides a broad knowledge of the music prointerest in music.
gram content in the elementary grades. Review basic texts, recordDevelops
ings, filmstrips, films, sources of literature, and materials.
a repertoire of songs, rhythmic activities, and other musical information representing a core foundation for the elementary music curriculum.

Music 311.

Prerequisite:

Music 461

— Directed Study

3

Individual study under the direction of a

department faculty which

may

may

hrs.

of the music

extend areas normally covered in

Pre-student teaching classroom experi-

specialized music courses.

ence

member

cr.

also be included.

NURSING
NED. 301

— Public School Nursing

3

I

cr.

hrs.

Public school nursing, as a branch of public health nursing,
is

considered in

The

course.

this

fields of responsibility,

historical

background, various

and the problems and limitations of the pro-

new

fession are discussed along with

techniques of handling public

school health problems.

NED. 303

A

— Public School Nursing

II

3

cr.

hrs.

study of physical, emotional, and social problems affecting

the health of the school child

and the methods that may be employ-

ed by home, school, and community

in helping to solve health

prob-

lems with emphasis on the nurse as co-ordinator in the use of

local,

and federal resources.

state,

NED. 304

— Public Health Nursing

Historical

I

3

cr.

fundamental principles, organizational

background,

framework, problems of community participation, and trends
lic

hrs.

in

pub-

health nursing.

NED. 305

A
nomic



3

Nutrition

cr.

hrs.

review of basic principles of nutrition with relation to ecofactors

and cultural food patterns with special emphasis on

the nutritional needs of the school-age child.

NED. 306

An

— Family Case

Work

3

cr.

hrs.

overview of social welfare and interviewing principles for

school nurses.

Case

histories

and interviewing situations are

select-

12J,

ed for
case

critical

discussion to acquaint the student with application of

work methods

— Community Health

NED. 309

A

3

I

cr.

hrs.

study of the various facets of community health including

background, environmental concern, and methods of con-

historical

Reference

trol.

in school nursing practice.

will

be made to contemporary and future problems

dealing with radiation, air-water pollution, and space.

— Modern Communicable Diseases

NED. 310

A

3

cr.

hrs.

study of current practices and the role of the school nurse

communicable disease prevention and control with emphasis on
the relationships between physical, socio-economic, and biologic enin

vironment.

PHYSICS

— Basic Physical Science

Phys. 101

An

3

introduction to physics, chemistry, and astronomy.

cr.

hrs.

Topics

include elementary mechanics, energy, the solar system, electricity

and magnetism, sound, light, atomic structure, radioactivity, heat
and kinetic theory, the periodic table and chemical properties, simple
chemical
topics.

Laboratory to

reactions.

This course

is

some

illustrate

and Special Education.

Phys. 103

A



the

designed for students other than

majors in the Secondary program, and for those
tion

of

4 hours/week: 2

above
science

Business Educa-

in

class,

2 lab.
3

Principles of Physical Science I

two-term laboratory "discovery" type of course

cr. hrs.

in the physi-

cal sciences designed for non-science majors, especially for students

Emphasis on the physics and

elementary teaching program.

in the

chemistry of the solid state with a constant attempt to correlate observed properties of matter with theoretical models of
First

term topics include the behavior of waves and of

its

structure.

light, crystals,

and motion. Enrollment limited to students
the elementary program.
4 hours/week: 2 class, 2 lab.

kinetic theory, forces,
in

Phys. 104

A
ergy,



continuation of Phys. 103.

forces

inside

matter,

ionic crystals, molecules,

Phys. 103.

3

Principles of Physical Science II

Second term topics include en-

electrons

in

motion,

and covalently bonded

4 hours/week: 2

class,

cr. hrs.

2

lab.

atomic structure,

solids. Prerequisite:

125

— Introductory Physics

Phys. Ill

A

hrs.

cr.

non-calculus approach to the basic principles of mechanics,

the physics of fluids,
is

4

I

and heat and thermodynamics.

designed to meet the requirements of students

in

This course
the

General

Science and Biology programs and for students in Liberal Arts not

majoring

in Physics or

Phys. 112

A

6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.

Chemistry.

— Introductory Physics

4

II

continuation of Phys. 111.

Prerequisite:

Phys.

1 1 1

hrs.

Includes the basic principles of

sound, geometrical and physical optics,
netism.

cr.

and

and mag6 hours/week: 3

electricity

or equivalent.

class, 3 lab.

Phys. 211

A

— General Physics

4

I

hrs.

treatment, using calculus, of the principles of mechanics, the

physics of fluids, and heat and thermodynamics.

signed for majors in Physics and in Chemistry.

212 completed or concurrent.
Phys. 212

A

cr.

— General Physics

This course

is

de-

Prerequisite: Math.

6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.

4

II

cr.

hrs.

Includes the principles of sound,

continuation of Phys. 211.

geometrical and physical optics, and electricity and magnetism. Prerequisites:

Phys. 211, and Math. 212 completed.

6 hours/week:

3 class, 3 lab.

Phys. 225

— Demonstrations

in the

Physical Sciences

3

cr.

hrs.

Designed to give the science student or in-service teacher practical
ics,

experience for conducting demonstration experiments in physchemistry, general science, and earth science.

The course

will

emphasize the use of materials, apparatus, and films characteristic
of the

new program

in science

such as

PSSC

Physics,

CHEM

Study,

Earth Science Curriculum Project, and the Physical Science Program.

Prerequisites:

valent.

4 hours/ week: 2

Phys. 310

An
electron,



Physics
class,

112, Chemistry

2

112, or their equi-

lab.

Introduction to Atomic Physics

4

cr.

introduction to the fundamentals of atomic structure:

hrs.

the

Bohr's theory of the hydrogen atom, X-rays, the photo-

and other fundamental processes; radioactivity, including natural and artificial transmutation, and an elementary treatment of fission and fusion. Prerequisite: Phys. 212 or Phys. 112

electric

effect,

and approval of Instructor; Math. 212. 6 hours/week: 3
lab.

class,

3

126

— Mechanics

Phys. 311

A

3

course in intermediate mechanics treating

cr.

hrs.

and dynamics of particles and extended bodies, motions of bodies by conservative and dissipative forces, energy relations, impulse and momentum, rotation of a rigid body, angular momentum, and elasticity.
Prerequisites: Phys. 212 or Phys. 112 and approval of Instructor; Math. 311 or concurrent.
3 hours class/week.



Phys. 314

An

Electricity

statistics

and Magnetism

4

cr.

hrs.

intermediate-level study of the electric field, potential, die-

and

and alternating currents.
The study of magnetism includes magnetic fields, electromagnetic
induction, and magnetic properties of matter.
A brief introduction
lectric

properties, capacitance,

to electromagnetic

waves

is

direct

included.

Phys. 212 or

Prerequisites:

Phys. 112 and approval of Instructor; Math. 311.

6 hours/week:

3 class, 3 lab.

Phys. 315



4

Electronics

cr.

hrs.

and theory of semiconductors and vacuum
tubes with special emphasis on circuitry.
Transistor and electron
tube characteristics are determined and studied for use in ampli-

The

application

and computers. Prerequisites: Phys. 112 or Phys.
212, Math. 212. 6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.

fiers, oscillators,

Phys. 412

— Optics

3

cr.

hrs.

Brief review of geometric optics; extended treatment of topics
in

physical

optics

and spectra.
Instructor;

Phys.

420

An

including diffraction,

Prerequisite: Phys.

interference,

polarization,

212 or Phys. 112 and approval of

Math. 212. 3 hours class/ week.



Vibrations and

Waves

3

intermediate-level treatment of simple harmonic,

cr.

hrs.

damped,

and forced oscillations. The study of waves includes the propagation of waves in three dimensions with analysis of reflection, transElectromission, and refraction for various boundary conditions.
magnetic, acoustical, fluid, and mechanical applications are includ-

Fundamental to much of advanced physics.
Phys. 311, Math. 311. 3 hours class/week.

ed.

Phys. 421

An
state.



Solid State Physics

Prerequisites:

3

cr.

hrs.

introduction to the physical properties of matter in the solid

Basic quantum concepts, crystal structure, electrons in metals,

electrical

conductivity, semiconductors,

band theory, the p-n junc-

127
Dielectric

tion.

and magnetic properties of matter.

Phys. 314, Math. 312.
Phys. 422

An

3

Prerequisites:

hours class/ week.

— Thermodynamics

3

cr.

hrs.

introduction to the concepts and principles of classical ther-

modynamics.
The first and second laws. Entropy. Thermodynamics of simple systems. Physics of very low temperatures. Pre3 hours class/week.
requisites: Phys. 212, Math. 311.
Phys. 480

An

— History

3

of Physical Science

cr.

hrs.

account of the development of physical science,

historical

and chemistry, from the time of Copernicus to
the present.
The great personalities of science, their ideas, and the
effect their contributions made to man's understanding of the phyparticularly physics

world

sical

will

be studied.

of the physical sciences.

Intended for the prospective teacher

Prerequisite: near completion of a major

in physics or chemistry, or consent of Instructor.

Phys.

490

— Physics Seminar

1

cr.

hr.

POLITICAL SCIENCE

— United

211

Pol. Sci.

A

States

Government

3

cr.

hrs.

American national government with emphasis
on basic concepts, structure, powers, procedures, and problems.
study



Elements of Political Science
212
3 cr. hrs.
Emphasis on a mix of empirical and normative theory in order
furnish a conceptual framework as an introduction to the disci-

Pol. Sci.

to

of

pline.

(Either Pol.

Sci.

211 or 212

is

a prerequisite for

all

succeeding

courses in the department.)
Pol. Sci.

A



313
State and Local Government
comparison of the states' structural

3
institutions,

cr.

hrs.

together

with an examination of the functions and problems of state, municipal,

and special governmental

Pol. Sci.

The

314



Political Parties

structures

units.

and Elections

and functions of

3

cr.

political organizations,

hrs.

minor

campaign financing, theories of voting and voting behavior,
and the history of the development of the American two-party
parties,

system.

128
Pol. Sci.

316

— Public Opinion and Propaganda

3

cr.

hrs.

Various methods and techniques for analyzing, measuring, and
processing public opinion are explored, with opportunity allowed
for

some

and content analysis
Pol. Sci.

Components such

practical experience.

323

tests for

as pressure groups

propaganda are included.

— Comparative European Governments

3

cr.

hrs.

Principles of comparative analysis; social and economic interests;
role

ideology;

of

political

interest

groups,

and electoral

parties

systems; the evolution, structure, organization, and operation of the

governments

of

German Federal
Pol. Sci.

324



Great

France,

Britain,

the

U.

the

Republic.

3

International Relations

Political theory of the state, sovereignty,

cr.

hrs

and government, and

The sources

examination of their component parts.

a detailed

and

S. S. R.,

of

national power, the results of national power, in the form of disputes,

and wars, or alliances, balances of power, and settlements
of international law in international courts.
conflicts,

Pol. Sci.

The

352

— Public Administration

useful contributions

made by

3

cr.

hrs.

organizational theory to the

problems of decision-making functions and coordination of program
budgeting and personnel are considered.



America 3 cr. hrs.
An examination of organizational forms, functions, and operaEmphasis on
tions of selected countries of Latin America.
Pol. Sci.

424

and

Politics

Institutions of Latin

indigenous institutions.



425
Politics and
the Middle East

Pol. Sci.

An

examination

of

Institutions of Africa

and
3

the

history,

structure,

cr.

functions,

hrs.

and

problems of selected countries of Africa and the Middle East.
Pol. Sci.

An

426



Politics

and

Institutions of the

Far East

3

cr.

hrs.

examination of the history, structure, functions, and prob-

lems of selected countries of the Far East, including China, Japan,

and India.
Pol. Sci.

433

— History

Important

political

of Political
theorists

Thought

of the past

3

and

their

cr.

hrs.

proposals

with reference to their validity at the time, and their application

and acceptance today.
nationalism,

Liberty, authority, democracy, individualism,

and internationalism.

Prerequisite:

Hist.

112,

113.

129

A



451

Pol. Sci.

Constitutional

Law

3

hrs.

cr.

and functions of the
Supreme Court including a case study approach of the Court's
interpretations of the commerce and taxing powers, state-federal
relationships, and civil rights.
Psy.

study

of

the

— Basic

460
For

history,

Statistical

organization,

Method

3

hrs.

cr.

a description of this

course see Psychology 460 under

Psychology course descriptions.

Liberal arts students concentrating

in political science will receive credit for this course.

Prerequisite:

permission of Political Science Department.



Soc.

466
3 cr. hrs.
Research Methods in the Social Sciences
For a description of this course see Sociology 466. Liberal

arts

students concentrating in political science will receive credit

for this course.

Prerequisites: Psy.

460 and permission

of Political

Science Department.

470

Pol. Sci.

— Senior Seminar

3

hrs.

cr.

Individual research projects determined in consultation between
student and instructor.

Prerequisites:

15 hours of political science

including Pol. Sci. 433, Psy. 460, Soc. 466, and permission of the

department.

PHILOSOPHY
Phil.

211



An

attempt to

3

Introduction to Philosophy

develop systematically

a

number

of

cr.

hrs.

general

which the sciences, in their attempts to specialize, do not encompass. Some of these are forms of argument, kind of knowledge,
topics

nature of reality, individual and social values, and standards of conduct.
Phil.

301

— Ethics

3

cr.

hrs.

Analysis of the criteria for choosing between alternatives; the
relation of

of interests

means and ends; individual and social interests; conflict
and community of interests, justification and genesis of

values, ethical relativism.
Phil.

302

A

— Logic

study of the laws of systematic thinking.

3

cr.

Included

is

hrs.

an

examination of logical forms of argumentation, the syllogism, and
the methodology of the deductive sciences.

ISO
Phil.

303

— Philosophy

Analysis

of

the

3

of Science

logic

of

inquiry

the

in

cr.

and

natural

hrs.

social

sciences: the nature of scientific explanation, problems of causality,

measurement, prediction, and
Phil.

306

A

— Philosophy

critical

analysis

verification.

3

of Religion
of religious

Particular

faith.

cr.

hrs.

attention

is

given to the nature of religion, evidence supporting religious belief,

and problems and challenges
Phil.

309

A

— World

to religion.

Prerequisite: Phil. 211.

3

Religions

cr.

hrs.

study of the beliefs and practices of living religions.

In-

cludes Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, Judaism, Christianity and Islam.

314



and Contemporary Philosophy 3 cr. hrs.
A study of significant trends in contemporary Western philosophy; major emphasis on Existentialism. The writings of Freud.
Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Sartre, Camus and Ayer will be examined.

Phil.

Existentialism

Prerequisite: Phil. 211.

PSYCHOLOGY
Psy. 101

— General Psychology

3

hrs.

cr.

Develops an understanding of how people behave and why they

behave as they do.

Heredity and environment, the nature and func-

and thought, the forces that bring about
various kinds of behavior, and the problems of personal adjustment.

tion of perception, emotions

Psy. 102

— Advanced General Psychology

Designed

to provide students with a

more

3
intensive

hrs.

cr.

and

detail-

ed understanding of psychological processes which are covered

an elementary
clude
tion,

level in

Psychology 101.

human development,

learning,

emotion, and personality theory.

Topics to be covered

at
in-

memory, perception, motivaThe methods and systems of

psychology, both historical and current, will also be explored.

Pre-

requisite: Psy. 101.

Psy. 211

— Child Growth and Development
3

(Child Psychology)

The

principles of

human development which have most

cance for understanding and working with children
school classrooms and activities.

Prerequisite: Psy.

in

101.

cr.

hrs.

signifi-

elementary

131

Psy. 321



Tests

and Measures

3

cr.

hrs.

Critique of testing in the elementary and secondary schools, con-

and appraisal of the various instruments of measurement.
Practice in evaluating and selecting tests, in administering and scoring them, and in the analysis and presentation of test results. Attention given to remedial measures for the improvement of instruction
struction

and teacher-made
Psy. 331

A

Prerequisite: Psy. 101.

tests.

— Mental Hygiene and Problems

cr.

hrs.

discussion of the processes necessary for the development of

a healthy mental state.

Practical applications of principles of

good

Field trips to nearby mental institu-

mental hygiene demonstrated.
Prerequisite: Psy. 101.

tions.

Psy. 351

A
It

of Adjustment 3



3

Social Psychology

cr.

hrs.

study of the behavior of individuals and groups in society.

and emanatbehave as they

deals with the psychological forces within individuals

ing from the social environment that causes people to
Prerequisite: Psy.

do.

Psy. 371

A

101.

— Educational Psychology

first

3

cr.

hrs.

course in providing for the applications of psychology

Deals with the learner, that which

to the learning situation.

be learned, and the learning processes.

is

to

Consideration of develop-

ment, adjustment, motivation, individual differences, social adaptations,

and

disabilities

abilities

in

of learners.

Prerequisite:

subject areas.

— Foundations

Deals with normal processes and
Psy.

101.

3 cr. hrs.
Contemporary Psychology
Designed to provide basic background for those students who
will have psychology as a major or as a minor field.
An examination
of historical backgrounds and schools of thought in psychology.
Careful examination of methods of investigation and their implicaPsy. 401

of

tions for the various systems of psychology.

Particular regard to

the contributions of the various fields of psychology for education.
Prerequisite: Psy.

Psy.

406

101.

— Psychology Seminar

3

Designed for students who have adequate

ability

cr.

hrs.

and back-

ground for the carrying out and reporting of independent research
in the field of psychology.
will

present his

enrollees

and the

In a three-hour session the researcher

paper for the judgments and discussion of the
instructor.

and should be arranged well

Topics are assigned by the instructor
in

advance of the beginning of the

Each semester

have another area of psychology as
the main theme for the researcher.
Prerequisite: Permission of

course.

the

will

instructor.

Psy.

416
The

— Adolescent Psychology
physical,

from age eleven

social,

3

and psychological

to mid-teens

society.

(Formerly Psy. 411)

Psy. 421



and

their adjustment in

Prerequisite:

Psy.

youth

of

attributes

hrs.

cr.

dynamic

a

211 or 371.

Individual Mental Tests

3 cr hrs.

The nature of intelligence is studied and ways of measuring it
considered.
Emphasis is placed on understanding the uses of, and
interpretations of results of, commonly used individual intelligence
scales: Binet,

Wechsler, various picture-vocabulary and performance

tests.

Psy. 431

— Abnormal Psychology

3

cr.

hrs.

Mental abnormalities including symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment.
Problem cases and characteristics of handicapped and subnormal children.
Prerequisite: Psy. 101.
Psy.



436
The Study of Personality
The nature and organization of personality and

3

cr.

hrs.

dynamic
forces that shape the individual.
Personality types, conscious and
unconscious processes, individual differences, abnormal trends, and
Prerequisite: Psy.
ways of measuring personality characteristics.
the

101.
Psy. 451

— Psychology

3 cr. hrs.
and Industry
business and industry. Included

for Business

Services of the psychologist to

are job analysis, motion studies, selection of

new employees,

transfers,

promotions and terminations, training, problem employees,
morale, and research.
Psy.

Prerequisite: Psy.

101.

456

— Psychology

An

investigation of the basic dynamics of

consideration

of

the

3

of Motivation

concepts,

rating,

principles,

human

cr.

behavior.

hrs.

A

and empirical findings

concerning those basic factors which underlie human motivation.
PreAttention is paid to both innate and acquired behavior bases.
requisite:

Psy.

Psy.



101.

460
Basic Statistical Method
Methods of collecting, tabulating, and

3

cr.

hrs.

treating data; measures

of central tendency, deviation, correlation, and graphic representaHypothesis testing, chi-square and
descriptive statistics.
tion;

133

variance techniques will be treated.
cises in

Provision for practical exer-

computation from, and interpretations

An

3

hrs.

cr.

introduction to the methodology of experimental research.

Students delve

into

theory of experimental research,

the

mental design, individual study, and

critical

analysis of complete

— Advanced Experimental Psychology

462

experi-

101.

Prerequisite: Psy.

research.

A

various measures.

— Experimental Psychology

Psy. 461

Psy.

of,

3

hrs.

cr.

The

continuation and an extension of Psychology 461.

student evaluates reports of experiments and research.

There

an

is

involvement in more advanced procedures and techniques of experimental design and practice.
Psy.

466

— Research

Prerequisite: Psy. 461.

Projects in Psychology

3

cr.

hrs.

A

problem of special interest selected and followed by each
student under the immediate supervision of the instructor.
Pre-

Recommendation

requisites:

of the advisor and permission of the

department chairman.

SOCIOLOGY
Soc. 211



The

3

Principles of Sociology

and culture, individual and community adjustments,

the light of their origin, development, form,

218

hrs.

basic characteristics of group behavior, the organization

of society

Soc.

cr.

— Religion

in

in

and functions.

American Society

3

cr.

hrs.

Analysis of the relationship between religion and American
social institutions

Anthro. 224



and

society.

Prerequisite: Soc. 211.

Cultural Anthropology

3 cr. hrs.
Man's biocultural development and cultural achievement. The

function of elements and configurations of material and non-material
culture in meeting

human

needs.

Cultural processes and the role

of culture in personality formation.
Soc.

233

— Introduction

to Social

Work and

3 cr. hrs.
examination of the modern welfare services, followed by

the Welfare Services

An

the study of

some

of the methods by which social workers help to

from adoption and care for
marital counseling, parole supervision, and community

solve a host of problems which range
the aged to

organization.

13 U

— Contemporary

Soc. 313

Social Problems

3

Urgent social problems and proposals offered for

cr.

their solution.

Topics include social change, personal maladjustment, social
organization,

mobility,

hrs.

dis-

delinquency, racial and economic tensions,

and special problems of youth,

families,

and aging.

Prerequisite:

Soc. 211.

— Racial and National Minority Groups

Soc. 315

An

and

cr.

and minority relations involving

analysis of racial

national,

3

hrs.

racial,

Emphasis

religious minorities in the United States.

be placed on the present system of minority relations with

will

efforts being

made toward

possible adjustments.

Prerequisite: Soc.

211.
Soc.

— Urban Sociology

316

3

Analysis of origin and growth of the city in the U.

cr.

hrs.

Em-

S.

phasis on ecological changes taking place as well as the dynamic
patterns of interaction

on the contemporary scene.

Prerequisite:

Soc. 211.

Anthro. 320

— Contemporary World Cultures

3

Comparative analysis of selected non-European

tic,

hrs.

societies in con-

on the natural and soenvironment, national character, world view, and literary, artisand musical expression.

trasting cultural
cial

cr.

Anthro. 326

and natural

areas.

Stresses

— North American Ethnography and

Archaeology

3

cr.

hrs.

Survey of the cultural types and language distributions of the

North

American

prehistoric

and

early

historic

Prere-

Anthro. 224.

Soc. 331

— Marriage and Family

3

cr.

hrs.

Cultural traditions of the marriage and the family and the

new

problems
society.

Soc.

through

Includes Indians and archaeology of Pennsylvania.

periods.
quisite:

Indian

in

social

behavior these institutions face

Prerequisite:

in

a

changing

Soc. 211.



332
Personality in Culture and Society
3 cr. hrs.
Examination of cultural influences on the development of per-

sonality; analysis of personality differences in various cultures.

entation of explanatory hypotheses.

Pres-

135
Soc.

334

A



Social

Casework

3

detailed study of representative cases in the field of social

work; techniques of investigation and
Soc.

336

A

hrs.

cr.

criteria for appraisal.

— Child Welfare

3

cr.

hrs.

and comprehensive study of the principal child
The course is directed toward developing a knowl-

historical

welfare services.

edge about, and an understanding

of, society's responsibility in

meet-

ing the varied needs of children.

— Criminology

Soc. 341

3

cr.

hrs.

Theories of causes of crime, includ-

Scientific study of crime.

Volume,

ing physical type, differential association, psychiatric, etc.

scope, and trends in crime; police, administration of justice, rehabili-

and

tation theory

Anthro. 410



Graphic

practice.

Prerequisite: Soc. 211.

Primitive Arts

arts,

literature,

3

cr.

hrs.

music, and the dance of ancient and

non-European cultures throughout the world. Slides, films, specimens and recordings will be used. Prerequisite: Anthro. 224.
Anthro. 415

A
ciety.



critical

3

Primitive Religion

examination of religion and magic

in

cr.

hrs.

primitive so-

Leading anthropological theories of the forms and functions

of religion in

Anthro. 429

human



life

are studied.

Prerequisite: Anthro. 224.

Field Archaeology

3

cr.

hrs.

Field investigation of various aboriginal cultures which have

occupied the valley of the North Branch of the Susquehanna River

Emphasis on excavation of sites in this area,
preceded by orientation to stratigraphic and recording techniques.
Prerequisite: Soc. 224 or 323.

since the glacial age.

Anthro. 430



Projects in Field Archaeology

3

cr.

hrs.

Intensive study of problems encountered in archaeological re-

search on the prehistoric creatures of the Susquehanna Valley, as
revealed by excavation and comparative study of finds.
Soc.

442



Juvenile Delinquency

3

cr.

hrs.

Examination of social pressures operative upon children
American society which lead to deviant behavior. Factors leading
formation of delinquent personality.

in

to

Methods of treatment and

prevention, juvenile courts, clinics and correctional institutions will

be considered.

Prerequisite: Soc. 211.

136

Anthro. 450



Socialization oj the Child in

3

Primitive Society

hrs.

cr.

Life experience and adjustment of the individual through infancy,

Contrasting methods of in-

middle childhood and youth.

troducing children to adult economic, social and religious

activities.

Prerequisite: Anthro. 224.

Psy.



Basic Statistical Method
460
For a description of this course

3
see Psychology 460.

arts students will receive credit for this course.

hrs.

cr.

Liberal

Per-

Prerequisite:

mission of Sociology Department.
Soc.

462



Sociological Theory

3

hrs.

cr.

Survey of the development of sociological theory from Comte

Comparison of modern schools of thought, including
mechanistic, geographical, analytical, functional, and neo-positivisand Spencer.

Prerequisites:

tic.

12 hours of sociology or permission of instruc-

tor.

Soc.



466
Research Methods in the Social Sciences
3 cr. hrs.
Methods and techniques in social science research. Prepara-

tion of research projects, questionnaires, sampling, interviews,

Introduction to methods

for

analysis

and interpretation of

etc.

data.

Liberal arts students concentrating in sociology will receive credit
for the course.

Prerequisite:

12 hours of sociology including Psy.

460.
Soc.

470

— Senior Seminar

3

cr.

hrs.

Individual research projects and reports within selected areas
of sociological interest, such as the family, criminology, social strati-

and ethnic minorities. Prerequisites: 18 hours of sociology
including Soc. 462 and 466, Psy. 460, and permission of the departfication,

ment.

SPECIAL EDUCATION
Spec. Ed. 201

The
mentally
impaired,

The

— Education

educational
retarded,

physically

history

oj Exceptional Children

problems

speech

and

of

exceptional

hearing

handicapped,

and

3

children:

impaired,

emotionally

cr.

gifted,

neurologically

maladjusted.

and philosophy of special education, programs

exceptional children.

hrs.

for

137

352

Spec. Ed.

— Experience with

Emotionally Disturbed

Experience

working

1-3

individually

with

emotionally

children in a state hospital or a clinic setting.

cr.

hrs.

disturbed

Prerequisite:

Per-

mission of instructor.

354

Spec. Ed.

— Experience

with Learning Disabilities 1-3

cr.

hrs.

Experience working individually with children whose learning
present

disabilities

problems.

educational

special

Prerequisite:

Permission of instructor.
Spec. Ed.

450

— Behavior Disorders

3

Psychological development of behavior and
child's school
is

discussed

also

The

performance.
as

emotionally disturbed children.
Spec. Ed. 451

Open

for

455

on the

on the

child

in

educating

101

and 371.

Classroom 3

cr.

hrs.

and in-service classroom

of

children.

methods and

Practical

communication

in

the

classroom

(Required in Teh. M.R. curriculum).

— Learning

3

Disabilities

cr.

hrs.

study of the characteristics and symptoms of specific learning
Students are introduced to diagnostic and educational

disorders.

Emphasis

procedures used with learning disorders.

and conceptual factors
Psy.

Psy.

hrs.

given to language and speech problems

is

improvement

setting are outlined.

A

for the

to students of all curriculums

commonly found among school

Spec. Ed.

approaches

Prerequisites:

— Speech Improvement

teachers; an introduction

attitudes

effect of the school

intervention

are

effect

its

cr.

101

in the

is

on perceptual

development of language. Prerequisites:

and 371.

SPEECH
Speech 103

The
Emphasis

— Introduction

to

Speech

and practice of skills
on sound organization and

study
is

3
in

oral

effective

cr.

hrs.

communication.
language,

with

awareness of different speech patterns, and audience adaptation.

The course
effective

discussion.

includes theory and practice in the requirements for

speaking

and

interpretation

of

literature

and

group

138

— Communication Theory and Rhetoric

Speech 105

Open

hrs.

The course

to all students; required of speech majors.

A

communication.

theories in

survey of behavioral science, seman-

and the philosophy of language.

— Oral

Speech 206

A
the

cr.

both the principles of classical rhetoric and the contemporary

treats

tics,

3

Interpretation of Literature

cr.

hrs.

study of the intellectual and emotional meanings used in

presentation of poetry and prose.

quired for the successful reading aloud

group of

Practice
of

these

in

the skills re-

meanings

to

a

listeners.

— Introduction

Speech 208

A

3

to

3

Theatre Arts

cr.

hrs.

survey of the arts of the theatre: directing, play production,

theatre history, stage design,

broad general background

acting.

The student

is

given a

in theatre.

— Theatre Production

Speech 211

A

and

3

cr.

hrs.

study of the physical aspects of producing a play: scene

make-up properties, stage management, and
business procedures.
The student is thus equipped with the basic
Crew work is assigned.
skills for the technical work of production.
costuming,

design,

— Discussion

Speech 218

A
policy

3

cr.

hrs.

study of the principles and processes of group discussion in

making

problems

in

and interpersonal relations.
leadership and participation are provided.

Practical

situations

— Introduction

3 cr. hrs.
Radio and Television
A survey of communication practices and techniques in the
media of radio and television. The student is given practice in
these techniques, and is provided with a background of their dy-

Speech 23

namics

1

relation to

in

Speech 241

A

modern

society.

— Voice and Diction

3

study of the vocal organs and their function.

who wish

students

no voice

to

improve

their vocal

cr.

hrs.

Designed for

quality and

who have

defects.

Speech 307

A

to

— Business and

Professional Speech

3

cr.

hrs.

study and practice of speech as applied in business and

professional

careers.

and management-labor

Analysis
relations.

of

employer-employee

situations,

139

— Scene Design

Speech 311

A

3

cr.

hrs.

study of the techniques of design and execution of stage

settings with the integration of lighting,

costume, and makeup.

A

survey of the historical development of scene design and staging.
Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.

— Fundamentals

Speech 312

An

of Acting

3

cr.

introduction to the theories and techniques of acting.

hrs.

A

study of the development of the character physically, emotionally,

and

— Creative Dramatics

Speech 318

A
for

Individual and group exercises.

intellectually.

3

hrs.

study of the background and methods of creative dramatics

the

The techniques

teacher.

of psycho-drama,

therapeutic drama, etc. are studied and analyzed.

improvisational form of theatre



Speech 319

A

cr.

is

^ocio-drama,

Dramatics as an

emphasized.

3

Children's Theatre

cr.

hrs.

survey of dramatic literature for children and an investigation

into the theories

dramatics

is

Speech 321

The

and techniques of theatre for children.

introduced.

Lab hours

3

cr.

hrs.

basic principles of argument, with practice in debate.

The

Stress

is

on the techniques of

thinking and speaking on controversial issues.

Speech 325

An

required.

— Argumentation

fundamentals of logic are provided.
effective

Creative

— Extempore Speech

3

hrs.

and exMajor emphasis is on the

advanced public speaking course.

ercises in, the four types of speaking.

cr.

Theories

of,

composition and delivery of the extemporaneous speech.

Speech 411

A

— Directing

3

cr.

hrs.

comprehensive study of staging a play, from the selection

of a script

up

and participates
Speech 414

to the
in

opening performance.

classroom projects.

— Costuming

for Stage

Each student

Lab hours

directs

required.

3

cr.

hrs.

Costuming for the theatre through application of historical
developments and elements of design to the requirements of the
theatre.

Lab hours

required.

Speech 415

— History

3

of the Theatre

hrs.

cr.

Study of the major periods of theatrical history from the viewpoint of play and the production.

A

survey of the theatre from the

beginnings in Greece to 1860, with consideration given to the influences of Asiatic and African cultures.



Modern Theatre
3 cr. hrs.
Speech 416
Developments in modern theatre practice and philosophy from
Wagner and Appia
is

to the present day.

World

studied, with particular attention to the

theatre since Ibsen

contemporary American

theatre scene.

Speech 421

— Persuasion

3

Analysis of problems of

audience situations.
scientific

A

human

motivation as encountered in

study and practice of both the ethical, and

approach, by the speaker.

Methods

of applying a knowl-

edge of the basis and tools of persuasion presented in

Speech 490

A
matic

hrs.

cr.

detail.

— Speech Seminar: Theatre

3

hrs.

cr.

survey of the field of speech, with special emphasis on dra-

Purpose

art.

is

broaden the student's knowledge

to

special field of learning

in

his

by research and investigative papers and

projects.

Speech 492

A

— Speech Seminar: Public Address

3

cr.

hrs.

survey of the field of speech, with special emphasis on public

address.

Purpose

is

as in

Speech 490.

SUMMER THEATRE PROGRAM
The summer

of 1968

marked

the second year of the Speech

Department Summer Theatre Program. Continuing the precedent
set the previous summer, professional actors joined the Bloomsburg
students and adults from the local area, in the two major productions.
Mercedes McCambridge appeared in "The Glass Menagerie,"

and

Lilia Skala in "I

Remember Mama."

The 1968 Summer Theatre Program
time, graduate courses in Speech.

In this

included,

way

for

the entire

the

first

program

was considerably strengthened, from both the acting and the

tech-

nical point of view.

Participation

in

the

summer program

wishing to study for cultural purposes, and

pursue a degree.

is

open

who may

also

to

those

not desire to

Ul

TEACHING OF THE MENTALLY RETARDED
Teh.

MR.

201

— Introduction

to

Mental Retardation

Overview of behavioral and learning

3

hrs.

cr.

characteristics of the

men-

Etiology of mental retardation with special consider-

tally retarded.

and environmental aspects of the development of the
mentally retarded.
Observations of special classes and field trips
ation of medical

to

institutions

give students understanding of various

to

levels

of

mental retardation and types of programs for them.
Teh.

MR.

303



Crafts for All Levels of

4

Mentally Retarded

Laboratory experiences with craft

Use

activities

for

cr.

use with

hrs.
all

and exploration of various media.
Analysis of the crafts experiences for development of
techniques and curricular emphases and correlation with the total
program for the mentally retarded.
levels of the mentally retarded.

Teh.

MR.

351



of tools

Special Class Methods:

Primary and Intermediate Levels

A

3

cr.

hrs.

specialized course dealing with organization of instruction

and educable mentally retarded. Major emphasis will
be on curriculum, methods and materials for primary and interfor trainable

with observation of special classes and construction

mediate

levels,

of units

and teaching materials.

Teh.

MR. 352



Special Class Methods:

Secondary Levels

A

3

cr.

hrs.

student-centered workshop approach in analysis of methods,

research, and philosophies currently in use in the teaching of the

mentally retarded.

machines related

Practice in the use of various teaching aids and

to student projects in

secondary special classes for

the mentally retarded.

Teh.

MR.

361

— Seminar

in

Teaching the

Mentally Retarded

Everyday

practical

3

cr.

hrs.

problems of teaching special classes for the

mentally retarded are considered.

Organization and administration

of classes, coordination with various personnel serving the students,

and materials will be discussed.
Pennsylvania State School Law and State
mandated special services will be presented. Teacher competence
and problems pertinent to student teaching will be explored.
integration and curriculum problems, facilities, equipment

142

Tch.

MR.

375

— Individual

1-3

Project

Project planned according to

interests

cr.

and needs of the

hrs.

in-

dividual student, in any of the following suggested areas: library research, curriculum study,

work with

in special aspects of educational

individual children, internship

programs.

(Open

to

seniors only

with staff approval).

Tch.

MR. 400

— Workshop

Tch.

MR.

— Student Teaching, M.R.

Problems and
Methods in Special Education
3 or 6 cr. hrs.
Investigations are made of recent developments in the education
of the educable mentally retarded.
The impact of these trends on
methods and techniques of teaching special classes are emphasized.
Topics will vary according to interest and needs of students.
401

in

12

cr.

hrs.

Thirty hours per week of supervised student teaching experi-

ence under the direction of the professional
local

and

Tch.

MR. 432

A

staff in

cooperation with

state school divisions.

— Language Arts

for Special Classes

3

cr.

hrs.

student-centered workshop approach in analysis of methods,

research and philosophies currently in use in the teaching of the

language arts to special classes.

Practice in the use of various teach-

ing aids and machines related to student projects in language arts

applicable to individual needs of children in special classes.

CURRICULUMS
CURRICULUMS
The

IN

TEACHER EDUCATION

overall goal of teacher education

is

to prepare teachers to

contribute to the improvement of society in a three-fold

manner

as active citizens, as educational leaders in their communities,

as

who

guides

help children and youth

become informed,



and

active

citizens.

The courses programmed

in

each of the teacher-education cur-

riculums offered at Bloomsburg State College are designed to develop citizen teachers through a well-organized sequence of courses
area of general education, professional education, and spe-

in the

cialization.

GENERAL EDUCATION
The underlying philosophy and

objectives of the general edu-

cation sequence in the teacher education programs were developed

cooperatively with a committee of the Middle States Association of

Secondary Schools and Colleges.
In general, these objectives include the cultivation of
cratic ideals, a

and individual

self-realization.

academic program
lowing:

(1)

and moral values, a sense of
the capability of personal and social adjustment,

sound code of

civic responsibility,

demo-

is

ethical

More

specifically, this

phase of the

intended to develop such qualities as the

fol-

communication; (2) familiarity with general
finding; (3) comprehension of basic scientific prin-

skill

in

methods of fact
ciples and their application; (4) knowledge of our cultural heritage
and its relevance to current social issues; (5) discrimination in the
arts;

(6)

appreciation for diverse intellectual endeavors and their

relationship to one's

well-being.

own

field of interest;

(7) physical and mental

U6
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
The general

objectives of the professional education sequence,

cooperatively developed by the faculty, are basically the same for

teacher-education curriculums and can be briefly stated: to alert

all

and society and

college students to the needs of youth
ciples of learning applicable to the

to the prin-

meeting of these needs.

An

un-

derstanding of the dynamics of mental hygiene pertaining to youth

and community

is

stressed.

This sequence, which includes student teaching,

proposes to

prepare students for service in the communities and schools by stressing

similarities

among

and contrasts

in

philosophy,

facilities,

and pupils

Modern methods

various school systems and social settings.

of dealing with learners and with the problems encountered in pro-

employment

fessional

made

are

part of the prospective teacher's pro-

fessional preparation.

ACADEMIC SPECIALIZATION
The teacher-education programs

Bloomsburg are based on

at

the concept that academic field specialization

basic to achieving

is

professional as well as individual and social goals.

The academic

which pertain

fields

to the humanities, science,

the arts, mathematics, history and other social sciences, are central
in the experiences
tion,

which provide competence

which the student

will

in fields of specializa-

use in teaching children and youth.

The

prospective teacher as an individual and citizen needs understanding of the academic fields because teaching requires accurate knowl-

edge of relevant facts and values, and
creativity,

The
work of

and

of reflective thinking,

analysis.

areas of specialization
the teacher.

make

First, they

which children and youth
eral education.

skills

a two-fold contribution to the

provide

much

of the content with

will deal as the teacher guides their gen-

Second, the prospective teacher, through concen-

tration or specialization in the

academic

field,

gains that depth of

understanding and insight into one or more areas of knowledge which
is

basic to helping the child with the special interest or abilities to

work more

intensively

on a problem.

DIVISION OF

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

Students in the Elementary Education

wide and

versatile

Division

background of academic and

They must be prepared

to

work

are

cultural

given

a

learnings.

in all of the subject areas of the cur-

U7
riculum with a generation of alert and precocious boys and

They must be
their

in

growth and development and how those problems

the school day

how

problems which children encounter

sensitive to the

Instruction in

their learning.

provided to

is

girls.

affect

program planning and budgeting of
the end that the students will know

to provide for individual differences.

Students in this curriculum are required to choose their elec-

from a sequence of courses* which will give them real depth
one academic subject. This "Area of Concentration" will help

tives

in

equip them to serve as resource persons or team leaders for the
schools in which they teach.

THE FOUR- YEAR ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
Provisional College Certificates issued

on

the basis of the four-

year elementary curriculum are valid for Kindergarten and Grades

One

to Six inclusive as well as for

Grades Seven and Eight under

the old 8-4 system.

The

(For administrative reasons the sequence of courses is subject to change.
first number after each course refers to clock hours, while the second

indicates the credit hours.)
FIRST SEMESTER
Art
Biology

Art 101-lntroduction

103-General

Biol.

3

to

I

Eng. 101— English Composition _
Geog. 101— World Physical Geography
Hist. 218-U. S. and Pa. Survey
H.P.E.

101-Physical

Fitness

SECOND SEMESTER

Hours

CL

Ed

...

5
3
3
3
2

19

THIRD SEMESTER
Eng. 207-Survey of World Literature
H.P.E. 100-Personal and Com. Health

CR
3
3
3
3
3
1

104

General Biology II
_ 5
Eng. 102— English Composition
3
Geog. 102-World Cultural Geography _ 3
Music 101— Introduction to Music _
3
H.P.E.
150-Aquatics
2
Area of Concentration Elective
3
Biol.

16

19

Hist.

Phil. 211 -Introduction to Philosophy
H.P.E.-Elective
Phys. 103— Physical Science for

3
2

3

Phys.

Elementary Teachers _
101 -General Psychology
Area of Concentration Elective

4

3
3

3

3

20

18

FIFTH SEMESTER
Ed. 393— Social Foundations of Education 3
Maih. 231— Theory of Arithmetic
3
Pol. Sci 211-U. S. Government _
3
Psy. 371— Educational Psychology
3
Area of Concentration Elective
3

Elementary

1

3

1— Principles of Economics
Ill-World History to 1500
104— Physical Science for

Econ. 21

3
2

_

CR
3
3
3

3
1

3

16

FOURTH SEMESTER
3
2

Psy.

Hours

CL

Teachers

3
3

4

Soc. 224— Cultural Anthropology, or
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Area of Concentration Elective

3
3

3

19

18

18

18

30

12

30

12

SIXTH SEMESTER
372— Foundation of Reading

3
3

Ed.

3
3
3

Math. 232— Algebraic and Geometric

Instruction

Structures
Psy. 21 1— Child

Growth and

Development
15

15

English

Elective

Area of Concentration Elective
Specialization

Ed.

SEVENTH SEMESTER
395— Curriculum and Instruction

Ed.

397— Science and Mathematics

the

_

EIGHTH SEMESTER

in

Elementary School

the Elementary School
Specialization Elective
Specialization Elective

Elective

8

Ed.

401— Student Teaching,
Professional

in

including

Practicum

3
3
3

17
15
Biology, English, French, Speech, Geography, German, Health and Physical
Education
Mathematics, Music, Physical Science, Psychology, Social Studies, Spanish.
Art

History

148

AREAS OF ACADEMIC CONCENTRATION
Each elementary education student shall be required to take
from 18 to 24 semester hours of work in one of the following areas
which may be considered
Academic Areas Offered:

of academic concentration, 15 of

of general education.

Art

History

Biology

Mathematics

English

Music

French*
General Speech
Geography and Earth Science

Physical Science

Psychology

German*

Social Sciences

as part

Spanish*

Health and Physical Education**

DIVISION OF SECONDARY EDUCATION
Programs of studies
to give students the

necessary to

in

Secondary Education have been designed

academic, cultural, and professional background

make them competent

teachers in their respective fields.

The General Education requirements provide

the prospective teacher

with a broad basis in the Arts and Sciences, while Professional Education, including student teaching, stresses the needs of youth

and

society.

The majors
jective of

and depth

( 1 )

offered in Secondary Education have the dual ob-

giving the student a background of sufficient breadth

to enable

him

to

be a confident and knowledgeable teach-

er in his particular area of preparation,
patible with the above, to provide in his

and (2), where not incomchosen field a basis for the

pursuit of graduate study in the indicated academic discipline or a
related general field.

(For administrative reasons the sequence of courses is subject to change.
The first number after each course refers to clock hours, while the second
Minimum number of credit hours for graduation
indicates the credit hours.
is

*

128.)

Those students who select an area of concentration in a foreign language, having no required
general education credits to apply, might conceivably have to take more than 128 hours
For instance, they must take at least six credit hours of foreign language
for graduation.
literature courses.

**Elementary education majors who wish to secure an Area of Concentration in elementary school
health and physical education must complete these courses: HPE 301, 302, 303, 320, 321, 331,
The 300 series courses in the Area of Concentration must be taken before
410, 411, and 412.
the 400 series courses.

U9

TYPICAL PROGRAM

— Secondary Education
SECOND SEMESTER

FIRST SEMESTER

Hours

Hours

CL

101— English Composition „
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Biol. 103-General Biology
Art 101— Intro, to Art or
Music 101— Intro, to Music
Math. 101 -Fundamentals of Math
H.P.E. 100-Personal and Com. Health
Eng.

I

CR

3

3

3
5

3
3

3
3
2

3
3
2

19

17

CL

102— English Composition Hist. 112-World History 1500 to 1815
Geog. 101 -World Phys. Geog
Eng.

3

101 -Physical Fitness Ed
Gen. Ed.— Humanities elective

3
3
2
3

H.P.E.

Electives

FOURTH SEMESTER
218-U. S. and Pa. Survey
101 -Gen. Psychology _

THIRD SEMESTER
Eng. 207-Survey of World Lit
Hist. 113-World History since 1815
Phys. 101— Basic Physical Science
Gen. Ed.— Math, or Science

Hist.

150-Aquatics
H.P.E.
Electives

4

Ed.

1

Pol. Sci.

9

18

16

3
12

3
3
12

18

18



the

_

Electives

3

Ed.

3

17

16

3

3
3

3
2

3

6

6

17

16

8
3
6

6
3
6

17

15

30

12

1

211— U.

S.



in

_

Government





EIGHTH SEMESTER
402— Student Teaching in

the Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)

30
Total

into

Secondary School

Electives

SEVENTH SEMESTER
212-Prin. of Economics
211-lntro. to Philosophy

SIXTH SEMESTER
396— Curriculum and Instruction

3
3

_ 3
2
9

or

1

3
3

18

FIFTH SEMESTER
Psy. 371— Educational Psychology
Ed. 393-Social Found, of Ed
H.P.E. -Elective
Electives
_

3
3
3

3

or Soc. 224-Principles of
Sociology or Cultural Anthropology

19

Phil.

_

-

Psy.
Soc. 211

Electives

Econ. 211

-

CR

Credit

Hours

12

128

The program listed above illustrates a typical application of the three broad areas of learning
which the prospective high school teacher's education at Bloomsburg is divided.
They are

as follows:

I.

GENERAL EDUCATION
A.

(62 Credits)

Humanities
Art or Music Appreciation
English Composition

3
6

World Literature

3

Philosophy
Speech

3

Humanities elective

3

Total
B.

CR

3

21

Social Sciences

World History
and Pennsylvania
United States Government
World Physical Geography
General Psychology
Economics
*Sociology or Cultural Anthropology
Hist, of United States

6
3
3
3
3
3
3

24
Comprehensive Social Studies majors take both courses.


150

CR

Natural Sciences
General Biology

C.

Physical

3

Science

3

Mathematics

3

Science elective (Biology, Mathematics, Earth Science)

3

Total
D.

12

Health and Physical Education*
Personal and Community Health
Physical Education (Fitness, Aquatics, Recreation)
Total
Total General Education

II.

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
A.

2
3
5

62
(24 Credits)

Foundations
1. Educational Psychology
(Psychological Foundations of Education
including observation and participation)
2. Social Foundations of Education
(Including observation and participation)
Curriculum and Instruction in the Secondary School
Student Teaching in Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)



B.
C.

Total
III.

Professional

SPECIALIZATION

Education

3

3
6

12

24

(42 Credits)

This block of credits is allocated for study in breadth and depth devoted
to the student's major teaching field.
42
Total Specialization

MINIMUM TOTAL FOR GRADUATION
'

128

The following sequence of 12 semester hours may be used as free electives to proThis block of
vide understandings and skills necessary to coach high school athletics.
work does not lead to certification as a Health and Physical Education Teacher.

REQUIRED COURSES
HPE
HPE

242
409

(6 CRS.)

Physiological & Medical Aspects of Athletic Coaching
Principles & Problems of Secondary School Athletics

ELECTIVES

(6

CRS.)

One course in team sports
One course in individual sports
One additional course in either team or individual sports

TEAM SPORT

SERIES

HPE
HPE
HPE

251
252
253

Techniques of Coaching Baseball
Techniques of Coaching Basketball
Techniques of Coaching Football

HPE
HPE
HPE

256
257
258

Techniques of Coaching Ci'oss Country, Track and Field
Techniques of Coaching Wrestling and Golf
Techniques of Coaching Swimming and Tennis

INDIVIDUAL SPORT SERIES

151



ENGLISH
30 Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES (18 CRS.)
209

*Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.

CL

—Literary

Genres
Writers
Writers
Shakespeare
Advanced Composition

231— British
232— British



—American Literature, or
Eng. 382 — American Literature
401 — Structure of English, or
Eng. 402 — History of the English

249
302
381

Eng.

Language

ELECTIVE COURSES (Minimum

Group

A —Survey

and Period Courses

307
341

Eng. 209— Literary Genres
Eng. 321— Short Story
Eng. 322— Modern Drama
Eng. 324 Modern Novel
Eng. 325— Poetry
Eng. 326— Modern Poetry
Eng. 342— Early English Drama
Eng. 356 Restoration and Later Drama
Eng. 358— Eighteenth Century Novel
Eng. 363— Nineteenth Century Novel
Eng. 385— The American Novel
Eng. 386 Later American Prose






Group C—Composition and Miscellaneous
Eng. 202— Creative Writing
Eng. 302 — Advanced Composition
Eng. 312 — Ideas
Literature




3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

CL

CR

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Courses

in

Eng. 332— Blake and Yeats
Eng. 403 Generative Transformational
Eng. 405— Criticism

3

of 12 CRS.)

— Russian Literature in Translation
— Early and Middle English Literature
343— Chaucer
347 — The Renaissance in England
352 — Seventeenth Century Literature
354— Milton
357 — Eighteenth Century Literature
364 — Nineteenth Century Literature
381 — American Literature
382 — American Literature
402 — History of the English Language
Group B —Literary Forms Courses

Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.

CR

Grammar

*Eng. 209 replaces Eng. 207 as General Education requirement for English

majors.

152

D —Speech,

Drama, and Journalism Courses
Speech 206 Oral Interpretation
Speech 208 Introduction to Theatre Arts
Speech 211 Theatre Production
Speech 231 Introduction to Radio and Television
Speech 241 Voice and Diction
Speech 312 Fundamentals of Acting
Speech 321 Argumentation
Speech 411 Directing
Speech 414 Costuming for the Stage
Speech 415 History of the Theatre
Speech 416 Modern Theatre
Eng. 203 Fundamentals of News Reporting
Eng. 204— Feature Writing
Eng. 301 Introduction to Mass Communication

Group















(No more than one course

Group

E—Developmental

Ed. 372
Ed. 373

in

Group

D

will be counted as

an English

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3
3

3
3

3

3

3

3

3

3

elective.)

CR

CL

Reading

— Foundation of Reading Instruction
— Diagnostic and Remedial Reading

3

3

3

3

Note:

These two courses meet the state requirements for certification in
Developmental Reading for the public schools, but are not counted
as English electives.
English majors may substitute 111 for Hist. 112 or 113 in general.

SUMMARY

CR

Education
Professional Education
General

62

Specialization

24
30
12

Electives

128

Total

FRENCH

— 30

Credit Hours

REQUIRED COURSES

(6

CRS.)

— Beginning French
— Beginning French
103 — Intermediate French
104 — Intermediate French

CR

CL

Fr. 101
Fr. 102

4

3

4

3

Fr.

4

3

4

3

Fr. 201

3

3

Fr.

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Fr.

ELECTIVE COURSES

Fr.
Fr.

Fr.
Fr.

(24 CRS.)

— Advanced Conversation and Grammar
202 — Advanced Conversation and Prose Composition
210 — Culture and Civilization of France
220 — Contemporary Literature of France
301— Modern French Novel
320— The History of French

Literature

I


153
Fr.

321— The

History of French Literature
and Racine
407— Proust et Gide
409— Phonetics
420 Balzac et Flaubert
430 French Theater

— Moliere

Fr. 401
Fr.
Fr.

Fr.

Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.

II



435— The French Enlightenment
440— French Poetry
449— Directed Readings

SUMMER ELECTIVES

(9

Fr.
Fr.
Fr.

3

3

3

3

3

1

1

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

CRS.)

— Intermediate French
204 — Seminar
France
210— The Culture And Civilization of France
220 — The Contemporary Literature of France
201 — Advanced Conversation and Grammar

Fr. 104
Fr.

3

in

6

6

3

3

3

3

3

3

Students desiring certification to teach will be required to pass a proficiency examination, and complete four courses in French literature including the survey course.
All secondary majors in

French must have 12 credit hours

French

in

literature.

SUMMARY
General

CR

Education

62

Professional Education
Specialization Education

24
30

Electives

12

Total

128

GERMAN

— 30

Credit Hours

REQUIRED COURSES

— Beginning German
— Beginning German
— Intermediate German
— Intermediate German

(6

CRS.)

Ger. 101
Ger. 102
Ger. 103
Ger. 104

CL

CR
4

3

4

3

4

3

4

3

Ger. 201

3

3

Ger. 202

3

3

Ger.

3

3

3

3

ELECTIVE COURSES

(24 CRS.)

Ger.

— Advanced Conversation and Grammar
—Advanced Conversation and Composition
210 — Culture and Civilization
220— Contemporary German Literature
302 — Nineteenth Century Prose and Poetry
320 — History of German Literature
321 — History of German Literature
401 — Enlightenment
402 — Classicism-Romanticism
409 — Conversation, Structure, Analysis

Ger.

421— The Radio Play

Ger.

Ger.
Ger.

Ger.
Ger.

Ger.

3

3

I

3

3

II

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3


15

If.

SUMMER ELECTIVES

— Intermediate
104 — Intermediate

Ger. 103

Ger.

Ger. 202

(9

CRS.)

German
German

zum Nacherzaehlen and Composition

Texte

3

3

3

3

3

3

Students desiring certification to teach will be required to pass a proficiency examination, and complete four courses in German Literature including the survey course.

SUMMARY
General

CR

Education

62

Professional Education
Specialization

24
30
12

Electives

Total

128

SPANISH

— 30

Credit Hours

REQUIRED COURSES

— Beginning Spanish
— Beginning Spanish
— Intermediate Spanish
104 — Intermediate Spanish

Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.

101
102
103

Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.

201
202
210
301
302

ELECTIVE COURSES

— Grammar and Composition
— Conversation
— Culture and Civilization of Spain
— Literature of Spain
— Literature of Spanish-America
304— Siglo de Oro — Part One
305— Siglo de Oro — Part Two
411— Spanish Poetry
414 — Early Spanish Literature
499 — Directed Readings
SUMMER ELECTIVES

— Intermediate Spanish
— Grammar and Composition
— Seminar in Spain

(6

CRS.)

(24 CRS.)

(9

CR

CL
4

3

4

3

4

3

4

3

CL

CR

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

CRS.)

Span. 104
Span. 201
Span. 204

3

3

3

3

6

6

Students desiring certification to teach will be required to pass a proficiency examination.
All secondary majors in Spanish must have 12 credit hours in Spanish
literature.

SUMMARY
General Education
Professional Education

CR
62

Special zation

24
30

Electives

12

i

Total

128

155



SPEECH
33 Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES (18 CRS.)







CL

Speech 105 Communication Theory and Rhetoric
Speech 208 Introduction to Theatre Arts
Speech 218 Discussion
Speech 241 Voice and Diction
Speech 321 Argumentation
Sp. Ed. 251— Speech Problems

(Minimum

Group

A — Public

Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech

206
231
307
325
421
492

of 12

ELECTIVE COURSES
credits, from Groups A and B



3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Speech)

Address (Maximum of 9 credits)

— Oral Interpretation of Literature
—Introduction Radio and Television
— Business and Professional Speech
— Extempore Speech
— Persuasion
— Speech Seminar (Public Address)
to

— Theatre (Maximum of 9 credits)
211— Theatre Production
311 — Scene Design
318 — Creative Dramatics
319— Children's Theatre
411 — Directing
412 — Fundamentals of Acting
414 — Costuming for the Stage

3

3

3

3

CL

Group B
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech

CR

3

415— History of the Theatre
416— Modern Theatre
490— Speech Seminar (Theatre)

CR

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3



Group C Communication Disorders
(A maximum of 3 credits may be counted from Group C toward a General Speech major)
3
Com. Dis. 152 Voice and Diction
3
3
3
Com. Dis. 251— Phonetics*
3
3
Com. Dis. 252— Speech Pathology
3
3
Com. Dis. 276 Hearing Problems
3
3
Com. Dis. 360 Psycho-Linguistics








Group D English
(A maximum of

3 credits

may

be counted from Group

D

toward a Gen-

major)
Engl sh 249 Shakespeare

eral Speech

Engl
Engl
Engl
Engl

3

3

3

3

3

sh 356

3

3

sh

3

3

3

3

3

3

sh

sh

English
*



3

Engli sh

322— Modern Drama
342— Early English Drama

— Restoration and Later Drama
401— Structure of English
402 — History of the English Language
405— Criticism

Speech 241

may

be substituted as a prerequisite by Speech Majors.

156

SUMMARY

CR

General Education
Professional Education

62

24
33

Specialization

Electives

9

Total

128

GENERAL SCIENCE — 54

Credit Hours

Graduates of this program will be qualified to teach science through
grade 9.
Since students electing this program will satisfy the science requirements
of the General Education program within the confines of the courses listed
below, they should not take Phys. 101
Basic Physical Science, nor Math.
101



— Fundamentals

of Mathematics.

REQUIRED COURSES

(43 CRS.)

CL

Biological Sciences (12)

103— General

Biology I
Biol. 210
Invertebrate Zoology
Biol. 211— Vertebrate Zoology
Biol. 220— General Botany I
Biol.

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

I

6

4

II

6

4

I

6

4

II

6

4

3

3

4

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

5

3

5

3

5

3



Physical Sciences (16)
Chem. Ill General Chemistry
Chem. 112— General Chemistry
Phys. Ill Introductory Physics
Phys. 112 Introductory Physics





Earth Sciences
Geog. 355
Geog. 357
Geog. 453

CR

(9)

— Meteorology
— Physical Geology
— Astronomy

Mathematics (6)
Math. Ill— College Algebra
Math. 112— Trigonometry

ELECTIVE COURSES

(11

CRS.)

Biological Sciences
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.

221— General Botany II
331— General Ecology
361— Microbiology
371— Embryology

Biol. 381
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.

— Vertebrate

Physiology

413— Ornithology
417— Field Zoology
422— Field Botany
432— Fresh Water Biology
441— Evolution

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

157

Earth
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.

Scierices

353— Physiography

3

3

354
356
358
359

4

3

— Cartography
— Climatology
— Conservation of Natural
— Oceanography
361— Historical Geology
365 — Geomorphology

Resources

Physical Sciences
Chem. 221 Qualitative Inorganic Analysis
Chem. 222 Quantitative Analysis
Chem. 225 Water Analysis
Chem. 331 Organic Chemistry I





Chem. 332— Organic Chemistry
Chem. 351 — Industrial Chemistry
Phys. 225 — Demonstrations in the Physical
II

Notes:

(1)

(2)

Four

3

3

3

3

4

3

7

3

8

4

4

2

6

4

6

4

3

3

4

3

needed to give a minimum of 11
from one field, or they may be dis-

They may be

tributed

among them.

all

of the above courses are given only in the

sions; consult the catalog descriptions.
(3)

3
3

elective courses will be

credits.

Some

Sciences

3
3

Students in this program

may

Summer

Ses-



Teaching
take either Ed. 353
Teaching of Physical Sciof Biological Science, or Ed. 354
ence to fulfill the Professional Education requirement in this
area



SUMMARY

'

CR

General Education

62

Professional Education

24
42*

Science

Specialization

128

Total

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE



44 Credit Hours

— Basic
— Funda-

Biological Science majors are not required to take Phys. 101



Physical Fitness, and Math. 101
Physical Science, H.P.E. 101
mentals of Mathematics. All five required biology courses should be taken
by the end of the sophomore year. Both of the required mathematics courses
and at least two of the required chemistry courses should also be taken by
the end of the sophomore year.
Recommended and elective courses in the
biological sciences would then be taken during the junior and senior years.

REQUIRED COURSES
Biology (15)

103— General

Biology I
Zoology
Biol. 211— Vertebrate Zoology
Biol. 220— General Botany I
Biol. 221— General Botany II

**Biol.
Biol.

*

210

— Invertebrate

(20)

CL

CR

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

from the General Education requirements in science.
by double asterisk are needed to meet the General Education requirements
and do not count toward the 44 credits needed in the Biological Science area of specialization.
Plus

the

**Courses

12

credits

denoted

)

158

Chemistry (12)
*Chem. Ill— General Chemistry
Chem. 331 Organic Chemistry I
Chem. 332— Organic Chemistry II
:;:



Ma t he-ma tics
**Math.
**Math.

(

6

I

4

6

4

6

4

3

3

3

3

6

Ill— College Algebra
116— Introductory Statistics

Although Phys. Ill

— Introductory

Physics I is not required of all biology majors, it is highly recommended. Those students who anticipate doing
graduate work in biology should have a minimum of one and preferably two
physics courses. Physics could be scheduled during the junior or senior year.
Credits earned in physics will increase a student's graduation total in excess
of the 128 credits normally required.

CL

Required Core of Biological Science Courses (12)
Select
Biol.
Biol.

any four of the following

Biol.

Biol.

six courses.

331— General Ecology
341— Genetics

5

3

5

3

Molecular Biology
361— Microbiology

5

3

5

3

371— Embryology
381— Vertebrate Physiology

5

3

5

3

Biol. 351

Biol.

CR



ELECTIVES

(12 or 9 if physics

was taken)

Of these twelve (12) credits, six (6) must be taken in field-type courses.
Biology majors should expect to attend summer school at least once during
their undergraduate program in order to obtain field courses which are
ordinarily offered during the summer.
Field Courses
Biol.

Biol.

— Systematic Entomology
413— Ornithology
414 — Ichthyology
411

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

Biol.

421— Plant Anatomy
433— Plant Ecology

5

3

Biol.

441

5

3

Biol.

Biol.
Biol.
Biol.

417— Field Zoology
422— Field Botany
432— Fresh Water Biology

Laboratory-Type Courses
415
416
Biol. 420
Biol.

Biol.

Biol.

— Biology of Arthropods
— Parasitology
— Plant Physiology
— Evolution

**Courses denoted by double asterisk are needed to meet the General Education requirements
and do not count toward the 44 credits needed in the Biological Science area of specialization.

159
Biol.

443— Cytology

— Radiation Biology
— Physiological Chemistry
471— Histology
482 — Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
492 — Research Topics in Biology
492 — Research Topics in Biology

452
Biol. 453
Biol.

Biol.

Biol.
Biol.
Biol.

SUMMARY

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

2

7

3

CR

General Education
Professional Education

60
24
44

Specialization

128

Total

The 128 credit hours represent a minimum requirement for graduation
Secondary Education with a major in Biological Sciences. All biology
majors should plan, if possible, to take additional elective courses in the
Biological Sciences in order to obtain a broad spectrum of courses within the
Students planning graduate study in biology should
discipline of biology.
expect to take courses beyond the minimum established for graduation.

in

CHEMISTRY — 52

Credit Hours

Since students majoring in Chemistry will adequately satisfy the science
requirements of General Education within the requirements of the Chemistry
Basic Physical Science, Math.
program, they should not take Phys. 101
General Biology I.
Fundamentals of Mathematics, nor Biol. 103
101







CR

Chemistry (28)
Chem. Ill, 112— General Chemistry I and II
Chem. 222 Quantitative Analysis
Chem. 331, 332— Organic Chemistry I and II
Chem. 411, 412 Physical Chemistry I and II

8



4
8



8

Physics (12)
Phys. 211,
Phys. 310

212— General

— Introduction

Mathematics

(

Physics
to

I

and

8

II

Atomic Physics

4

12 ) *

Math. 211, 212— Calculus I and II
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus

8



4

SUMMARY
General Education
Professional Education
Specialization

Free elective
Total

62

24
40
2

128

160

PHYSICS

— 48

Credit Hours

Since students majoring in Physics will adequately satisfy the science
requirements of General Education within the requirements of the Physics program, they should not take Phys. 101
Basic Physical Science, Math. 101





Fundamentals of Mathematics, nor

Biol. 103

REQUIRED COURSES



General Biology

I.

(42 CRS.)

CR

Physics (19)
Phys. 211, 212— General Physics I and II
Phys 310 Introduction to Atomic Physics
Phys. 311
Mechanics
Phys. 314 Electricity and Magnetism

8





Chemistry (8)
Chem. Ill, 112

— General

Chemistry

I

and

4
3
4

8

II

Mathematics (15)*
Math. 211, 212— Calculus I and II
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
Math. 312— Differential Equations

8



ELECTIVE COURSES

Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.

— Electronics
412— Optics
420 — Vibrations and Waves
421— Solid State Physics
422 — Thermodynamics
490 — Physics Seminar

4
3

CR

(at least 6 Credits)

315

4

3
3

3
3
1

SUMMARY
General Education
Professional Education
S peci alization
Free electives

62
24

36
6

128

Total

MATHEMATICS— 33
It

is

strongly

recommended that two

Credit Hours
of

the

science

requirements of

General Education be satisfied with Physics 211 and 212.
CL/

Math.

110— Pre-Calculus

CR

4

4

4

4

(Does not apply to credits for mathematics major.)

REQUIRED (21 CRS.)
Math. 211— Calculus I
Math. 212— Calculus II
Math. 221— Statistics
Math. 222— College Geometry
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
Math. 321 Introduction to Modern Algebra




.\:

Pre-Calculus, Math. 110 (4 credits),
prepared students.

may

4

4

4

3

3

3

4

4

3

3

also be required of insufficiently

161

ELECTIVES

— Introduction to

(Choose 4)

Computer Programming

1

1

Math. 312— Differential Equations
Math. 322— Linear Algebra
Math. 331 Algebra for Secondary School Teachers
Math. 332— Modern Geometry
Math. 411— Advanced Calculus
Math. 412— Complex Variables
Math. 421— Introduction to Topology
Math. 422— Introduction to Group Theory
Math. 431— Number Theory
Math. 432 Elementary Numerical Analysis

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Math. 241





SUMMARY
62*

General Education
Professional Education
Specialization

24
29

Electives

13

128

Total
:;:

Count Math. 211



Calculus

(4 c.h.) as General Education.

I

EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE — 39

Credit Hours

Earth and Space Science majors are not required to take Math. 101
Fundamentals of Mathematics or Phys. 101
Basic Physical Science.



REQUIRED COURSES

(39 CRS.)

CL

Mathematics (6)
Math. Ill— College Algebra
Math. 112 Trigonometry

CR

3

3

3

3

I

6

4

II

6

4

6

4

4
4

3


Physics (8)
Phys. Ill — Introductory Physics
Phys. 112 — Introductory Physics
Chemistry (4)
Chem. Ill — General Chemistry
Earth Science (21)*
Geog. 354 — Cartography
E.
355— Meteorology
Geog. 356— Climatology
E.
357— Physical Geology
359 — Oceanography
E.
E.
361— Historical Geology
365 — Geomorphology
E.
451 — Field Techniques in Earth
E.
453 — Astronomy
E.
I

S.

3

3

3

S.

4

3

S.

3

3

S.

3

3

4
3

3
3-6

3

3

S.

S.

and Space Science

S.

Student must complete 7 of the listed 9 courses.
must be included.
*





Count Math. Ill College Algebra and Phys. Ill
as General Education.

At

least 1 lab course

— Introductory

Physics

I

162

SUMMARY

CR

General Education
Professional Education

62
24
33

Specialization

Electives

9

Total

GEOGRAPHY

and

128

EARTH

and

SPACE SCIENCE

— 45

Credit Hours

Geography and Earth and Space Science majors are not required to take
Math. 101
Fundamentals of Mathematics and Phys. 101
Basic Physical





Science.

REQUIRED COURSES

(33 CRS.)

CL

Mathematics (6)
Math. Ill College Algebra
Math. 112— Trigonometry



Physics (8)
Phys. Ill Introductory Physics
Phys. 112 Introductory Physics




Chemistry
Chem. Ill

3

3

3

3

I

6

4

II

6

4

6

4

(4)

— General

Chemistry

I

CL

Earth Science (15)*
Geog. 354 Cartography



E. S.
Geog.
E. S.
E. S.

355— Meteorology
356— Climatology
357— Physical Geology
359— Oceanography
361— Historical Geology

E. S.
E. S. 365
Geog. 451
Geog. 453

— Geomorphology
— Field Techniques
— Astronomy

in

Earth and Space Science

ELECTIVE COURSES
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
*

At

CR

least 1 lab course

must be included.

4

3

4

3

3

3

4

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

8

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

(12 CRS.)

— Economic Geography
223— Geography of Anglo-America
233 — Geography of Europe
243 — Geography of Asia
244 — Geography of Latin America
245 — Geography of Africa
246— Geography of the Soviet Realm
323— Political Geography
358 — Conservation of Natural Resources
363 — Urban Geography
121

CR

163

SUMMARY

CR
62
24
33

General Education
Professional Education
Specialization

9

Electives

128

Total

GEOGRAPHY

and

EARTH SCIENCE

REQUIRED COURSES
Basic
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.

— 30

Credit Hours

(12 CRS.)

CL

Geography (12)
102— World Cultural Geography
353 Physiography


355 — Meteorology
492 — Geography Seminar
Restricted Electives—
At
Group

least one course

must be chosen from each

of

Groups

1,

2,

Earth Science
Geog. 354 Cartography

Geog. 356— Climatology
E.S. 357— Physical Geology
E.E. 359— Oceanography
E.S.

361— Historical Geology
365— Geomorphology

Geog. 451
Geog. 453

Group

— Field Techniques
—Astronomy

in

Earth and Space Science

Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.

3

3

4

3

3

3

and

3.

4

3

3

3

4

3

3

3

3

3

4

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Human Geography

2.





Geog. 121 Economic Geography
Geog. 224 Geographic Influences in American History
Geog. 323— Political Geography
Geog. 358 Conservation of Natural Resources
Geog. 363— Urban Geography

Group

3

1.



E.S.

CR

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Regional Studies

3.

— Geography of Anglo-America
— Geography of Europe
— Geography of Asia
— Geography of Latin America
— Geography of Africa
— Geography of the Soviet Realm

223
233
243
244
245
246

SUMMARY
General Education
Professional Education
Specialization

Electives

Total

CR
62
24
33
9

128

16 U

COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL SCIENCES
BASIC SPECIALIZATION REQUIREMENTS

(9

credit

requirements as indicated)

hours plus area

CR

Elements of Political Science
Economic and Cultural Geography
Principles of Economics II

3
3

3
9

The above requirements must be supplemented with more intensive work in
one of the three major areas of emphasis indicated below.
1.

SOCIAL PROBLEMS EMPHASIS
Within the social problems emphasis, the student must select one of
the specialized curricula described. Coupled with the above requirements, this will permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences
and the SINGLE subject indicated.
a.

ECONOMICS—21
(1)

Econ.
Econ.

313
314
422

Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.

313
333
411
412
422
423
434
470

(2)

Soc.
Soc.

Soc.
Soc.

Soc.

Soc.

462
325
326

3
3
3

CR
3
3
3

3
3
3

3

3

Credit Hours

Required Courses (12 CRS.)
Comparative European Governments

OR

— International Relations
— Selected Contemporary Cultures OR
— Personality Culture and Society
— Racial and National Minority Groups
— Contemporary Social Problems

323
324
327
332
315
313

in

(2)

Soc.

OR

Elective Courses (12 CRS.)

SOCIOLOGY— 21
(1)

Pol. Sci.

CR

— Labor Economics
— International Economics
— Intermediate Micro-Economics
— Public Finance and Macro-Economics
— Contrasting Economies
— History of Economic Thought
— Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
— Senior Seminar

b.

Pol. iSci.

Required Courses (9 CRS.)
Comparative European Governments
Contemporary Social Problems
Money and Banking
Comparative Economic Systems






Pol. Sci. 323

Soc.

Credit Hours

3

3

3
3

Elective Courses (9 CRS.)

— Sociological Theory
— Comparative Non-Literate Cultures
— Indians of North and South America

3
3

3

165
Soc.

233—Social Work and

3

331

3

the Welfare Services
Marriage and the Family


316— Urban Sociology
341 — Criminology
233 — Introduction
Social Work
334— Social Casework
327 — Selected Contemporary Cultures
224 — Cultural Anthropology

Soc.
Soc.
Soc.

3
3
3

to

Soc.

Soc.
Soc.
Soc.

c.

POLITICAL SCIENCE—21
(1)

392— Diplomatic

Soc.

313
422
324
323

Pol. Sci.
Pol. Sci.

3
3

Credit Hours

Required Courses (9 CRS.)

Hist.

Econ.

3

History of the U.

S.

Since 1898

— Contemporary Social Problems OR
— Comparative Economic Systems
— International Relations OR
— Comparative European Governments
(If both courses are desired, one

OR
3

may

be counted

in place of a political science elective)
Pol. Sci.

433— History
(2)

of Political

Thought

3
3

Elective Courses (12 CRS.)

— State and Local Government
— Political Parties and Elections
316 — Public Opinion and Propaganda

313

3

Pol. Sci. 314

3

Pol. Sci.

3

Pol. Sci

Pol. Sci.
Pol. Sci.

352— Public Administration
433— History of Political Thought

— Politics

Pol. Sci. 426

d.

3

and Institutions of the Far East

HISTORY-GOVERNMENT— 21
(1)

3

Credit Hours

Required Courses (15 CRS.)
(Minimum of one course from each of the groups below.)

Group (a) : European History
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.

318— England
319— England
324— The Age
326

Hist.

332— Europe

Hist.

Hist.

1688

to

Group

CR
3

since 1688

3

of Absolutism, 1600-1789

3

— Revolution, Liberalism and Nationalism, 1789-1914
since 1914
421 — Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815-1919
422 — Diplomatic History of Europe since 1919
412 — Central Eastern Europe since 1815

Hist.

Hist.

3

( b)

:

3
3

3
3
3

Non-Western World History

— Latin

Hist.

America since 1820
354— Modern Far East

3

Hist.

356— Russia

3

Hist.

452

Hist.

358— Modern Africa
362— The Near and Middle East

Hist.

Hist.

352



to

3

1917

Soviet Russia

3

3

since 1800

3

166

Group

United States History
Period
Disunion, 1828-1865
378 The Emergence of Industrial America, 1865-1898
382— Early Twentieth Century, 1898-1932
391— Diplomatic History of the U. S. to 1898
392— Diplomatic History of the U. S. since 1898
396 .Selected Political and Constitutional Problems
384 Contemporary United States, 1932 to the Present
(c)

:

374— Early National
376— Expansion and

Hist.

Hist.



Hist.
Hist.

Hist.
Hist.




Hist.
Hist.

Group (d)

:

3
3
3
3
3

3
3
3

National Polities

— State and Local
314 — Political Parties

Pol. Sci. 313

Government

3

Pol.

and

3

Sci.

Group

Elections

Pol. Sci. 324

International Politics
Relations

3

Pol.

European Governments

3

Sci.

(e)

:

— International
323 — Comparative
(2)

e.

Elective Courses (6 CRS.)
Two courses to be selected by the student from
History and/or Political Science

GEOGRAPHY— 21
(1)

Credit Hours

Required Courses (18 CRS.)
(Minimum of one course from each of the groups below.)

Group (a)

Earth Science

:

E. S.

— Physiography
or
365 — Geomorphology

Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.

— Economic Geography
358 — Conservation of National Resources
224 — Geographic Influences
American History
323—
Geography
363 — Urban Geography

Geog.

353

Group

Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.

(b)

Human Geography

:

Political








(2)

313
411
422

3
3

3
3
3

Regional Studies

:

of

Anglo-America

of Latin America

3
3

Europe

3

Asia
of Africa

3

of

of

of the Soviet

3

Realm

3

Elective Courses (3 CRS.)
(One course from one of the five groups below.)

Group (a)
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.

3

in

Group (c)
Geography
Geography
Geography
Geography
Geography
Geography

CR
3

121

223
244
233
243
245
246

6

:

Economics

— Labor Economics
— Intermediate Micro-Economics
— Comparative Economic Systems

3

3
3

167

Group (b)

Sociology

:

— Racial and National Minority Groups
—Urban Sociology
— Contemporary Social Problems

315
316
313

Soc.

Soc.
Soc.

Group

(c)

3
3
3

Political Science

:

— State and Local Government
— International Relations
323 — Comparative European Governments

Pol. Sci. 313

3

Pol. Sci. 324

3

Pol. Sci.

3

Group (d) :

History

Hist.

332— Europe

Hist.

352

Hist.

3

Hist.

354— The Modern Far East
358— Modern Africa
384— Contemporary U. S., 1932 to the Present
378— Emergence of Industrial America, 1765-1898

Hist.

452

3

Hist.
Hist.

— Latin

since 1914

3

America since 1820

— Soviet

Group

3

Russia
(e)

2.

3

3

Philosophy

:

302— Logic

Phil.

3

3

HISTORICAL EMPHASIS— 18

Credit Hours

This program, coupled with the General Education requirements, will
permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences with a concentration in history.

(1)

Required Courses (12 CRS.)
(Minimum of one course from each of the groups below.)

Group (a)

:

Ancient

to

Early Modern Era
3

Hist.

318— England to 1688
312— The Classical World
314— Medieval Europe

Hist.

322

3

Hist.

Renaissance and Reformation
324— The Age of Absolutism, 1600-1789
372— Colonial United States to 1783

Hist.

Modern Europe
Group (b)
319— England since 1688

Hist.

326

Hist.

Hist.

Hist.

3
3

— The

3

3

:

Hist.
Hist.
Hist.

Hist.
Hist.

— Revolution,

Liberalism
332— Europe since 1914
421—-Diplomatic History of
348 Contemporary Europe
422 Diplomatic History of



428 — Intellectual
the

and Nationalism, 1789-1914

3
3
3

Europe, 1815-1919
Culture Tour
Europe since 1919

3

6
3

History of Europe since

Enlightenment

3

168

Group
Hist.

Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.

Hist.
Hist.
Hist.

(c)

Hist.
Hist.

Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.

The Non-Western World

— Latin

America since 1820
354— The Modern Far East

3

356— Russia to 1917
358— Modern Africa
362— Near and Middle East

3

352

since 1800

— China and Japan in the 20th Century
— Problems in Africa, Near and Middle East
— Soviet Russia
:

3

3

454
456
452

Group (d)
Hist.

:

3

3
3
3

United States

— Early National Period
— Expansion and Disunion, 1828-1865
— Emergence of Industrial America, 1865-1898

374
376
378

3

382— Early Twentieth
384— Contemporary U.

3

Century, 1898-1932
S., 1932 to the Present
388 History of Pennsylvania
391— Diplomatic History of the U. S. to 1898
392 Diplomatic History of the U. S. since 1898
396 Selected Political and Constitutional Problems





(2)

3
3

3
3

3
3
3

Elective Courses (6 CRS.)

(One course from two of the five groups below.)

Group (a)
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.

313
314
411
412
422

Soc.
Soc.

Economics

— Labor Economics
— Money and Banking
— Intermediate Micro-Economics
— Public Finance and Macro-Economics
— Comparative Economic Systems
Group

Soc.

:

(b)

:

Group

(c)

:

Minority Groups

Pol. Sci.
Pol. Sci.

Problems

Geog.
Geog.

224
323

:

(e)

— Philosophy

Phil.

303

Phil.

306— Philosophy

:

3

3

3

3
3
3
3
3

Geography

— Geographic Influences
— Political Geography
Group

3

Political Science

— State and Local Government
Constitutional Law
352 — Public Administration
324 — International Relations
323 — Comparative Governments
Group (d)

3

3

Pol. Sci. 313

Pol. Sci.

3

Sociology

— Racial and National
316— Urban Sociology
313 — Contemporary Social
315

3

in U. S. History

Philosophy

3
3

CR

of Science

3

of Religion

3

169

CULTURAL EMPHASIS— 18

3.

Credit Hours

This program, coupled with the General Education requirements, will
permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences with broad orientation in a specific geographic area.

Required Courses (15 CRS.)

(1)

327

Soc.

— Selected

The other twelve
selecting

Geog.
Hist.

Econ.
Pol. Sci.

ONE

Contemporary Cultures

3

credits in the required courses are to be completed by

of the following four sequences.

Group (a) : Latin America
Geography of Latin America
Latin America since 1820
Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
Politics and Institutions of Latin America






244
352
434
424

3
3
3
3

Group (b) : Europe
233 Geography of Europe
332— Europe since 1914

Geog.
Hist.

Econ.
Pol. Sci.


422 — Contrasting Economies
323 — Comparative European

Geog.

Econ.
Pol. Sci.

3

3

Governments

3

Group (c) : Far East
Geography of Asia
354— Modern Far East
434 Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
426 Politics and Institutions of the Far East
243

Hist.

3





Group (d)

:

3

3
3
3

Africa

— Geography of Africa
358— Modern Africa
434 — Economic Growth of Underdeveloped
425 — Politics and Institutions of the
245

Geog.
Hist.

Econ.
Pol. Sci.

3
3

Areas

3

Middle East and Africa

3

(2) Elective Courses (3

CRS.)
One course from any one of the above outside
the selected sequence.

HISTORY

— 24

Credit Hours

REQUIRED COURSE

Hist. 399

— Bibliography

Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.

Hist.

CRS.)

and Research

ELECTIVE COURSES
Group

(3

(15

CRS.

CL

CR

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

FROM ONE GROUP)

A —European

Survey
World
314— Medieval Europe
318— England to 1688
319— England since 1688
322 Renaissance and Reformation Eras
324— The Age of Absolutism, 1600-1789

312— Classical



170

— Revolution, Liberalism and Nationalism,
Hist. 332— Europe since 1914
Group B —Recent Europe
Hist. 319— England since 1688
Hist. 326— Revolution, Liberalism and Nationalism,
Hist. 332— Europe since 1914
Hist. 412 — Central Eastern Europe since 1815
Hist. 326

Hist.
Hist.

CL
1789-1914

1789-1914

421— Diplomatic
422— Diplomatic

History of Europe, 1815-1919
History of Europe since 1919
Intellectual History of Europe since the Enlightenment
Soviet Russia



Group A —Recent Non-Western World
Hist. 352 — Latin America since 1820

Hist. 428
Hist. 452

CR

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

II.

Hist.
Hist.

Hist.
Hist.
Hist.

354— The Modern Far East
356— Russia to 1917
358— Modern Africa
362— The Near and Middle East
452— Soviet Russia

.'.

since 1800

— China and Japan the Twentieth Century
— Problems in Africa and the Near and Middle East
Group B — The Contemporary World
Hist. 332— Europe since 1914
Hist. 384 — Contemporary United States, 1932
Present
Hist. 392 — Diplomatic History of the U.
since 1898
Hist. 412 — Central Eastern Europe since 1815
Hist. 454
Hist. 456

in

to

S.

Hist.

Hist.

422— Diplomatic History
452— Soviet Russia

— China and
456 — Problems

Twentieth Century
in Africa and the Near and Middle East

Hist. 454
Hist.
III.

Group
Hist.
Hist.

Japan

A — United

Hist.

in the

of America, to 1783

Period of the United States
376 American Expansion and Disunion, 1828-1865
378 Emergence of Industrial America, 1865-1898
382— Early Twentieth Century United States, 1898-1932
384 Contemporary United States, 1932 to Present

Topics and Problems
Hist. 391— Diplomatic History of the United States to 1898
Hist. 392— Diplomatic History of the U. S. since 1898
Hist. 396
Selected Political and Constitutional Problems
Industrial History of the United States
Hist. 471
History of Labor in the United States
Hist. 472
481
United States Social, Cultural and
Hist.
Intellectual History to 1860






3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

States Survey

372— Colonial Period
374— Early National



Hist.
Hist.

Hist. 388— Pennsylvania
Group B — United States
Hist.

of Europe since 1919

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

171

Hist. 482

— United

CL

CR

States Social, Cultural and

Intellectual History since 1860
3
3
Additional 6 credits to be selected from outside of group of concentration.

ELECTIVES

(18 CRS.)

Single-subject (6 CRS.)

From

ONE

of the disciplines of:

Economics
Geography
Science

Political

Sociology

A

single Foreign

Language 1

Humanities 2
1

Students electing Foreign Language must complete 12 credits unless exception is approved by the Department of History.

2

Among

Art
Art
Art
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Speech
Music
Music
Music
Music
Phil.

Phil.

the courses fulfilling the Humanities block are:

— American
— European

Art History
Art History
331— Oriental Art History

3

231— British
232— British

311
321

Writers
Writers

— Russian Literature in Translation
—American Literature
— American Literature
— The American Novel
— Later American Prose
415— History of the Theatre
221 — History of Music
324 — American Music
322 — Music of the Romantic Era
323 — Twentieth Century Music
307
381
382
385
386

303— Philosophy
306— Philosophy

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

of Science

3

3

of Religion

3

3

General (12 CRS.)

Except for history majors who pursue a foreign language and who will
usually complete only 6 credits of general electives, majors will complete 12
credits in courses approved by their Department of History advisor.

SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education

62

Specialization

24
24

Electives

18

Total

I?-*

172

AND SCIENCES

DIVISION OF ARTS

OBJECTIVES
The

universally recognized goals of liberal education are those

which relate to the maturation of the individual in knowledge and
wisdom. In terms of the customary three-fold division of knowl-



edge



Humanities. Social Sciences. Natural Sciences

detailed description of the goals might be as follows:

a

more

(1) to culti-

and judicious attitude towards the
various media of creative expression as communicative of man's
ideas, aspirations, and needs, (2) to develop an awareness of our
social heritage, the relevance of social, political, and economic fac-

vate

a

sensitive,

human

tors to

the present.
analytical

appreciative,

behavior, and the relationship between the past and

(3)

to

provide a basic understanding of

methods of investigation

and of the application of

into the nature of the

modern

scientific discovery to

and

critical

universe

life.

In addition to cultivating the "whole" individual, the Arts and

Sciences Program

is

of a single field in

intended to offer an opportunity for exploration

some depth, not only

as

a

means

to

possible

further education at the graduate level, but also for the value in-

herent in terminal experience of the complexities of any one discipline.

Hence, the Bachelor of Aris curriculum

at

Bloomsburg, lead-

ing to the A. B. degree, offers both exposure in breadth and penetration in depth,

proceeding from the assumption that

many

vital

stable

and tolerant

among

consequences of a more enlightened individual

is

a

the

more

society.

AN OVERVIEW
The Arts and Sciences program
consists of four parts,
I.

II.

which may be

at

Bloomsburg

briefly outlined as follows:

General Education

Core Studies

State College

66-70

Credit Hours

14-18

Credit Hours

in the Social

Sciences, the Humanities or
the Natural Sciences
III.

Additional studies

in the

Core or

Major Area
IV.

Electives

1

6

-

24 Credit Hours
24 Credit Hours

Total Required for the

A.

B.

Degree

128 Credit Hours

1

73

THE GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT
The General Education requirement is essential to any curriculum in the Arts and Sciences. Its purpose is to prepare all students, whatever their field of concentration or their vocational intentions, for adult

members

life

as

men and women

living private

lives;

of their local communities; and as citizens of the

monwealth, of the nation and of the world.

enrolled in the various divisions

degree in professional education.
to "cross over"

years with a

Thus

from one program

minimum

of difficulty.

it

Com-

The General Education

requirement for students enrolled in Arts and Sciences
that for students

as

is

similar to

is

leading to the

possible for students

to another within the first

two

In order to achieve the pur-

poses of General Education, the following 66-70 hour requirement
has been established:
Credit
Science

(Biology, Chemistry, Physics, or Earth

Science)

Hours
6-8

Art or Music

3

Literature
Philosophy
History of Civilization
Political Science 211 or 212

6

3

Psychology

3

Social Science

(Any two

3

6

of the following: Econ. 211, Econ. 212,

Soc. 211, other Soc, Anthro. 224, Anthro. 323)

English Composition
Introduction to Speech

6
6
3

Mathematics 111, 112, or 211, 212
Foreign Language (Fr., Ger., Span., or Rus. 103-104)
World Geography
Personal Health
Physical Education I, II, III, IV

6-8
6
3
2
4

66-70 Cr. Hrs.

THE CORE REQUIREMENT
The beginning

of specialization or study of material in depth in

and Sciences Program occurs with the student's choice of
one of three broad areas of concentration: Humanities, Social
Following is the
Sciences, or Natural Science and Mathematics.
the Arts

Core Requirement for each
I.

area.

Humanities Core
English 249 Shakespeare



Any

additional semester of English Literature

Philosophy 307— Ethics
or Philosophy 302

—Logic

Credit Hours
3
3

3

17U



Speech 208 Introduction to Theatre Arts
Argumentation
or Speech 321
Any semester of Art History
Any semester of Music History



3

3
3

Total
II.

18

Social Science Core

The general intent of the Social Science Core is to require the comtwo semesters of study in the areas of geography, psychology,
political science, economics, and sociology, plus one semester in anthropology.
A portion of this program is fulfilled by the Social Science
courses in General Education.
(As regards history, two courses are
already required in General Education.)
The Social Science Core conpletion of

sists of the following:
1.

The four courses below which have not been taken

to

complete the General Education requirement.
Political Science 211, Political Science 212
Economics 211, Economics 212
Sociology 211, one additional semester of sociology
Anthropology 224 (or 323)
12
2.

An

additional semester of geography and an additional

semester of psychology

6

18

Total
III.

Natural Science and Mathematics Core
1.

Math. 211 and 212

2.

A

full

Calculus

year of a science that

relevant
a



field

is

and

II

(a)

outside of, yet

8

the major and (b) in addition to and in
separate from the year of science taken in
to,

fulfillment of the
Possible

I

selections:

Education Requirement.
Biology,
Chemistry, Physics,

General

Earth Science

6-8

14-16

Total

THE MAJOR-AREA REQUIREMENT
Above and beyond
ments a minimum of 24
three general

the General Education and Core Requirecredit hours

areas of concentration

must be amassed

one of the

(Humanities, Social Science,

Natural Sciences and Mathematics) or preferably
cipline within

in

in

a specific dis-

one of these areas.

For the achievement of

this

Major-Area Requirement,

courses or course sequences are prescribed by

specific

some departments:

175
1.

Biology 1

Nine semesters basic:
Biol.

103— General

Biol.

331— Ecology

Biol.

341
351
361
371
381

Biology I
Biol. 210
Invertebrate Zoology
Biol. 211
Vertebrate Zoology
Biol. 220— General Botany I
Biol. 221— General Botany II
PLUS any four of the following:

Biol.

Biol.
Biol.
Biol.




— Genetics
— Molecular Biology
—Microbiology
— Embryology
—Vertebrate Physiology

Additional courses, according to advisement:
i.

Field Courses
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.

Biol.

417— Field Zoology
422— Field Botany

Biol.

432

Biol.

ii.

— Fresh

Water Biology

Laboratory Courses
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.

Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
2.

— Entomology
413— Ornithology
414 — Ichthyology

411

—Parasitology
420— Plant Physiology
421 — Plant Anatomy
441 — Evolution
452 — Radiation Biology
453 — Biological Chemistry
471 — Histology
482 — Comparative Vertebrate
416

Business-Economics

Anatomy

(combination)




Bus. Ed. 221, 222 Principles of Accounting2
Bus. Ed. 321, 322 Intermediate Accounting
Econ. 211, 212 Principles of Economics
Bus. Ed. 101 Intro, to Business Organization and Finance
Bus. Ed. 331 Business Law
Econ. 413 Money and Banking



3.





English

Eng. 231, 232— British Writers
Eng. 401 Structure of English
OR Eng. 402 History of the English Language



1



Biology majors are expected to take the following auxiliary courses: Chem. Ill
331 and 332, Phys. Ill and 112, and Math. 211 and 212.

2 Normally begun

in

the

sophomore year.

and

112,

Chem.

176
4.

Geography3
A. Geography (Not necessarily in sequence)
Geog. 225 Weather and Climate
Geog. 223 Geography of Anglo-America
Geog. 323 Political Geography
Geog. 354
Cartography
Geog. 363 Urban Geography
Geomorphology
E. S. 365
Seminar in Geography
Geog. 492









Choice of regional course in Geography
B.

Earth Science (not necessarily
E. S. 357— Physical Geology
E. S. 361
Historical Geology
E. S. 355— Meteorology
Geomorphology
E. S. 365
E. S. 453 Astronomy
Oceanography
E. S. 359





451 — Field Techniques
E.
Geog. 495 — Seminar
Earth

in

S.

in

C.

in sequence)

Earth and Space Science
Science

Meteorology (not necessarily in sequence)
E. S. 355— Meteorology
Geog. 356 Climatology
Oceanography
E. S. 359
Geomorphology
E. S. 365
Astronomy
E. S. 453
493
Geog.
Seminar in Meteorology
Theoretical Mechanics







Integral Calculus
5.

6.

History
Hist. 399

— Bibliography and Research
Mathematics
Math. 110 — Pre-Calculus (remedial only)
Math. 211— Calculus I
Math. 212— Calculus II
Math. 221— Statistics
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
Math. 321 Modern Algebra
PLUS any five of the following:
Math. 241 Introduction to Computer Programming
Math. 312— Differential Equations
Math. 322 Linear Algebra
Math. 332 Modern Geometry
Math. 411 Advanced Calculus
Math. 412 Complex Variables
Math. 421— Topology
Math. 422— Group Theory
Math. 431 Number Theory
Math. 432 Numerical Analysis









(1 cr. hr. only)




3 Required
in

for

Computing.

any of the

three

majors

in

Geography are

a

course

in

Statistics

and a

course

177
7.

Physical Sciences
A.

Chemistry

Chem.
Chem.
Chem.
Chem.
Chem.
Chem.

1



331,

411,

— General

Chemistry I and II
Quantitative Analysis
332— Organic Chemistry I and II
412 Physical Chemistry I and II
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Instrumental Analysis

Ill, 112

222





PLUS at least one of the following:
Chem. 422 — Qualitative Organic Analysis
Chem. 490 — Chemistry Seminar
Chem. 491 — Special Topics
Chem. 492 — Chemical Research

B.

421
424

Physics 2
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.

211,

212— General

Physics

I

and

II

— Introduction Atomic Physics
— Mechanics
— Electricity and Magnetism
PLUS at least 12
hrs. drawn from the following:
Phys. 315 — Electronics (4
hrs.)
Phys. 412— Optics
hrs.)
Phys. 420 — Vibrations and Waves
hrs.)
Phys. 421— Solid State Physics
hrs.)
422
Thermodynamics
Phys.
hrs.)

Phys. 490 — Physics Seminar
hr.)
310
311
314

to

cr.

cr.

(3 cr.

(3 cr.

(3 cr.

(3 cr.

(1 cr.

8.

Psychology

— General Psychology
— Child Growth and Development (Child Psychology)
OR Psy. 416 — Adolescent Psychology
Psy. 321 — Tests and Measures
Psy. 331 — Mental Hygiene and Problems of Adjustment
OR Psy. 431 — Abnormal Psychology
Psy. 351 — Social Psychology
OR Psy. 451 — Psychology for Business and Industry
Psy. 406 — Psychology Seminar
Psy. 460— Basic Statistical Method
Psy. 461 — Experimental Psychology
Additional courses which may be chosen:
Psy. 102 — Advanced General Psychology
Psy. 401 — Foundation of Contemporary Psychology

Psy. 101
Psy. 211

4

1

Chemistry majors are expected
Math. 211, 212, 311, 312.

to

take the following auxiliary

courses:

Phys.

Chem.

211,

212,

310 and

2

Physics majors are expected to take the following auxiliary courses:
to be taken in the freshman year) and Math. 211, 212, 311, 312.

3

Usually taken during the freshman year in fulfillment of the General Education Requirement. Also
recommended for Psychology majors during the freshman year are: Biol. 103, 104 and Math.
Ill,

112.

4 Prior

approval of the instructor

is

required.

Ill,

112

(these

two

178
Psy.

436— The Study

of Personality

— Psychology of Motivation
—Advanced Experimental Psychology
466 — Research Projects in Psychology

Psy. 456
Psy. 462
Psy.
9.

1

Social Sciences

A.

Comprehensive Major

Any

work

six semesters of

in

Social

the

Sciences beyond the

General Education and Core Requirements
B.

Economics
International Economics
Intermediate Micro Economics

Public Finance and Macro Economics

Money and Banking
Business and Economics Statistics
Business and Economics Statistics

Seminar
C.

in

Economics

I

II

1

Political Science

Six semesters of work beyond Pol. Sci. 211 and 212, to be determined in consultation with an appropriate faculty advisor.
D.

10.

Sociology
Six semesters of work beyond Soc. 211 and the core semester of
sociology, to be determined in consultation with an appropriate faculty advisor.

Speech
Basic

Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
A.

B.

1

Prior

approval

206
241
325
412

— Oral Interpretation
— Voice and Diction
— Extempore Speech
— Fundamentals of Acting

Further Sequence for Public Address
Speech 231 Introduction to Radio and Television
Speech 307 Business and Professional Speech
Speech 418 Discussion
Speech 421 Persuasion
Speech 492 Seminar







Further Sequence for Theatre Studies
Speech 211 Theatre Production
Speech 311 Scene Design
Speech 318 Creative Dramatics
Speech 319— Children's Theatre
Speech 411 Play Direction
Speech 414 Costuming for the Stage
Speech 415 History of the Theatre
Speech 416 Modern Theatre
Speech 490 Speech Seminar










of

the

instructor

is

required.

179

ELECTIVES
For the

elective portion of the curriculum,

which makes up the

balance of the 128 credit hours required for graduation, students

may

take almost any courses offered by the college, with the logical

exception of those in Professional Education, Physical Education,
certain

Business Education

Approximately

etc.

skills,

credit hours are normally allowed for electives

dent's

own

16 to 24

(courses of the stu-

choice).

Note on Pre-Professional Programs:

Students intending

to transfer ultimately to a college of medicine, veterinary medicine,
dentistry,

pharmacy, law, engineering, theology,

etc.

should write

immediately for the catalog and/or admission requirements of that
particular college

and, with the aid of the Director of Arts and

Sciences at Bloomsburg State College, plan their undergraduate pro-

grams accordingly.

SCHEDULING
For
gressively

assistance in planning a course of study that

concentrated,

becomes pro-

two suggested schedule guides are given

below, one for students concentrating in either the Social Sciences
or the Humanities, the other for students concentrating in Mathematics or the Natural Sciences.

The

difference between the two

schedules results from the fact that the latter areas are more rigorously sequential.

Hence, students concentrating

the Natural Sciences

would be apt

matics and science during the

to take

first

in

Mathematics or

two years each of mathe-

two years of

college, deferring

certain General Education Requirements until the

sophomore and

junior years, while students concentrating in the Social Sciences or
the Humanities

would be apt

matics and science during the

to take only

one year each of mathe-

two years of college, thus fulfilling their General Education Requirements earlier and experiencing
somewhat greater emphasis upon Major-Area Requirements and
Electives during the last two years.
These two schedules are to be
first

considered only as guides in planning the A. B. program; they

may

be departed from, with the consent of the student's advisor and as
scheduling difficulties arise.
It is

ter

apparent that an average of 16 hours of credit per semes-

should be maintained in order for a student to graduate within

=

However, students are advised not to assume course loads that are too heavy for them to manage creditably and to bear in mind that a full-time student may carry
as few as 12 credit hours.

the usual 8 semesters (8

x 16

128).

180

SUGGESTED SCHEDULE FOR AREAS OF
THE SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES
FIRST
FIRST

SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.

English

YEAR

SEMESTER

101

Speech 103

Hrs.
3
3

3-4
3

Science
History 211
Foreign Language
H.P.E. 101— Physical Fitness Education

Cr. Hrs.

Geography

3

Science
History
Foreign

1

H.P.E.

_

102

English

101

_.

_

_
_

212

Language

_

150-Aquatics

3
3

3-4
3
3
1

16-17

16-17

SECOND YEAR
__

207
Mathematics

English

3
3

Social Science
H.P.E. 100— Personal & Community
Art or Music
Major- Area or Elective
H.P.E. — Elective

Health

208
Mathematics

English

Science
Science

3

Social

2

Political

3

Psychology __
Major-Area or
H.P.E. -Elective

0-3
1

3
3
3

211

3
3
0-3

Elective

1

15-18

16-19

THIRD YEAR
3-6
12

Humanities or Social Science Core
Major-Area and or Electives

Philosophy
Humanities or Social
.

.

Science

Core

Major-Area and or Electives

3
3-6
9

15-18

Average

Average

15-18

FOURTH YEAR
3-6
12

Humanities or Social Science Core
Major-Area and/ or Electives

Humanities or Social Science Core
Major-Area and or Electives

Average

15-18

Average
Required for graduation:

3-6
12

15-18

128 Semester Hours.

SUGGESTED SCHEDULE FOR AREA OF
THE NATURAL SCIENCES
(SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS)
FIRST
FIRST

SECOND SEMESTER

English

101

Speech

103

3
3

Mathematics

3-4
4

Science

Foreign

YEAR

SEMESTER

3

Language

English

102

3

.

Geography

3

Science

Mathematics

Language

Foreign

16-17

3-4
4
3

16-17

SECOND YEAR
History 211
Art or Music
2nd Year Science

2nd Year Mathematics
H.P.E. 100-Personal & Community Health
H.P.E. 101-Physical Fitness Education

3

History 212
Psychology
2nd Year Science
2nd Year Mathematics

2

Political

3
3
-4

1

15-16

H.P.E.

Science

211

150-Aquatics
16-17

_

181

THIRD YEAR
Cr. Hrs.



_

Social Science
English 207 _

3
3
3-4
6-8

Core
Major Area and/or Electives
H.P.E.-Eledive
Science

__

Core
Major Area and/or Electives
_

3
3

_
_

Science

H. P. E. -Elective

1

Cr. Hrs.



_

Social Science
English 208

3-4
6-8

__

__

1

16-19

16-19

FOURTH YEAR
Philosophy

15-17

Major Area and/or Electives

3
12-14

Major Area and/or Electives

15-17

Average
Average

15-17

Required for graduation:

Semester Hours.

128

DIVISION OF BUSINESS
THE FOUR YEAR BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUMS
The purpose

of the Business Administration

program

is

to pre-

pare students for successful careers in business that will be personally satisfying

and

socially useful.

Students enrolled in the Business Administration curriculums
take courses during their

first

two years that

identical to those required of

Sciences programs.

on courses

in

all

After the

are, for the

most

students enrolled in the Arts and

first

two years, emphasis

is

placed

Business Administration; at this time Business

ministration majors will also have the option of specializing in

area of their choice



Students thus

sciences.

in

either business or

may

part,

satisfy their

own

one of the

Adsome

arts

and

personal interests in

business as well as receive a substantial general education.

Graduates of the program
degree

may

receive a Bachelor of Science

(or a Bachelor of Arts degree

by completing the foreign

language requirement).
Specifically, the
is

program of studies

in Business Administration

designed:
1.

To

provide essential knowledge of the social and physical

world
2.

To

in

which we

cultivate

live.

skills,

attitudes,

understandings,

and knowl-

edges, which can be applied to the world of business.
3.

To develop

4.

which are required by business.
To understand the organization and management of our

personality and characteristics in the students

dustrial society.

in-

182
5.

To develop

the ability to think rationally

and

to apply this

kind of thinking to complex business problems.
6.

To develop

and techniques which will aid students
become business managers or administra-

the skills

in their efforts to
tors.

Upon

satisfactory completion of the basic year of the curricu-

lum, students must choose one of the sequences (General Business,

STUBUSINESS TRAINING IN

Accounting, or Economics) shown on the following pages.

DENTS NEED NOT HAVE HAD
HIGH SCHOOL to complete the various

business sequences.

Present or prospective transfer students from Junior Colleges

should consult Paragraph
Business

Administration,"

I

(A, B, C, and

January

D)

1968 with

of the "Criteria
respect

For

college

to

course offerings for the school years 1968-71.

Transfer students from junior colleges or community colleges
will

be required to complete the following courses in their designated

curriculum:

—Accounting
Management Decision and
subsequent accounting courses
450 — Introduction
Data Processing
Programming
451 — Introduction

Bus. 323

for

other

as prescribed

Bus.

or Bus.

to Electronic
to

All requirements for General Education, Core, Specialized, and
Electives as

shown

for each curriculum.

GENERAL EDUCATION

(all

sequences)

Business Administration
Science

6-8

Art or Music

3

Literature

6

Psychology

3

Social Sciences:

Economics

6

Political Science
English Composition
Speech

3

Mathematics (111 and higher level)
World History
Geography
Health
Physical Education
Philosophy, Advanced Speech, Sociology, or Foreign Language

6

6

3
6
3
2

3
6

62-64

CORE

(all

sequences)

— Introduction Business
221 and 222 — Principles of Accounting
323 — Accounting for Management Decision
331 — Business Law
342 — Marketing Principles and Practices
Bus. 343 — Business Finance
Bus. 344 — Management Processes
Econ. 346 — Business and Economics Statistics
Econ. 413 — Money and Banking
Bus. 446 — Business Policies
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.

101

3

to

I,

,.

c

II

I

6
3
3
3
3
3
3

3
3

TOTAL GENERAL AND CORE

33
95-97

Subject to change for administrative reasons without notice.

ACCOUNTING SEQUENCE
Business Administration

SPECIALIZED REQUIREMENTS



Bus. 321 and 322 Intermediate Accounting I, II
Bus. 421
Cost Accounting
422
Bus.
Auditing Theory and Procedures
Bus. 423— State and Federal Tax Accounting




6

3
3
3

15

ELECTIVES**
Bus. 332— Business Law II
Bus. 341
Retail Management Concepts
Bus. 345 Personnel Management
Bus. 424— Tax Problems

3

Bus.
Bus.
Bus.

3

Bus.
Bus.
Bus.



430 — Advanced Statistics
445 — Report Writing for Management
447 — Research Studies
Management
448 — Advanced Cost Accounting
449— CPA Problems
450 and 451 — Data Processing
in

3

3
3

3
3
3

3
6

18

The student must complete the following courses:
General
Core

Education

Specialized

Requirements

Electives

62-64

33
15
18

Typewriting or proficiency
128

Subject to change for administrative reasons, without notice.
** 30 credits offered
18 credits needed

18 If
SEMESTER
101— Eng. Comp.
Geog. 101-World Phys.
Math. Ill -Algebra
Hist. Ill-World
History

Credits

FIRST
Eng.

3
3
3
3

I

Geog.

...

H.P.E.
'Bus.

101-Phys.

_

Fitness
Princi-!cs

221— Acctg.

I

SECOND SEMESTER
Eng. 102-Eng.
Art 101 Music

Credits

Comp.

II

Mathematics
Bus.

222-Acdg.
112-World

1

Hist.

3

H.P.E.

Principles

II

....

.

History

...

150-Aquatics

1

16

16

THIRD SEMESTER
Eng.
Econ.

207-World
211— Prin.

Credits
Lit.

_

I

3

H.P.E. 100-Personal and Com.
Psy. 101— Gen. Psychology
Bus. 421— Cost Accounting
Bus. 321— Inter. Accounting

FOURTH SEMESTER
Eng. 208-World Lit.

Credits
II

....

103— Intro, to Speech
212— Prin. of Economics II
323-Acctg. for Mgmt. Dec.

Speech

Economics

of

Health

Econ.
Bus.



Bus. 322 Inter.
H.P.E. -Elective

I

3
3
3
3
3

...

101

Accounting

_

Econ.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.

SEMESTER
314— Money & Banking
331 -Bus. Law
441— Prin. Marketing
423— Fed. State Taxes

Credits

3

I

1

16

SIXTH
Bus.
Bus.

SEMESTER
343— Business Finance
344— Management Processes

Bus.
Bus.

Credits
3
3
3
3
3

...

Science

__

Science Elective
Phil. 211, Soc. 211

Elective

450-lntro.

to

E.D.P

346— Statistics

15

18

SEVENTH SEMESTER
422— Auditing
__
Sci.
'ol.
212 211 -Government
Speech 307— Bus. end Prof Speech

Credits

3
3
3
6

3us.

_

Electives

3
3
3

II

17

FIFTH

3
3

EIGHTH SEMESTER
Bus. 446— Bus. Policies

Credits
3
12

Electives

15

15

GENERAL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION SEQUENCES
ELECTIVE, REQUIREMENTS
Credits
62-64

Education

General
Core

33

Electives in Business Administration

(Accounting or Economics as approved by advisor)

33

128

A

student must complete 33 elective credits which can include one

additional course in Accounting and one additional course in Economics.

The remaining courses would be



selected

from those

listed

under Electives

Business Administration.
Students should also refer to Core courses and General Education.

ELECTIVES



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Data Processing
Business

Law

Advanced

6

II

3

Statistics

3

Business Report Writing
Personnel Administration
*

Students with an
Introduction

to

accounting objective

Business.

3

3
should enroll

in

Bus.

221

in

the

first

semester and

omit

185
Credits

Transportation
Advertising Management: Organization and Planning
Marketing Research Studies
Research Studies in Management
Retail Management Concepts
Sales

3

3
3
3

3

Management

3

ELECTIVES



ECONOMICS

International Economics
Public Finance

3
3



ELECTIVES

ACCOUNTING

Tax

State and Federal

Advanced Cost Accounting

3
3

Cost Accounting

3

Tax Problems

3

SEMESTER
101— Composition

FIRST
Eng.

*Geog. 101 -World Phys. Geog
Math. Ill-Algebra _

_

101— Intro, to Business
Ill-World History

Bus.
Hist.

Credits
3
3
3
3
3

I

_

101-Fitness

H.P.E.

1

SECOND SEMESTER
Eng. 102— Composition
Art 101 /Music 101

_

II

___

Mathematics
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Psy. 101— General Psychology
H.P.E. 150-Aquatics

_
.„

Credits
3
_
3
3
3
3
1

16

THIRD

SEMESTER
Bus. 221— Accounting
Econ. 21 1— Principles
Eng. 207-World Lit.
H.P.E.

Credits
3

Principles
of Economics
I

_



I

3
3
2
3
3

100-Personal and Com. Health

_

112-World

Hist.
Biol.

103 or

History
Physical Science

_

16

FOURTH SEMESTER

Credits

222-Accounting

Bus.

Principles

3
3

II

212— Principles of Economics
**Eng. 208-World Lit. II or
Econ.

Humanities Elective
346-Statistics
H.P.E.-Elective
Science Elective

3

3

Bus.

_

1

3

_

17
16

FIFTH
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.

SEMESTER
323— Acctg. for Mgt.
331— Business Law

Decisions

Credits
3

3

I

343 — Business

Finance
450— Intro, to Data Processing
345— Personnel Management _

3

3
3

SIXTH SEMESTER

344— Management Processes
342— Marketing Principles
Econ. 413— Money & Banking
Bus.
Bus.

_..

Credits
3
3
__
3

6

Electives

15
15

SEVENTH SEMESTER
Bus. 446— Business Policies
Bus. 445— Report Writing

Credits
3
...
3
.....
3

...

Pol.

Sci.

211

or 212

Electives

.....

6

EIGHTH SEMESTER
447— Research

Bus.

Studies

in

Credits
3

Management

Electives—
Business Administration, Acctg
_
or Economics

12

15

15

ECONOMICS SEQUENCES
Business Administration

General Education
Core

62
33

Specialized Economics Courses
Electives
Business Administration

15
18



128
Alternate Economic

Humanities

Geography

Electives:

Philosophy

Professional

Speech

or

Literature.

186

SPECIALIZED REQUIREMENTS
The student must complete the following courses
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.

Credits

— Intermediate Micro Economics
— Intermediate Macro Economics
— History of Economic Thought
422 — Contrasting Economies
313 — Labor Economics
411
412
423

ELECTIVES



3
3
3

3

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Business Law II
Personnel Management
Cost Accounting
Federal and State Taxes

Advanced

15

3

3
3

3
3

Statistics

3

Report Writing
Research Studies

3

Introduction to Electronic Data Processing
Introduction to Computers

3

3

18

3

AND ELECTIVES

TOTAL, SPECIALIZED

33
95

ADD GENERAL AND CORE
Subject to change for administrative

SEMESTER
101— Composition

FIRST
Eng.

reasons without notice.
Credits
„....

I

*Geog. 101 -World Phys. Geog
Math. Ill— Algebra
_.

Ill-World History

Hist.

H.P.E. 101 -Fitness
Bus. 101— Intro, to

„....

3
3
3
3
1

Business



3

_

SECOND SEMESTER
Eng. 102— Composition
Art 101 /Music 101

Credits
3
3
3
3
3

II

Mathematics

Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Psy. 101— General Psychology
H.P.E. 150-Aquatics

1

16

SEMESTER

THIRD

Credits

221 —Accounting Principles
Econ. 21 1 —Principles of Economics
Eng. 207-World Lit.
H.P.E. 100-Personal and Com. Health
Hist. 112-World History
Biol
1 03
Bus.

3
3
3
2
3
3

I

I

16

FOURTH SEMESTER
Bus. 222— Accounting Principles II
Econ. 212— Principles of Economics
**Eng. 208-World Lit
_

Credits

3
3
3
3

Bus. 346-Statistics
H.P.E. -Elective
Physics

1

3
16

17

FIFTH

SEMESTER

Credits

323-Acctg.

for Mgt. Decision
331— Business Law
343— Business Finance
450— Intro, to Data Processing
Econ. 423-Hist. Econ. Thought
***Phil. 211— Introduction to Philosophy

Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.

I

_...

SIXTH SEMESTER

Credits

3
3

Bus.
Bus.

344— Management Processes
342— Marketing Principles

Pol.

Sci.

3
3

Econ.
Econ.

3

211

or

3
3
3

212

314— Money & Banking
313— Industrial Relations

3
3

_
_

15

18
18

credits

** Alternate

needed
Economic Geography

For Humanities Requirement, 12 credits are required,
plus Art or Music will satisfy the requirements.

two Philosophy Courses, one

Literature

Students must complete 15 semester hour credits in the following courses to
Specialized Requirements in Economics: Econ. 41 1— Intermediate Micro Economics, 3;
Public Finance and Macro Economics, 3; Econ. 423— History of Economic Thought, 3;
Comparative Economic Systems, 3; Econ. 313 — Industrial Relations, 3.

Note.-

***Phil



Introduction,

Logic or Ethics

Course,

satisfy

Econ.
Econ.

the

412—
422—

187
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Econ.

EIGHTH SEMESTER

Credits

411— Inter. Micro Econ
446— Business Policies
445— Report Writing

_

Bus.
Bus.
Electives

3
3

Bus. 447— Research
Electives

3
6

Econ.

422— Comp.

Credits

Studies
Econ.

in

Management

3

9
3

Systems


15

15

THE FOUR YEAR
BUSINESS EDUCATION CURRICULUMS
The

Department of Public Instruction has designated the
Bloomsburg State College as one of the institutions in which secondary business teachers of the Commonwealth may be educated.
State

The primary purpose
Education

to

is

program of the Division of Business
prepare teachers for the junior and senior high
of the

schools of Pennsylvania.

Upon

completion of the Business Education Curriculum, the

Bachelor of Science Degree

made

to the State

certificate.

is

conferred and application

Department of Public Instruction

The courses included

in the

may

be

for a teaching

curriculum qualify gradu-

ates to secure certification to teach business subjects in

any junior

or senior high school in Pennsylvania.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
The Business Education Curriculum has proved so popular
since it was first introduced in 1930 that only a limited number of
selected students are admitted.
select this curriculum

All prospective students

plan to

should apply to the Director of Admissions

early in the year preceding the year in
in the college.

who

which they expect

to enroll

Only those high school students whose records

indi-

cate the ability to complete the curriculum satisfactorily are accepted.

This does not

mean

have had business courses
students

that students applying for admission
in

who have had no

high school or business college.

must

Many

previous business training successfully

complete the Business Education Curriculum.

As

this

curriculum

is

of college grade, advanced standing

is

not

granted for work completed in secondary schools, business colleges,
or non-accredited business schools.

188

ADVANCED STANDING
Applicants for admission to the Business Education Curriculum

who have earned

credit at other colleges or universities should sub-

mit a transcript of this credit

vanced standing

will

stitutions of college

when applying

for admission.

be granted for courses completed

grade when, in the judgment of the

at

Ad-

other in-

Dean

of In-

struction, such courses are equivalent to subjects prescribed in the

Business Education Curriculum.
If a tentative

or universities

is

evaluation of courses completed at other colleges
desired,

a transcript showing the

names

of the

courses, the grades, and the credit hours earned should be sent to
the Director of the Division of Business Education.

A

tentative

evaluation can be requested prior to making application for admission to the college.

The
1.

specific objectives of the Business

To

Education program are:

contribute to the development of a broader understand-

ing of the culture of our society.
2.

To develop an appreciation of the contributions business
teachers can make to the total educational program of the
school.

3.

To

prepare students for certification to teach or supervise

the teaching of business subjects.
4.

To develop

vocational competency in the

skill

subjects and

in accounting.
5.

To

provide

sufficient

competency and

to

basic

business

education

to

insure

develop interest in the teaching of basic

business subjects.
6.

To

provide training and experience in methods and tech-

niques of teaching business subjects.

Upon

satisfactory completion of the basic year of the curricu-

lum, students must choose one of the sequences (General, Secre-

STUDENTS
NEED NOT HAVE HAD BUSINESS TRAINING IN HIGH
SCHOOL to complete the business sequences.
tarial,

or Accounting)

shown on

the following pages.

For administrative reasons the sequence of courses
to change.

whi

e the

The

first

number

after

is

subject

each course refers to clock hours,

second indicates the number of credit hours.

189

program students must complete 128
credits of courses distributed approximately equally between General
Education and Business Education.
All Business Education

Prior to the end of the junior year students must receive clear-

ance from the Student Teaching Committee



Business Education

for admission to student teaching in public secondary schools.

For the Provisional Certificate

to teach Business

Education

in

a public high school in Pennsylvania, candidates must complete the

Accounting, the General, or the Secretarial Sequence (or their equi-

Bloomsburg

These sequences incorporate
courses in general, professional, and Business Education required
under the regulations published by the Department of Public Instrucvalents) at

State College.

tion.

The following high school teaching

areas and the college credits

for specific courses for these areas follow:

of accounting courses; Business English,

Bookkeeping, 12 credits
15 credits in English, in-

cluding Business Correspondence; Business Mathematics, 15 credits
in

accounting and business mathematics; Retail Selling, 9 credits

in

Salesmanship (Bus. 241), Marketing (Bus. 342) and Retailing (Bus.
Students must
341); Shorthand. 9 credits; Typewriting, 6 credits.
complete all of the courses prescribed on a particular sequence to
qualify for a certificate.

FIRST
(all

FIRST

sequences)

SECOND SEMESTER

SEMESTER
Hours
CL CR
3
3

_
101— English Composition
Math. 101— Fundamentals of Mathematics 3
Geog. 101— World Physical Geography _ 3

Eng.

Speech 103 — Introduction
H.

P.

Phil.

E.

21

YEAR

Speech

to

_

101— Physical Fitness Education
1— Intro, to Philosophy



3

3
3

3
2

1

3
17

3

16

Hours

CL
Eng. 102— English Composition
Phys. 101— Physical Science
Art 101— Intro, to Art or

Music 101— Intro,
H.

P.

E.

to

100— Personal

Music

and

Health

and

Organization

Business
Finance

of

4

3
3

3

3

2
2

2

3

4

3
3

21

18

Community

H. P. E. 150-Aquatics
Bus. 101— Introduction to
Bus. 221 —Principles

CR

3

Accounting

i

1

GENERAL SEQUENCE
SECOND YEAR
SECOND SEMESTER

FIRST SEMESTER

Hours

Hours

CL
Eng. 207 or 208-Survey of
Biol. 103— General
Biology
H. P. E. -Elective

World

Lit

I

Bus. 201— Elementary Typewriting
Bus. 21 1— Elementary Shorthand
Bus. 222— Principles of Accounting

I

I

II

CR

3
5
2

3
3

4
4
4

2
3
3

22

15

1

CL
218 or Hist. Ill
Bus. 202 — Elementary Typewriting II
II
Bus. 212-Elementary Shorthand
Bus. 321— Intermediate Accounting
Natural Science or Math, elective
Humanities elective

Hist.

I

_

CR

3

3

4
4
3
3
3

2
3
3
3
3

20

17



190

THIRD YEAR
Hours

CL
Psy. 101— General Psychology _
Econ. 21 1— Principles of Economics
Typewriting
Bus. 301— Advanced
Bus. 311— Advanced Shorthand
Bus. 322— Intermediate Accounting
Bus. 331— Business Law

Hours

CR

3

4
4

3
3
2
3

3
3

3
3

20

17

3

II

I

CL
Psy. 371— Educational Psychology
Econ. 212— Principles of Economics
Bus. 332-Business Law II
Bus. 334— Business Mathematics or
Bus. 333— Business Corres. and Reports
Ed. 393— Social Foundations of Education
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology or
Soc. 323— Intro, to Anthropology

CR

3

3
3

3
3
3

3
3

3
3

3

3

18

18

FOURTH YEAR
Hours

CL

423— Hist, of Economic Thought
Sci. 211— U. S. Government
401— Clerical Practice and

3
3

3
3

Office Machines

5

3

8

6

19

15

Econ.
Pol.

Bus.

Ed.

Hours

CR

396— Curriculum and

Instruction

CL
Ed.

403— Student Teaching

Business
Subjects in the Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)

...

30

30

in

Secondary

School
(Including A-V Education)

CR

in

12



12

ACCOUNTING SEQUENCE
SECOND YEAR
Hours

CL
Eng. 207 or 208-Survey of
Biol. 103-General Biology
H. P. E. -Elective

World

Lit

I

....

;

201— Elementary Typewriting
222— Principles of Accounting

Bus.
Bus.

Business

elective

I

II

__

_

-

Hours

CR

CL

3
5
2

3
3
1

218 or Hist. Ill
Bus. 202— Elementary Typewriting
Bus. 321— Intermediate Accounting

4
4

2

Business

3

3

3

Natural Science or Math, elective
Humanities elective

21

15

3

Hist.

elective

3
3
3
3

3
2
3
3
3
3

19

17

4

II
I

_

CR

THIRD YEAR
Hours

CL
Psy. 101— General Psychology _
Econ. 211— Principles of Economics
Typewriting
Bus. 301— Advanced
Bus. 322— Intermediate Accounting
_
Bus. 331— Business Law
Bus. 334— Advanced Mathematics
(Business Mathematics)
I



3
3

....

CL

371— Educational Psychology
Econ. 212— Principles of Economics
Bus. 332-Business Law II

3
3

3
3
2
3
3

3

3

3
3
_ 3
Accounting elective
3
Ed. 393— Social Foundations of Education 3
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology or
Soc. 323-lntro. to Anthropology
3

19

17

18

4
II

Hours

CR
Psy.

CR
3
3
3
3
3

18

_

3

FOURTH YEAR
SECOND SEMESTER

SEMESTER

FIRST

Hours

CL

423— History of Econ. Thought
Sci. 211— U. S. Government
401— Clerical Practice and

Econ.
Pol.

Bus.

Office
Ed.

Machines

396— Curriculum and
Secondary
(Including

-

_

Instruction

School
A-V Education)

Hours

CR

3
3

3
3

5

3

8

6

19

15

in

CL
Ed.

403— Student Teaching

Business
Subjects in the Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)

CR

in

...

30

12

30

12

;.'a

SECRETARIAL SEQUENCE
SECOND YEAR
Hours

CL
Eng. 207 or 208-Survey of World
Biol. 103-Generol
Biology
_
H. P. E.-Elective

Lit.

3

3

5
2

3

4
_ 4
3

2
3
3

21

15

I

I

Bus. 201— Elementary
Bus. 21 1— Elementary
Business elective _

Typewriting
Shorthand

_
I

I

Hours

CR

1

CL
Humanities Elective _
218 or Hist. Ill .
Bus. 202— Elementary Typewriting
Bus. 212— Elementary Shorthand II

3
3

3
3

4
4
3

2
3
3
3

20

17

Hist.

_

II

333— Business Corres. and Reports
Natural Science or Math, elective
Bus.

CR

3

...

THIRD YEAR
Hours

CL
Psy. 101— General Psychology
Econ. 21 1— Principles of Economics
Bus. 301— Advanced Typewriting
Bus. 311— Advanced Shorthand
Bus. 331— Business Law
Business elective

4

3
3
2

4

3

3
3

I

_....

I

Hours

CR

3

3

3

3

20

17

CL

CR

Econ. 212— Principles of Economics _.
Bus. 312— Secretarial Practice
Bus. 332— Business Law II
Psy. 371— Educational Psychology
Ed. 393— Social Foundations of Ed.
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology or
Soc. 323— Intro, to Anthropology _.
.

20

18

FOURTH YEAR
Hours

CL
Econ.

423— Hist,

of

211-U.

S.

Pol. Sci.

Bus.

401— Clerical

Economic Thought

Government
Practice and

_

Office Machines
Ed. 396— Curriculum and Instruction
Secondary School „
(Including A-V Education)

Hours

CR

CL
Ed.

..

_.

403— Student Teaching

in Business
Subjects in the Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)

in

19

30

12

30

12

15

DIVISION OF SPECIAL EDUCATION
PURPOSE
This Division of Bloomsburg State College has been designated

by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare people in
Training of the Mentally Retarded and in Communication Disorders

and has been tentatively approved to prepare people
Education of the Deaf.
The Bachelor of Science
degree
the

is

conferred on students

who

satisfactorily

approved Special Education curriculums.

designated major

is

in the area of
in

Education

complete any of

Certification in the

granted upon completion of the program and

approval of the faculty.

CR

192

EQUIPMENT
The

Special Education Center

majoring

is

located in

Navy

Communication Disorders have access

in

which

Hall. Students
to:

a hearing

equipped with pure-tone and speech audiometers,
a Bekesy audiometer, a psycho-galvanometer; a Voice Science Lab

suite

which

is

equipped with a speech sonograph, single and dual track
tape recorders, disc-record cutting machines and sound analysis
equipment; phonographs, auditory training units, desk and individual
is

model hearing aids, language masters, and library materials
Communication Disorders for use in Clinical Practicum.

in

Instructional aids for the Teaching of the Mentally Retarded

SRA

Reading Laboratories, tachistoscope, a primer typea collection of curriculum and workshop materials, and

include
writer,

library materials concerning all areas of mental retardation.

CLINICAL PRACTICE AND STUDENT TEACHING
Students enrolled in the Teaching of the Mentally Retarded

program have the opportunity of participating in the work with the
mentally retarded in carefully supervised and graded special classes.
After completion of the course work, students participate in full-time
student teaching programs in two separate settings for the duration

weeks each.

of nine

Those
initial

enrolled

clinical

in

Communication

Disorders

clinical

their

Upon
on campus.
practice on campus, these

experience while they are

completion of course work and

acquire

still

students are placed for two different experiences, each lasting nine

weeks, which gives them the opportunity to work

full

time with a

qualified speech correctionist in a school or clinic setting.

Student teachers in Special Education are assigned to the White

Haven

State School, the Selinsgrove State School

to the public schools of Chester,

and Hospital, and

Columbia, Cumberland, Lancaster,

Lycoming, Montgomery, Montour, Northampton and Northumberland Counties through the offices of the superintendents of those
counties.

As

greater

numbers of students

are assigned to student teach-

ing through increased enrollment, other centers will be developed.

A

student

may

be assigned to a school

entire semester, or he

may

school districts or counties.

be re-assigned

district
in

or county for an

mid-semester to other

193

COMMUNICATION DISORDERS CURRICULUM
(Subject to change for administrative reasons)

Speech Pathology Sequence
The

objectives of the curriculum are to prepare state certified

speech correctionists, to provide opportunity for students to meet
the requirements of

ASHA

for Certificate of Clinical

Competence

Speech Pathology, and to extend the competence of speech
cians so that they can adequately work with public school and

in

clini-

clinic

problems.
FIRST

SECOND SEMESTER

SEMESTER
Hours

CL

101— English Composition
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
103-General Biology
101— World Physical Geography

Biol.

I

Geog.

one)

(Elect

Math.
Math.

...

2

1

—Fundamentals of Math.
Ill— College Algebra
lOl

101 -Physical

H.P.E.

4
3
3

3
3
3
3
3

3
3

Eng.

Fitness

Ed

Hours

CR
102— English Composition _
Com. Dis. 152— Voice and Diction
Art 101— Introduction to Art

3
3
3

(Elect one)
_
Hist. Ill-World
Hist. 112-World

3

Eng.

Hist.

113-World

_

Hist,
Hist.
Hist,

150-Aquatics
Dis. 251 -Phonetics

H.P.E.

Com.
18

CR

CL

1500
1500-1815
since 1815

to

2
3

_

16
17

THIRD SEMESTER
100— Personal and Community

H.P.E.

Health _
Spec. Ed. 201-Education of
Exceptional Children
H.P.E. -Elective
Phys. 101-3asic Phys. Science

Com.
Com.
Psy.

Dis.
Dis.

276— intro.

to

252-Sp. Path.

101— General

Audiology
I

FIFTH

Phil.

211 -Intro,

(Elect

Psy.
Psy.

Dis.

3
2

3

Psy.

1

Com.

4
3
3

3
3
3
3

20

18

3

Dis.

...

3
3
3

18

18

3
3
3

3

6

3

3

3

18

15

30

12

30

12

3

3

15

SEVENTH SEMESTER
one)
Eng. 401 —Structure of English
Com. Dis. 360— Psycho-Linguistics
Dis.

452— Anatomy

of Speech

Mechanisms
_
Com. Dis.;
Foreign Language or Reading)
Pol. Sci. 211-U. S. Gov't
Com. Dis. 361— Clinical Problems of
Communication Disorders
Hearing

Com.

3

466,

471,

EIGHTH SEMESTER
402— Clinical Experience

3

Electives from:

Dis.

Dis.

and
Total

crs.

3
18

472 and 475 are recommended for course selections beyond

Student teaching equivalent.

128

6
3

18

(Com.

Lit.

331— Mental Hygiene
416— Adolescent Psychology

(Elect

(Two

II

Eng, 207 or 208-Survey of World
Com. Dis. 376— Aud. Training &
Sp. Reading

6
3

18

Com.

3
3

Com. Dis. 352— Clinical Practicum:
Communication Disorders
(Elective)
Foreign Language

351— Clinical Methods

Practicum
one)

Dis.

Psychology
253— Speech Pathology

SIXTH SEMESTER
467-Psy. of Sp. & Hrng.
Hist. 218-U. S. and Pa. Survey
Ed. 393-Social Foundation of Ed.

3

Philosophy

to

3

371 -Ed.

Com.

3

Soc. 211— Prin. of Sociology
Soc. 224— Cultural Anthropology
Psy. 321— Tests and Measures

Com.
and

2

SEMESTER

one)

(Elect

2

3

_

Psychology

FOURTH SEMESTER
101— Intro, to Music
Psy. 21 1— Child Growth and
Development

Music

16

(he

required.)

194

CURRICULUM FOR EDUCATION OF THE DEAF
(subject to change for administrative reasons)

The

objectives of this sequence are to prepare state certified

teachers of the deaf to provide opportunity for students to

meet

the requirements of certification of the Conference of Executives of

American Schools

for the

Deaf, and to extend the competency of

teachers of the deaf.

FIRST

SECOND SEMESTER

SEMESTER
Hours

CL
Eng. 101— English Composilion
Speech 101— Fund, of Speech
103-Gencrol Biology
Biol.
Geog. 101-World Physical Geog
I

one)

(Elect

Mafh. 101-Fund. of Malh.
Ma'h. Ill— College Alg2bra
HPE 101-Physical Fitness Ed.

3
3

3
3

5
3
3

3
3

3

2

19

Hours

CR

CL
Eng.

Com.

102— English Composilion
Dis. 152-Voice & Diction

Art — Eleclive
History — Elediva

Com. Dis. 251-Phoneiics
HPE 150-Aquaiics

1

201 -Ed. of Ex. Chn
101— Basic Physical Science
101— General Psychology

Psy.

I

Health
HPE — Recreation

Elective

__..

3

3

Music

3
3

Psy.
Psy.

3
3

Eng.

3
3
3



Com.

2

2

1

EOD
of

Elective

Literature

Dis.

Sp.
2



211 -Child Growth & Develop.
371— Educational Psychology

Psy.

211-!ntro.
321-Tests

Com.
and

Dis.

to

Philosophy

& Measures

376— Aud.

Practicum
for

the

Deaf

3
3
3

3
3

Ed.

3

Pol.

6
4

3
4

16

of

201 -History,
the Deaf

452 — Anatomy

Ed. 455— Learning
Disabilities

Elective

16

.

3
3
3
3

3

3

3

3

3

18

18

3

3

3

3
3

&

& Guidance

Ed.

Education
Sci.

211— U.

Government

S.

Sp.
Ele.

the
Subj.

to

Deaf

to the Deaf
(Elect one)

Advanced Science
Advanced Math, or

.

.

3

3

4

4

6
3

4
3

19

17

30

12

Statistics

EIGHTH SEMESTER

EOD

3

Spec.

EOD 366— Classroom Pracikom
EOD 461 -Problems of EOD

1

393— Soc. Foundations

EOD 352-Tchng.
EOD 353-Tchng.

SEVENTH SEMESTER
Dis.

2

3

SIXTH SEMESTER

19

Com.

Trng.

18

351— Clinical Methods

EOD 351-Language

Elective

Reading

FIFTH SEMESTER

Phil.

3

16

4

20

Soc — Eleclive

3
3

FOURTH SEMESTER

Ed.

Com. Dis. 252-Sp. Palh.
Com. Dis. 276— inlro. to Aud.
HPE 100-Personal & Community

3

3
3
3

17

THIRD SEMESTER
Spec.
Phys.

3
3

CR

3

6
3
3

18

15

403-Student

Teaching

195

CURRICULUM FOR TEACHERS OF
THE MENTALLY RETARDED
(Subject to change for administrative reasons)

The

objectives of this curriculum are to prepare State certified teach-

ers in the area of

mental retardation and extend competency

teaching

in

of the mentally retarded.

SECOND SEMESTER

FIRST SEMESTER

Hours
CL CR
__
101— English Composition
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Biology
Biol. 103-Generol
Geog. 101— World Physical Geography _

Eng.

I

(Elect

one)

_

Math. 101— Fundamentals of Malh.
Math. 231— Theory of Arithmetic
H.P.E. 101 -Physical Fitness Ed

Hours

CL
Eng.
Phys.

4

3
3
3

3
__ 3

3
3

Art

3
3

(Elect

102— English Composition
101— Physical Science _
one)

18



1

16

(Elect one) „
Hist. Ill-World
Hist. 112-World
Hist. 113-World

H.P.E.

World

Lit.

one)

100-Personal



Philosophy

16

3

3

3

3

3
3

_ 3
3

3
3
Psy. 211— Child Growth and Development 3
(Elective) in Social Sciences _
_
3

2

18

18

3
3

3
3

3

3

3
3

3
3

15

15

30

12

30

12

_ 3
3
3

17

Pol. Sci.

211-U.

S.

Government

Music 311— Music Activities
Elementary School
Teh. MR 201-lntroduction to
Mentally Retarded
(Elective) in Humanities

in

the

_

3
3

H.P.E. -Elective
Teh. MR 303-Crafts for all Levels
of Mentally Retarded
Psy. 371— Edu'a.ional
Psychology
Ed. 371— Teaching of Reading in

Grades

(Elective) Science or
Teh. MR 351-Special

17

SEMESTER

FIFTH

Elementary

2

& Community

Health

the

to

FOURTH SEMESTER

218-U.S. and Pa. Survey

Exceptional Children
211 -Introduction to

1500
1500-1815
1815 to present

History
History
Hist.

3
3

_

18

Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology
Soc. 224— Cultural Anthropology
Spec. Ed. 201— Education of
Phil.



150-Aquatics

THIRD SEMESTER
Eng. 207 or 208-Survey of

3

Art

Music 101 — Introduction to Music
101— General Psychology

H.P.E.

Hist.
(Elect

to

Psy.
2

4

_

101— Introduction

CR

3

Math

SIXTH SEMESTER

8
3

4
3

Ed. 393— Social Foundations
of
Ed
Psy. 321— Tests and Measures
Ed. 397— Science and Math in the

3
3

3

Teh.

2

1

3

Elementary School
MR 352-Special Class
Methods: Secondary Levels

Eng.

Class

316— Children's

Literature



Methods: Primary and
Intermediate

Levels

3

3

22

17

SEVENTH SEMESTER
Spec.

Ed.

for

the

(Elect

EIGHTH SEMESTER

451— Speech Improvement
Classroom

3

one)

MR 401 -Student Teaching
and Professional Practicum

Teh.

3

3
3

Psy. 416— Adolescent Psychology
Psy. 331— Mental Hygiene
Teh. MR 361— Seminar in Teaching

Ihe
H.P.E.

Mentally

Retarded

420-Techniques

Health
Ed. Teachers

3

3

3

3

3
2

3
2

17

17

in

and P.E. for Spec.
Teh. MR 432— Language
for Special Classes
(Elective)
Prof, area

Arts

Total

1

28

crs.

.

196

SPECIAL

DEGREE PROGRAMS

THE TWO-YEAR DEGREE PROGRAMS
The Bloomsburg State College has been approved to offer a
two-year program to Dental Hygienists and School Nurses who are
able to meet the conditions set forth in the following paragraphs:

DEGREE CURRICULUM FOR DENTAL HYGIENISTS
(Subject to change without notice)

The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conferred upon dental hygienists meeting the following requirements:

The possession of a valid license to practice dental hygiene
in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania issued by the State
Dental Council and Examining Board and the Department
of Public Instruction.
"The professional education require-

1

ments for dental hygiene are the satisfactory completion of
an approved dental hygienist course of instruction of two
years of not less than thirty-two weeks and not less than
thirty

hours each week or

its

equivalent in and graduation

from a dental hygiene school approved by the State Dental
Council and Examining Board."
2.

The

70

satisfactory completion in addition thereto of

hours of professional and general education courses

credit
distri-

buted as follows:
A. Professional Education
Ed. 393 Social Foundations of Education
Psy. 101
General Psychology
Psy. 371
Educational Psychology
Ed. 301— Audio Visual Education





Credit Hours
3
3
3
2

11

Total

General Education
1. English and Speech
Eng. 101 English Composition
Speech 103 Introduction to Speech
Eng. 102 English Composition
Any speech elective
Eng. 207— Survey of World Literature I
Eng. 208— Survey of World Literature II

B.





2.

Fine Arts



Art 101 Introduction to Art
Music 101 Introduction to Music



16
3
3

3
3
3

3
6

3
3

197

Geography

3.

6



Geog. 101 World Physical Geography
Geog. 102— World Cultural Geography
Social

4.

3
3

18

Studies

— United

Government
Economics I

3

Ill— World History to 1500
112— World History, 1500-1815 or
Hist. 113— World History, since 1815
Hist. 218— History of U. S. and Pa

3

Soc. 211

3

Pol. Sci. 211

Econ. 211

— Principles

States
of

3

Hist.

Hist.

C.

— Principles

of

3
3

Sociology

Total

46

Electives

13

Grand Total

70

In each category

above,

credit

will

be

given

for

equivalent

courses pursued in the two year dental hygiene curriculum.

In such

number

of credit

cases students must increase their electives by the

hours earned previously.
In the case of dental hygienists

who had

less

than two years

which they were licensed to
practice dental hygiene, proportional credit will be given.
Such per-

of specialized training

on the

basis of

sons must pursue additional general education courses in college to

make up

the deficiency.

Electives
struction

may

from any

the student

is

be chosen with the approval of the Dean of Infield or

curriculum offered

at the college in

which

enrolled.

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION

A
culum

dental hygienist

who

desires to enroll in the

Degree Curri-

for Dental Hygienists should write for application blanks

and

information to the Director of Admissions, Bloomsburg State College,

Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815.

RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
The
State

30 hours of credits must be earned at Bloomsburg
College.
Resident credits may be earned in day, evening, and

summer

last

classes

which are offered on campus or approved by the

college administration.

:

.

198

DEGREE CURRICULUM FOR PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSES
Effective September

1,

1961

(Subject to change without notice)

The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conferred upon registered nurses who meet the following requirements:
The

1

satisfactory

completion of a three-year curriculum in

an approved school of nursing and registration by the State

Board of Examiners

for the Registration of

Nurses of Penn-

sylvania.
2.

All persons admitted to this degree

ed

to

satisfactorily

program

will

be requir-

complete 60 credit hours of additional

preparation distributed as follows:
Courses Related to Public Nursing:
NED. 301— Public School Nursing I
NED. 303— Public School Nursing II
NED. 304— Public Health Nursing
NED. 305— Nutrition
NED. 306— Family Case Work
A.

Credits
3
3
3
3
3

15

General Education:
Eng. 101 or 102 English Composition
Eng. 207 or 208— Survey of World Literature
Hist. Ill— World History to 1500 OR
Hist. 112— World History, 1500-1815 OR
Hist. 113— World History since 1815
Hist. 218— History of U. S. and Pa. Survey
Pol. Sci. 211— U. S. Government
B.



Psy.

— Principles of Sociology
103— General Biology
101 — General Psychology

Psy.

331— Mental Hygiene

Soc. 211
Biol.

3
3

3
3
3

3
3
3
3

27
Professional Education
Ed. 393
Social Foundations of Education
Educational Psychology
Psy. 371
Child Growth and Development
Psy. 211
C.

Ed.




451 — Pupil

D.

Electives:

Personnel Services In The Public Schools

3
3
3
3

12






Music 101 Introduction to Music
Art 101 Introduction to Art
Math. 101 Fundamentals of Mathematics
Speech 103 Introduction to Speech
Total

3

3
3
3

6

60

199
In the case of nurses with less than three years preparation for
registration,

such persons

will

pursue

additional

courses

to

meet

the requirements for the degree.

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION

A

registered nurse

who

desires to enroll in the

Degree Curri-

culum for Public School Nurses should write for application blanks
and information to the Director of Admissions, Bloomsburg State
College, Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania

17815.

RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
The

last

30 hours of

credits

must be earned

State College to qualify for graduation.

earned

in day,

evening, and

campus or approved by the

summer

at

Bloomsburg

Resident credits

classes

may be

which are offered on

college administration.

TRUSTEES
ADMINISTRATION

FACULTY

201

COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION
David H. Kurtzman, Superintendent of Public Instruction
Chairman, Board of State College Presidents
Ex-Officio Member, Board of Trustees

Frederick K. Miller, Commissioner

George W. Hoffman,

Director,

of Higher Education

Bureau of

State Colleges

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION
Dr. Otis C. McCreary, Chairman
Council of Higher Education

Council of Basic Education
Mrs. Albert Greenfield, Chairman
Dr. Paul

S.

Christman

Dr. Otis C.

McCreary

Gail L. Rose

Parke H. Lutz
Dr. William

William H. Rea, Chairman

M.

James H. Rowland, Esq.

Potter

Walter Wilmarth
Mrs. Emaline K.

Dr. Leonard

Mohr

Walter

J.

Wolf

Burke

Members-at-Large Mario C. Celli, W. Deming Lewis, Althea
K. Hottel, Richard C. Bond, Severino Stefanon, Secretary to the
Board
:

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Mr. William A. Lank, President

Hon. Harold
Mr.

J.

L. Paul, Vice-President

Howard

Mr. Howard

Hon. Bernard

Bloomsburg
Pottsville

Bloomsburg

Deily, Secretary-Treasurer

S.
J.

Fernsler

Pottsville

Philadelphia

Kelley

Mt. Carmel

Mr. Gerald A. Beierschmitt
Mr. E. Guy Bangs
Mr. Edgar A. Fenstermacher
Mr. William E. Booth
Dr. Harvey A. Andruss

R. D.

1,

R. D.

Orangeville
2,

Berwick
Danville

President of the College

202

BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
Harvey A. Andruss

President

Business Manager

Paul G. Martin

Thomas A. Gorrey
John

J.

Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds

Trathen

Comptroller,

Community

James B. Watts

Activities

Accounts

Director of Library Services

DEANS
John A. Hoch
Elton Hunsinger
Ellamae Jackson
Robert Norton

Dean of Instruction
Dean of Students
Dean of Women
Acting Dean of Men

DIRECTORS OF CURRICULAR DIVISIONS
Alden Buker

Emory A.

Arts and Sciences

Rarig,

Jr.

Royce O. Johnson
C. Stuart Edwards

Business Education

Elementary Education
Secondary Education

William L. Jones

Special Education

Charles H. Carlson

Graduate Studies

DIRECTORS OF COLLEGE SERVICES
Boyd

F.

John

L.

Russell

John

S.

Buckingham
Walker
E.

Houk

Athletics

Scrimgeour

...

Lee E. Aumiller

Thomas A.

Development
Admissions

Davies,

Financial Aid

Field Experiences

Placement

Jr.

CHAIRMEN OF DEPARTMENTS
Wendelin R. Frantz
Clarence A. Moore
Eric

W. Smithner

William L. Carlough

Geography and Earth Science
Health and Physical Education

Foreign Languages
Social Sciences

Hopkins

Speech

Donald D. Rabb

Biological Sciences

Melviile

;

203

Mathematics

Charles R. Reardin

William K. Decker

Music

H. M. Afshar

Education

Craig A. Newton

Louis F.

History

Thompson

...

Percival R. Roberts, III

English
...

Art

Norman E. White
Merritt W. Sanders

Physical Sciences

TejBhan S. Saini
Emily A. Reuwsaat

Economics

.

Psychology

Mental Retardation
Communication Disorders

Margaret Lefevre

FACULTY
HARVEY

President of the College
A. ANDRUSS
University of Oklahoma, A.B., Certificate in Public and Private Business, Graduate Study; Northwestern University, M.B.A., Graduate Study;
Research Reader, Bodleian Library, University of Oxford, England;
Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.

Speech
A. ACIERNO
University of Pittsburgh, B.A.; Carnegie Institute of Technology, M.F.A.

WILLIAM

BRUCE

E.

ADAMS

Geography

Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ed.D.
Education
H. M. AFSHAR
University of Teheran, B.A.; University of Florida, M.Ed.; University
of Florida, Ed.D.

WILLIAM

D.

ALABAUGH

Art
University of Colorado, M.F.A.

Maryland Institute of Art, B.F.A.;
Graduate Study, Academy of Fine Art.

RICHARD

ALDERFER

Speech
Grove City College, Bluff ton College, B.A.; Temple University, M.Ed.;
University of Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State University, Graduate
D.

Study.

BEN

Foreign Languages
C. ALTER
Susquehanna University, B.A.; University of Maine, M.Ed.; Graduate

Study, Pennsylvania State University, Universidad de Puerto Rico, Allegheny College, Bucknell University.

M. ANDERSON
Nebraska Christian College, A.B.; Fort Hayes State

DALE

English
College, M.A.; Grad-

uate Study, Indiana University.

RICHARD

G.

ANDERSON

Western Kentucky State College, B.A.; Texas Christian
M.A.; Graduate Study, Texas Christian University.

History
University,

20U

BENJAMIN
Brown

S.

ANDREWS

Communication Disorders

University of Virginia, B.S.
State
Iowa, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Virginia.

LEE

University,

;

AUMILLER

E.

of

Education

Pennsylvania State University, B.S.
sylvania State University, Ed.D.

JOAN

University

;

Bucknell University, M.Ed.; Penn-

AUTEN

Health and Physical Education
West Chester State College, B.S.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State

M.

University, Bloomsburg State College.

DONALD

R.

BASHORE

Psychology

Susquehanna University, B.A.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, Bucknell University.
Business Education
M. BAYLER
Susquehanna University, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.B.A., C.P.A.

CHARLES

Elementary Education
MAE BECKLEY
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Columbia University.

MRS. IVA

FRED

BEERS

E.

Bucknell University,
University.

JACK

B.S.,

M.S.;

Mathematics
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State

BEMIS

S.

Ithaca College, B.S.;
ester, M.M., Ph.D.

Eastman School

of Music



Music
University of Roch-

BARRETT W. BENSON

Chemistry

Middlebury College, A.B.; University of Vermont, Ph.D.

DOUGLAS BOELHOUWER
Rutgers University, B.S.
Tulane University.

;

Health and Physical Education
University of Illinois, M.S.; Graduate Study,

RODRICK CLARK BOLER

Health and Physical Education

University of Alabama, B.S., M.A.

Mathematics
M. BRENNAN
Bloomsburg State College, B.S. Ed.; Montclair State College, M.A.

CHARLES
RICHARD

J.

BROOK

Philosophy

Antioch College, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A.
School for Social Research.

LEROY

;

Graduate Study,

New

BROWN

Mathematics
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Lafayette College, Pennsylvania State University.

BOYD

H.

F.

BUCKINGHAM

Bloomsburg State College, B.S.

;

Bucknell

Director of Development
University, M.S.; Graduate

Study, Pennsylvania State University.

ALDEN BUKER

Director of Arts and Sciences
Harvard University, A.B., M.A.; Boston University, Ph.D.


205

ROBERT

BUNGE

L.

Registrar

Graduate

Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.;
Study, Pennsylvania State University, Syracuse University.

WILLIAM
Hope

CARLOUGH

L.

Philosophy

Western Theological Seminary, B.D.; General Theological Seminary, S.T.M.; New York University, Ph.D.; Graduate Study,
Columbia University, University of Edinburgh.
College, B.A.;

CHARLES

Director of Graduate Studies
H. CARLSON
Reedly College, A. A.; San Jose State College, B.A.; Teachers College
Columbia University, M.A. Ed., Ph.D.

CHARLES WHITNEY CARPENTER,
Cornell University, A.B.

Foreign Languages
University of Southern California, M.A.

;

II

Assistant Dean of Women
H. CARPENTER
Oklahoma,
University of
B.A.; Southwestern State College, Utah State
University, University of Alabama, M.A.

JENNIE

WILLARD

CHRISTIAN

A.

Business

Bloomsburg State College, B.S.

Bucknell
Study, Pennsylvania State University.

BARRY

;

University,

M.S.;

COBB

E.

Graduate

Psychology

University of Maine, B.A.; Miami University, M.A.

JAMES

COLE

E.

Biological Sciences

Western Michigan University, B.A., M.A.; Michigan State University,
State University, Ph.D.

Illinois

ARTHUR

CONNER

B.

University
Ph.D.

JAMES

of

Southern

Foreign Languages
California,

A.B.;

CREASY

B.

Bloomsburg State

College, B.S.
Bucknell
Study, Pennsylvania State University.

SYLVIA

;

University

of

Iowa,

Assistant to the President
University, M.S.; Graduate

CRONIN

H.

M.A.,

Music

Rhode Island College of Education, B.Ed., M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State
University, M.Ed., Graduate Study.

ROBERT

G.

DAVENPORT

THOMAS

A.

DAVIES

Counselling
Bucknell University, B.S., M.S.; Graduate Study, Temple University,
Rutgers University, Columbia University, Syracuse University.

Waynesburg

College, B.A.;

Acting Director of Placement
Duquesne University, M.Ed.; Graduate Study,

Kent State University.

WILLIAM

K.

DECKER

Eastman School

Music

Music, B.M., M.M.; Graduate Study, Union
logical Seminary, Indiana University, University of Illinois.

BLAISE

C.

Lukow

of

DELNIS
University, A.B.;

Theo-

Foreign Languages

Fordham

University, M.A.

206

JOHN

DENNEN

E.

Bloomsburg State

JERRY

Business
College,

B.S.;

DENSTORFF

B.

Evansville University, B.S.,

Bucknell University, M.S.

Health and Physical Education
Indiana University, M.Ed.; Graduate Study,

Indiana University.

IOHN

DIETRICH
History
John's College, A. A.; Capital University, A.B.; Ohio State University,
M.A., Graduate Study.
C.

St.

LESTER

J.

DIETTERICK

Business

Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bloomsburg State College, M.S.

BERNARD

C.

DILL

Pennsylvania State University, B.S.;
State University, M.B.A.; Graduate

Temple
Study,

Business
Pennsylvania
Washington Uni-

University,

George

versity.

BARBARA

M. DILWORTH
Economics
Chestnut Hill, B.A. University of Pennsylvania, M.A.; Graduate Study,
;

Catholic University.

DOYLE

DODSON

G.

Bloomsburg State
College, M.Ed.

VIRGINIA

C.

Business
College, B.S.

;

Bucknell University; Bloomsburg State

DOERFLINGER

Speech

Syracuse University, New York University, B.S.; Columbia University,
M.A.; Graduate Study, Queens College, Montclair State College.

RICHARD

J.

DONALD

Education

East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.; Kansas State University, M.S.

ANITA

A.

DONOVAN

Wheaton

EDSON

English

College, B.A.; University of Missouri,

DRAKE

J.

M.A.
History

University of Notre Dame, B.A. Georgetown University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Minnesota, St. Lawrence University, School of
Advanced International Studies; Georgetown University, Ph.D.
;

STANLEY

T.

DUBELLE,

JR.

Education

Franklin and Marshall College, A.B.; California State College, Washington and Jefferson College, Pennsylvania State University, West Virginia
University, M.A.

English
A. DUCK
Pennsylvania State University, B.A.; Bucknell University, M.A; Duke
University, Pennsylvania State University, Bucknell, Graduate Study.

MRS. VIRGINIA

JOHN

EBERHART

Communication Disorders
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Syracuse University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, Temple University, Syracuse University.

C.

L.

STUART EDWARDS

Director of Secondary Education
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Graduate Study, Northwestern University; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed., Ed.D.

;

207

WILLIAM

EISENBERG

D.

Eyiglish

University of Delaware, B.A.
Duke University.

DONALD

E.

;

Lehigh University, M.A.; Graduate Study,

ENDERS

Gettysburg

College,

B.S.;

Student Teaching
Pennsylvania

New York University, M.A.;

State University, Ed.D.

Elementary Education
M. ENGLEHART
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University.

BEATRICE

JOHN

ENMAN

PHILLIP

A.

Geography
Harvard University, M.A.; University of

A.
University of Maine, B.A.;
Pittsburgh, Ph.D.

FARBER

Biological Sciences

King's College, B.S.; Boston College, M.S.; Catholic University, Ph.D.

RONALD

A.

FERDOCK

English

St. Vincent College, A.B.; Pennsylvania State University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Nebraska.

ROBERT

Psychology
H. FINKS
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; Miami University, M.A.

PATRICK

FOLEY

Education
Northeastern University, A.B.; Boston University, A.M.; Harvard University, Ed.M.; University of California, Ph.D.
J.

WENDELIN

Geography
R. FRANTZ
College of Wooster, A.B.; University of Pittsburgh, M.S., Ph.D.

ERICH

FROHMAN

F.

Speech

Columbia College, B.A.; Syracuse University, M.A.
P.

JOSEPH GARCIA

Physical Sciences
Kent State University, B.S. Case Institute of Technology, Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute, New Mexico Highlands University, M.S.; Graduate Study, University of Missouri, Kansas State University.
;

GEORGE

GELLOS

J.

Muhlenberg

College,

Biological Sciences
B.S.;

Ohio University, M.S.;

Pennsylvania State

University, Ph.D.

MARTIN
St.

M.

GILDEA

Political Science

Vincent, B.A.; University of Notre Dame, M.A.

NANCY

GILL

English
Grays Harbor College, A. A.; Washington State University, B.A., M.A.
E.

ARLINE

E. GINGOLD
Cornell University, A.B.;

Sociology

Cornell University, Temple University, M.A.
Graduate Study, Temple University.

ANTHONY

L.

GRILLO

Pennsylvania

State University,
Villanova University, M.S.L.S.

Serials Librarian
B.S.;

Pennsylvania

State

University,

208

HANS

GUNTHER

K.

History

Washington University, A.B., M.A.; Stanford University, Ph.D.; Graduate Study, University of Missouri.

A. HALLER
University of Notre Dame, B.A., M.A.

ROBERT

Director of Publications

J. HARPER
Physics
University of Nottingham, B.S.; University of Nottingham, Ph.D.

DAVID

GERROLD W. HART

Education
Springfield College, B.S.; American International College, M.A.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, Temple University, M.Ed.

PAUL

HARTUNG

Mathematics
Montclair State College, B.A.; University of Colorado, M.A.
G.

RICHARD

HAUPT

B.

Assistant

Shippensburg State College,

B.S.,

Dean

of

Men

M.Ed.

MICHAEL HERBERT

Biological Sciences

University of Maryland, B.S.; Lehigh University, Ph.D.

RALPH

History
S. HERRE
Colgate University, B.S.; Teachers College, Albany, New York, M.A.;
Graduate Study, Clark University, New York University, University of
Buffalo, London School of Economics; Pennsylvania State University,
Ed.D.

NORMAN

L.

HILGAR

Business

Grove City College, B.S.;

University of Pittsburgh, M.A.;
Study, Bucknell University, University of Pittsburgh.

CRAIG

HIMES

L.

Clarion

Biological Sciences

State College, B.S.
University of Pittsburgh, M.S.;
Study, University of Pittsburgh.

CLAYTON

;

H.

Graduate

HINKEL

Graduate
Business

Bloomsburg State College, B.S.

Temple University, M.Ed.;

Graduate
Study, New York University, Pennsylvania State University, Columbia
University, University of Pennsylvania, Northwestern University.

JOHN

A.

;

HOCH

Dean

of Instruction

Pennsylvania State University, A.B.; Bucknell University, M.A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.

MELVILLE HOPKINS
Bucknell University, A.B.,
State University, Ph.D.

LEE

C.

HOPPLE

M.A.;

Syracuse University,

Speech
Pennsylvania

Geography

Pennsylvania State University, M.S.;
Kutztovvn State College, B.S.;
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, University of Washington.

RUSSELL

HOUK

Health and Physical Education
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
E.

209

ELTON HUNSINGER

Dean

East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.

;

of Students

Bucknell University, M.A.

MARGARET ANN JACK

Business

Indiana State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.

CHARLES

JACKSON

G.

Political Science

Westminster College, A.B.; University of North Carolina, M.A.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.

ELLAMAE JACKSON

Dean

West Chester State

of

Women

College, B.S. Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Columbia University, American University, Syracuse
;

University.

SARAH

JEFFREY

E.

Bell

Haven

College,

A.B.;

George Peabody College,

M.A.;

Art
Graduate

Study, George Peabody College.

MARY LOU JOHN
Foreign Languages
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.A.; Graduate

MRS.

Study, Pennsylvania State University.
A. JOHNSON
Geography
Indiana State College, B.S., M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Johns Hopkins University, Rutgers University, Clark University.

BRIAN

Director of Elementary Education
0. JOHNSON
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.

ROYCE

WARREN

JOHNSON

I.

West Chester State

College, B.S.,

Elementary Education
M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania

State University.

WILLIAM

Director of Special Education
L. JONES
University of Nebraska, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.

PRAKASH

KAPIL

C.

Political Science

University of Delhi, B.A., M.A.; University of Rhode Island, M.A.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.

ANDREW

J.

KARPINSKI

Mental Retardation

Pennsylvania State University,

B.S.,

M.Ed., D.Ed.

Education
M. KELLER
Indiana State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Graduate
Study, University of Pittsburgh, Rutgers University.

MARTIN

LANE

L.

KEMLER

Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
State College, M.Ed.

KENNETH

G.

KIRK

Business
;

Millersville

State College,

Bloomsburg
Business

Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.

JEROME

J.

KLENNER

Biological Sciences

Francis College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.S.; University of
Notre Dame, Ph.D.
St.

210

ROBERT

KLINEDINST

L.

Gettysburg College,

Mathematics

B.A.;

Graduate Study,

Pennsylvania State Uni-

versity.

E. KLINGMAN
Student Teaching
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed.

JOEL

CHARLES

C.

KOPP

English

Frostburg (Md.) State Teachers College, B.S. West Virginia University,
M.A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D.; Graduate Study, University
of London.
;

JULIUS

KROSCHEWSKY

R.

Biological Sciences

University of Texas, B.A., M.A.; Graduate Study, Oregon State University, University of Texas, Ph.D.

EDWIN

KUBACH

W.

Rutgers University, A.B.;

Yale

University,

M.P.A.;

English
Graduate Study,

University of Pennsylvania.

MING MING KUO

Assistant Catalog Librarian
Tunghai University, B.A.; Mount Holyoke College, M.A.
School of
Library Services-Columbia University, M.S.
;

YOU-YUH KUO

Psychology
Taiwan Normal University, A.B.; National Chengchi University, M.A.;
University of Maryland, M.Ed., Ed.D.

HAROLD

H.

LANTERMAN

Chemistry

Bloomsburg State College, B.S.

;

New York

University, M.A.; Pennsyl-

vania State University, Ed.D.

OLIVER

J.

LARMI

Dartmouth

JAMES

R.

College, A.B.;

Social Sciences

University of Pennsylvania, Ph.D. Candidate.

LAUFFER

Geography

Allegheny College, B.S.; University of Hawaii, M.S.

MARGARET

Communication Disorders
C. LEFEVRE
Western Michigan University, A.B.; University of Minnesota, M.A.;
Western Reserve University, Ph.D.; Graduate Study, University of Akron, Northwestern University.

ELLEN

LENSING

Business
Wisconsin State College, B.Ed.; University of Wisconsin, M.S., Ph.D.
L.

MILTON LEVIN

Education
West Chester State College, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed.; University
of Pennsylvania, M.S.; Graduate Study, Temple University, University
of Pennsylvania.

CYRIL ALBIN LINDQUIST
University of Minnesota, B.S.;

JAMES

T.

LORELLI

Business

New York

University, M.S., Ph.D.

Geography

State University of New York at Binghamton, A.B.; Maxwell School of
Syracuse University, M.A.; Graduate Study, Maxwell School of Syracuse
University.

211

HOWARD

Education
K. MACAULEY, Jr.
Bucknell University, A.B.; Stanford University, M.A. Temple University, M.Ed.; Graduate Study, University of Pennsylvania.
;

MARY

MACDONALD

E.

Counselling

University of Michigan, A.B.;
Study, Columbia University.

Columbia

THOMAS MANLEY
Fairmount State

University,

M.A.

Graduate

;

Biological Sciences
College, B.A.;

West Virginia University, M.S.; Graduate

Study, Ohio State University, Bucknell University, Yale University.

EDILBERTO

A.

MARBAN

Foreign Languages

University of Havana, LL.D., Ph.D.; Postdoctoral Study, University
of Havana, University of Buenos Aires; Trinity College, M.A.; Graduate Study, Middlebury College.

MRS.

MARGARET

E.

McCERN

Business

Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.

LAVERE

W.

McCLURE

Geography

Mansfield State College, B.S.; University of South Dakota, M.N.S.

JOANNE

McCOMB

Health and Physical Education
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; Graduate Study, Indiana State College,
University of Pennsylvania; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
E.

JAMES

A. McCUBBIN
Marshall University, A.B.; Western Reserve University, M.A.

ALOYSIUS

J.

MCDONNELL

Speech

Education

Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.

DOROTHY

0.

McHALE

English

Trinity College, A.B. University of Pittsburgh, M.A.; Graduate Study,
University of Pittsburgh.
;

MICHAEL

J.

McHALE

Speech

University of Pittsburgh, A.B.; Western Reserve, M.A.; Graduate Study,
Pennsylvania State University.

ELI W.

MCLAUGHLIN

West Chester State

Health and Physical Education
College, B.S.,

M.Ed.

Mental Retardation
M. McLAUGHLIN
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
D.Ed.

JOHN

ROBERT

G.

MEEKER

Lafayette College, A.B.; University of Scranton, M.A.

;

English
Graduate Study,

Temple University.

JACK

L.

MEISS

Pennsylvania State University, B.S.

Business
;

Temple University, M.Ed.

M.

BEATRICE METTLER

Health

Bucknell University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A.; Graduate
Hopkins Hospital School of Nursing, R.N. Graduate Study.
University of Chicago.

of the Johns

RICHARD

MICHERI

0.

Fordham

NELSON

A.

;

Social Sciences

University, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A.

MILLER

Music

Indiana (Pa.) State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania State University.

ROBERT

MILLER

Director of Federal Programs
California State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed., Ed.D.

SCOTT

C.

E.

MILLER

University of Pittsburgh, A.B.,

LOUIS

Assistant Reference Librarian
M.A., M.L.S.

MINGRONE

V.

Biological Sciences

Slippery Rock State College, B.S.;
State University, Ph.D.

CLARENCE
Tarkio

A.

Ohio University, M.S.; Washington

MOORE

College,

A.B.;

University

of

Health and Physical Education
Alabama, M.A.
University of
;

Alabama. Ph.D.

JOSEPH

E.

MUELLER

Butler University, B.S.; University of Illinois,
Manhattan College, University of Illinois.

JOHN

M.S.;

Mathematics
Graduate Study.

MULKA

Assistant Dean of
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Ohio University, M. Ed.
S.

JAMES

J.

MURPHY

Psychology

Lafayette College, A.B.; Jefferson Medical College of Philadelphia,
John's University, M.A.; Graduate Study, St. John's University.

LOUIS

Men

St.

NAU

History
Universite Laval, Universita per Stranieri, George Washington UniverUniversity of Wisconsin, George Washington University,
sity, A.B.;
T.

M.A.

GEORGE W. NEEL

Foreign Languages
Glassboro State College, B.S.; University of Aix-Marseille, Diploma
(French); University of Heidelberg, Diploma (German); Graduate
Study, University of Pennsylvania, Princeton University.

NEWTON

CRAIG

A.
University of

Pennsylvania, B.A.; Southern
Western Reserve University, Ph.D.

CLYDE

S.

Illinois

NOBLE

Chemistry

Graduate
College, Grinnell College, A.B.
Hawaii,
Ph.D.
University
of
University;
Mellon

Augustana

ROBERT

History
M.A.;

University,

NORTON

;

Study,

Carnegie-

Acting Dean of Men
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; GradG.

uate Study, University of Pittsburgh.

;

213

RONALD

NOVAK

W.

Mathematics

California State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Graduate Study, University of West Virginia, Penn State University, Univerversity of Illinois.

THOMAS

L.

OHL

Mathematics

Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University,

Millersville

State

College, M.S.

JANET

OLSEN

Assistant Acquisition Librarian
Kutztown State College, B.S.; Syracuse University, M.S.
R.

CLINTON

OXENRIDER

J.

Bloomsburg State

Mathematics
M.A.

College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University,

JAMES W. PERCEY

Political Science

University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Rutgers University, M.A.;
Study, University of California at Los Angeles.

THADDEUS PIOTROWSKI

Graduate

Instructional Media

Pennsylvania State University,
(Pa.) State College, B.S.
M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, Syracuse University, Michigan State University.
California

JANE

PLUMPIS

J.

Sociology

Lock Haven State College, B.S.; St. Bonaventure University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Pittsburgh.

AARON POLONSKY

Acquisition Librarian
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Drexel Institute of Technology, B.S.-

L.S.

DEAKE

PORTER

Economics
Amherst College, A.B.; Yale University, M.A.; Graduate Study, Yale
G.

University.

H.

BENJAMIN POWELL
Drew

University,

History

A.B.

;

Lehigh University, M.A.

;

Lehigh

University,

Ph.D.

DONALD

L.

Syracuse

PRESTON
University,

Geography
B.A.

;

University of Oklahoma,

M.A.

RONALD EUGENE PUHL

Health and Physical Education
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; West Chester State College, M.A.

DONALD

RABB

Biology
Bucknell University, M.S.; Colorado
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
University, Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.; Graduate Study, Syracuse University, University of Colorado, Duke University, North Carolina
D.

;

State University.

FRANCIS

RADICE

Business
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Bucknell University; Pennsylvania State University,
Ed.D.
J.

EUGENE RAPPAPORT
Brandeis University, B.A.; Indiana University, M.F.A.

Art

4

21

EMORY

W. RARIG, JR.

Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Teachers College



Business
Columbia Univer-

M.A., Ed.D.

sity,

MARGARET READ-LAUER
University of Michigan, A.B.
Indiana University.

;

English
Indiana University, M.A.; Graduate Study,

GWENDOLYN REAMS

Catalog Librarian
University of Alabama, A.B.; George Peabody College, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of North Carolina, University of Alabama, Syracuse

University.

CHARLES

REARDIN

Mathematics
Duke University, A.B.; Montclair State College, M.A.; Graduate Study,
Paterson (N.J.) State College, Tulane University.

ROBERT

R.

REEDER

R.

Pennsylvania

State

Social Sciences

University,

B.A.,

M.S.;

Indiana

University,

Uni-

versity of Colorado, M.A.

HERBERT

H. REICHARD
Physics
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.S.; University of Michigan, M.A.;
Graduate Study, Lehigh University, Harvard University, Pennsylvania
State University, Temple University, Rutgers University.

JAMES

T.

REIFER

DAVID

P.

REIN

Mental Retardation
Shippensburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.

Drew
lege,

English

University, B.A.; Brown University, M.A.;
University of Michigan, M.A.

Montclair State Col-

REUWSAAT

EMILY

Mental Retardation
A.
Iowa State College, A.B., M.A.; University of Nebraska, Ed.D.
A. RHODES
University of Virginia, B.S., M.A.; Graduate
Williams College, Colorado State University.

STANLEY

Biological Sciences
Study, Duke University,

ALVA W. RICE

English
Madison College, B.S. George Washington University, Indiana University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Kentucky, University of Oslo,
University of London.
;

ROBERT

D.

RICHEY

Speech

Ohio State University, A.B., M.A.

JORDAN RICHMAN
Brooklyn College, B.A.; New
University of New Mexico.

KENNETH

A.

English
York University, M.A.; Graduate Study,

ROBERTS

Bloomsburg State College, B.S.;
Study, Pennsylvania

Elementary Education
Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate

State University,

Bucknell University.

215

PERCIVAL

R.

ROBERTS,

Art

III

University of Delaware, B.A.; Haystack Mountain School, University
of Delaware, M.A.; Graduate Study, Illinois State University; L'Libre
Universite Asie, Honorary Litt.D.

ROBERT

ROSS

P.

Wesleyan

University, Washington University, B.A., M.A.;
Study, Vanderbilt University, University of Connecticut.

WILLIAM

Economics
Graduate

ROTH

English
Syracuse University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of Missouri.
C.

JACQUELINE

B.

RUBE

Foreign Languages

University of Wisconsin, B.A.; Universite d'Aix-Marseille, University of
Wisconsin, M.A.

SUSAN RUSINKO

English
Wheaton College, B.A. Pennsylvania State University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of Minnesota, Columbia University.
;

ROBERT

SAGAR

G.

Biological Sciences

Ohio State University, B.S., M.S.; Graduate Study, Ohio State University.

TEJBHAN

S.

SAINI

Economics

Government College, B.A.; Punjam University, M.A. Duke University,
D.F.; Graduate Study, New School for Social Research.
;

MERRITT WILLIAM SANDERS
Drew

University, A.B., B.D.;

Psychology

New York

University, Ph.D.

MARTIN

A. SATZ
Psychology
University of Minnesota, B.A., M.A.; University of Washington, Ph.D.;
Public School Psychologist.

RICHARD

C.

SAVAGE

English

University of North Carolina, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Edinburgh, Scotland, Bucknell University.

SAWYER

JOHN

A.
University of Minnesota,
sity of New York.

TOBIAS

F.

SCARPINO

B.A.,

M.A.;

Graduate

Foreign Languages
Study, State Univer-

Physics

Kutztown State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate Study,
Princeton University, Pennsylvania State University, Bucknell University.

BERNARD

SCHNECK

Sociology
Virginia
University,
A.M.;
Graduate
University of Scranton, A.B.; West
Study, Ohio State University.
J.

SEYMOUR SCHWIMMER

JOHN

New

York, B.S.S.; Teachers College, Columbia University,
Graduate Study, Columbia University, New York University.

City College of

M.A.;

Philosophy

SCRIMGEOUR,

Director of Financial Aid
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
S.

Jr.

216

GILBERT

R.

W. SELDERS

Education

Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D.

REX

SELK

Chemistry
Knox University, A.B.; State University of Iowa, M.S.; Graduate Study,
University of West Virginia, State University of Iowa, Ohio University,
E.

Emory

RALPH

University.

W. SELL

Muhlenburg

History

Lutheran Theological Seminary, College of
Chinese Studies, American Lutheran Mission, Hartford Seminary Foundation, Ph.D.
Postdoctoral Study, Harvard University, Union Theological Seminary, Columbia University.
College,

B.A.

;

;

JOHN

J.

SERFF

Shippensburg State College, B.S.

;

History
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,

Ph.D.

CECIL

SERONSY

C.

University of Virginia,

Harvard University, M.A.,

B.A.;

English
Ph.D.

LOUISE SERONSY

Psychology

Fort Hays Kansas State, B.S.; George Peabody College, B.A.
University, Ph.D.

THEODORE SHANOSKI

;

Purdue
History

East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.; Ohio University, M.A.

;

Graduate

Study, Temple University.

MRS.

RUTH

D.

SMEAL

Bloomsburg State

Circulation Librarian

College, B.S.;

Marywood

Graduate

College, M.S.L.S.;

Study, Pennsylvania State University.

RICHARD

M. SMITH
Edinboro State College, B.S.

;

Communication Disorders
Temple University, M.A.

ERIC W. SMITHNER

Foreign Languages
Muskingum College, A.B.; University of Cincinnati, University De Grenoble, Middlebury French School, New York University, M.A.; New
York University, Ph.D.

ROBERT

R.

SOLENBERGER

Anthropology

University of Pennsylvania, A.B., M.A.; Graduate Study, University of
Pennsylvania.

JAMES

R.

SPERRY

History

Bridgewater College, B.A.; University of Arizona, M.A., Ph.D.

MARGARET

C.

SPONSELLER

Education

Indiana State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed., Ed.D.

JANET STAMM
Mount Holyoke

WILLIAM

B.

English
College, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A., Ph.D.

STERLING

Geography

Plattsburgh (N. Y.) State Normal School, Diploma; University of BufDesfalo, B.S.; Syracuse University, M.S.; Flight Instructor's Rating.
A.
A.);
United
Air
Pilot
Lines
Examiner
No.
Flight
3499
(C.
ignated
School, Cheyenne, Wyoming; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.

217

GEORGE

STRADTMAN,

Mathematics
Millersville State College, B.S.; Temple University, Ed.M.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University, Temple University, Union College.
G.

Sr.

GERALD

H. STRAUSS
English
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Columbia University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of Missouri, University of Pennsylvania.

THOMAS

STURGEON

G.

English

Westminster College, A.B.; Harvard University, M.A., Ph.D.

DAVID

SUPERDOCK

A.

Physics

Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Bucknell University.

ANTHONY

SYLVESTER

History
Newark College of Rutgers University, A.B.; Rutgers University, M.A.;
Graduate Study, University of Chicago.

WILBERT

J.

A.

TAEBEL

Chemistry

Elmhurst College, B.S.; University of

CHARLES

D.

THOMAS

University
Michigan.

JERRY

Illinois,

of

Michigan,

B.A.,

M.A.

;

THOMAS

R.

M.S., Ph.D.

Director of Counseling Services
Graduate Study, University of

Health and Physical Education

Furman

University, B.A.; University of Alabama, M.A., Ed.S.; Graduate Study, University of Alabama.

LOUIS

F.

THOMPSON

Columbia College, A.B.

English
;

Lehigh University, M.A., Ph.D.

MARY

Assistant Dean of Women
A. TOLAN
State University of New York at Geneseo, B.S.; State University of
New York at Albany, M.S.

ALFRED

TONOLO

E.

Foreign Languages
Ca'Foscary University, Wilkes College, Scranton
Colgate University, M.A.; Madrid University, Ph.D.

Littorio College, B.A.;

University,

JUNE

TRUDNAK

L.

Mathematics
Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate

Bloomsburg State College, B.S.;
Study, Bucknell University.

HENRY

C.

TURBERVILLE,

Health and Physical Education

Jr.

University of Alabama, B.S., M.A.

GEORGE

TURNER

A.

Eastern

Illinois

University,

B.S.,

M.S.;

History
Graduate Study, Indiana Uni-

versity.

DONALD

A.

VANNAN

Millersville

State College, B.S.;

Elementary Education
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,

Ed.D.

JOSEPH

VAUGHAN

P.

A and M, University of Maine, B.S.; Bowdoin
of New York, University of Maine, Pennsylvania

Colorado
College
sity,

Biological Sciences

M.Ed.;

College,

City

State Univer-

Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.

218

EARL

W. VOSS
West Chester State

Health and Physical Education
College, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed.; Graduate

Study, Temple University.

CONSTANCE

C.

WARD

University of Mexico, Montclair State College, A.B.;

emy
E.

of Art,

Art
Cranbrook Acad-

M.F.A.

PAUL WAGNER
Pennsylvania State University,

Psychology
M.Ed., Ed.D.; Public School Psy-

B.S.,

chologist.
J.

CALVIN WALKER
Muskingum

Psychology

University of Hartford, Temple University,
Ed.M.; Graduate Study, Temple University.
College,

B.A.;

L. WALKER
Director of Admissions
Westminster College, B.B.A., M.S.; Graduate Study, University of Pitts-

JOHN

burgh.

STEPHEN

WALLACE

C.

Music

Mansfield State College, B.S.; University of Michigan, M.S.
R.

EDWARD WARDEN

Elementary Education

State College, B.S.; West Chester State College, Villanova
University, M.A.; Graduate Study, West Chester State College, Temple
University.
Millersville

ROBERT DANIEL WARREN

History
Appalachian State Teachers College, B.S.; Georgetown University, M.A.,
Ph.D.

LYNN

WATSON

A.

Shippensburg State College, B.S.

JAMES

B.

;

Elementary Education
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.

WATTS

Director of Library Services

Birmingham-Southern, A.B.;
Study, University of

MARGARET

George Peabody College, M.A.;

Graduate

Illinois.

WEBBER

Mental Retardation
Bridgewater State College, Newark State College, Oneonta State University of New York, B.S.; Glassboro State College, Temple University,
S.

M.S.

RICHARD

P.

WETTSTONE

Pennsylvania State University, B.S.,

M.Ed.;

Assistant Dean of Men
Graduate Study, Florida

State University.

NORMAN

E.

WHITE

Chemistry

Wittenberg University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.S., Ph.D.

CHRISTINE
Ball

T.

State

WHITMER
University,

B.A.;

Pennsylvania

Foreign Languages
State University, M.A.;

Graduate Study, Middlebury College.

JAMES
Ball

R.

WHITMER

State Teachers

Teachers College.

History
College,

B.A.;

M.A.;

Graduate Study, Ball State

219

ALICE

R.

WICKENS

Communication Disorders

Morningside College,
Chicago, A.M., Ph.D.

MRS. ELIZABETH

A.B.;

Northwestern

University,

University

of

WILLIAMS

Assistant Dean of Women
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Syracuse University.

KENNETH

T.

B.

WILSON,

Jr.

Edinboro State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.

RICHARD

0.

WOLFE

Bloomsburg State College, B.S.

;

University,

Art
M.A.;

Education
Rutgers University, M.Ed.; Graduate

Study, University of Pennsylvania.

MARY

WRAY

Health and Physical Education
Graduate
Study, University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania State University.
E.

Lake Erie

STEPHEN

G.

College, A.B.; Pennsylvania State University, M.S.;

WUKOVITZ

Physical Sciences

Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, Montclair State College, B.A., M.A.

JANICE M. YOUSE
Temple University,

Speech
B.S.,

M.A.

FACULTY EMERITI
BAKER (Retired May, 1956) Benjamin
ERNEST H. ENGELHARDT (Retired June, 1968)
HOWARD F. FENSTEMAKER (Retired May, 1963)
MRS. LUCILE

J.

Franklin School
Education

Chairman, Department of Foreign Languages
Psychology
(Retired May, 1951)

JOHN J. FISHER
WILLIAM C. FORNEY

HAUSKNECHT (Retired July, 1950)
EDNA J. HAZEN (Retired Jan., 1958) Director
ELINOR R. KEEFER (Retired July, 1968)
MARGUERITE W. KEHR (Retired June, 1953)
KIMBER C. KUSTER (Retired May, 1962)

C.

Business Education

(Retired May, 1959)

Business Manager

M.

of

Elementary Education
Library

Dean

of

Women

Chairman, Department of Science

PEARL L. MASON (Retired May, 1945)
LUCY McCAMMON (Retired Jan., 1958)
ETHEL A. RANSOM (Retired Jan., 1954)
EDWARD A. REAMS (Retired May, 1952)
H. HARRISON RUSSELL (Retired May, 1951)
J. ALMUS RUSSELL (Retired May, 1965)

WALTER S. RYGIEL (Retired Jan., 1968)
MRS. ANNA GARRISON SCOTT (Retired
GRACE

H.

WOOLWORTH

Librarian
Physical Education

Mathematics
Social Studies

Geography
English
Business Education

May, 1956)
Benjamin Franklin School
(Retired May, 1956) Benjamin Franklin School

1

INDEX
German Courses

Academic Probation 53
Academic Regulations 49
Accreditation

Grades 51
Graduate Record Examinations
Graduate Studies 56
Graduation Requirements
52
Health and Physical

1

202

Administration

Admissions
17
see Sociology
Anthropology
61
Art Courses
Biology Courses 63
Board Of Trustees 201
Books And Supplies 29



Buildings

Education Courses
1 1
History Courses
Incompletes

Journalism

67

4

Certificate In Journalism

91

Chemistry Courses 73
49
Class Attendance
College

Bank

College History

Physical

8

Communication Disorders 76
Community Government Association
Counseling Service

And

Business

31

Special Degree

Programs

31

Fraternities

Geography

&

130

45

Quality

Points

Refunds

27

51

Russian Courses

87

7

Earth Science Courses 104

Schedule Changes
Spanish Courses
Sociology Courses
Special

Speech

127

50

Residence Requirement

23

45, 46
French Courses
94
General Information

54

Courses

Science

Publications

196

Special Education
191
Teacher Education
145
Deans
202
Deposits
26
Education Courses
82
Education of The Deaf Courses
Economics Courses 79
English Courses
88
Enrollment Trends
21
Faculty
203
Faculty Emeriti
219

129

Psychology Courses

181

187

47

31

Progress Reports

172

Sciences

Administration

Financial Aid

Placement
Political

117

124

Placement Tests

37

Business Education

Fees

91

Education Requirement

Physics Courses

Curriculums:
Arts

51
Certificate

Philosophy Courses

29

55

107

Keys 29
Laundry
30
Mathematics Courses
Music Courses
121
Nursing Courses
123
Off Campus Students

10

Business Courses

Calendar

98

36, 5

1

101

49
102
133

Education Courses

136

137

Student Teaching

55

Summer Sessions 21, 57
Summer Theater Program

140

Teaching Of The
Mentally Retarded Courses
141
Transfers
19, 50
20
Veterans
Wills, Form Of Inside Back Cover
Withdrawal Notice
30

52

Friends and Alumni of Bloomsburg State College
contribute real property or

money bequests

who wish

should

to the institution

contact the Office of the President and/or

make

to

provisions in the

following forms.

Form of Will (Real Property)
I

give

and devise

to

the

Bloomsburg

State College,

Blooms-

burg, Pennsylvania, the following real estate (here give the description of the Real Estate).

This devise

Board of Trustees of the Bloomsburg
Pennsylvania, under the laws of the

is

to

be administered by the

State

College, Bloomsburg,

Commonwealth

of Pennsylvania.

Form of Will (Money Bequest)
I

give the bequest to the

burg, Pennsylvania, the

paid by
to the

my

executors,

sum
*.*

Bloomsburg

State College,

of $

Blooms,

my

decease,

State College,

Blooms-

months

Board of Trustees of the Bloomsburg

after

burg, Pennsylvania, to be administered under the laws of the

monwealth of Pennsylvania.

to be

Com-